<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<rss xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:podcast="https://podcastindex.org/namespace/1.0" xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" version="2.0"><channel><title>Explore the Latest Free Audiobooks in Self-Improvement, Communication Skills</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/podcast/explore-the-latest-full-audiobooks-in-self-improvement-communication-skills--6572484</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/294/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/294/</a> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Are you looking for a treasure trove of knowledge with over 500,000+ audiobooks? We are proud to introduce diverse categories such as Business &amp; Career Development, Communication Skills, and Health &amp; Fitness. Especially, you will receive 3 free audiobooks to experience. You can listen to books anytime, anywhere on devices like iPhone, iPad, Android, and more. Don't miss the opportunity to enhance your knowledge and entertainment with us! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.]]></description><atom:link href="https://www.spreaker.com/show/6572484/episodes/feed" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml"/><language>en</language><category>Education</category><copyright>Copyright Rusty  McClure</copyright><image><url>https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/3c91d954f578598a250c457a632305f7.jpg</url><title>Explore the Latest Free Audiobooks in Self-Improvement, Communication Skills</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/podcast/explore-the-latest-full-audiobooks-in-self-improvement-communication-skills--6572484</link></image><lastBuildDate>Wed, 26 Mar 2025 09:44:59 +0000</lastBuildDate><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:owner><itunes:name>Rusty  McClure</itunes:name><itunes:email>feeds@spreaker.com</itunes:email></itunes:owner><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/3c91d954f578598a250c457a632305f7.jpg"/><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/294/ to download full audiobooks of your choice for free.
            
Are you looking for a treasure trove of knowledge with over 500,000+ audiobooks? We are proud to introduce diverse...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/294/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/294/</a> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Are you looking for a treasure trove of knowledge with over 500,000+ audiobooks? We are proud to introduce diverse categories such as Business &amp; Career Development, Communication Skills, and Health &amp; Fitness. Especially, you will receive 3 free audiobooks to experience. You can listen to books anytime, anywhere on devices like iPhone, iPad, Android, and more. Don't miss the opportunity to enhance your knowledge and entertainment with us! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:category text="Education"/><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:type>episodic</itunes:type><item><title>Cues: Master the Secret Language of Charismatic Communication by Vanessa Van Edwards</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/cues-master-the-secret-language-of-charismatic-communication-by-vanessa-van-edwards--65130767</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525658" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525658</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cues: Master the Secret Language of Charismatic Communication Author: Vanessa Van Edwards Narrator: Vanessa Van Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 1 minute Release date: March  1, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.69 of Total 16   Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  For anyone who wants to be heard at work, earn that overdue promotion, or win more clients, deals, and projects, the bestselling author of Captivate, Vanessa Van Edwards, shares her advanced guide to improving professional relationships through the power of cues. What makes someone charismatic? Why do some captivate a room, while others have trouble managing a small meeting? What makes some ideas spread, while other good ones fall by the wayside? If you have ever been interrupted in meetings, overlooked for career opportunities or had your ideas ignored, your cues may be the problem – and the solution. Cues – the tiny signals we send to others 24/7 through our body language, facial expressions, word choice, and vocal inflection – have a massive impact on how we, and our ideas, come across. Our cues can either enhance our message or undermine it. In this entertaining and accessible guide to the hidden language of cues, Vanessa Van Edwards teaches you how to convey power, trust, leadership, likeability, and charisma in every interaction. You’ll learn:   •  Which body language cues assert, “I’m a leader, and here’s why you should join me.”   •  Which vocal cues make you sound more confident   •  Which verbal cues to use in your résumé, branding, and emails to increase trust (and generate excitement about interacting with you.)   •  Which visual cues you are sending in your profile pictures, clothing, and professional brand.   Whether you're pitching an investment, negotiating a job offer, or having a tough conversation with a colleague, cues can help you improve your relationships, express empathy, and create meaningful connections with lasting impact. This is an indispensable guide for entrepreneurs, team leaders, young professionals, and anyone who wants to be more influential. * This audiobook includes a downloadable PDF containing charts and exercises.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525658</guid><pubDate>Tue, 01 Mar 2022 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130767/9780593508848.mp3" length="4837228" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525658 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cues: Master the Secret Language of Charismatic Communication Author: Vanessa Van Edwards Narrator: Vanessa Van Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525658" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525658</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cues: Master the Secret Language of Charismatic Communication Author: Vanessa Van Edwards Narrator: Vanessa Van Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 1 minute Release date: March  1, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.69 of Total 16   Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  For anyone who wants to be heard at work, earn that overdue promotion, or win more clients, deals, and projects, the bestselling author of Captivate, Vanessa Van Edwards, shares her advanced guide to improving professional relationships through the power of cues. What makes someone charismatic? Why do some captivate a room, while others have trouble managing a small meeting? What makes some ideas spread, while other good ones fall by the wayside? If you have ever been interrupted in meetings, overlooked for career opportunities or had your ideas ignored, your cues may be the problem – and the solution. Cues – the tiny signals we send to others 24/7 through our body language, facial expressions, word choice, and vocal inflection – have a massive impact on how we, and our ideas, come across. Our cues can either enhance our message or undermine it. In this entertaining and accessible guide to the hidden language of cues, Vanessa Van Edwards teaches you how to convey power, trust, leadership, likeability, and charisma in every interaction. You’ll learn:   •  Which body language cues assert, “I’m a leader, and here’s why you should join me.”   •  Which vocal cues make you sound more confident   •  Which verbal cues to use in your résumé, branding, and emails to increase trust (and generate excitement about interacting with you.)   •  Which visual cues you are sending in your profile pictures, clothing, and professional brand.   Whether you're pitching an investment, negotiating a job offer, or having a tough conversation with a colleague, cues can help you improve your relationships, express empathy, and create meaningful connections with lasting impact. This is an indispensable guide for entrepreneurs, team leaders, young professionals, and anyone who wants to be more influential. * This audiobook includes a downloadable PDF containing charts and exercises.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/c068634ff0bbc6f77fe6cae4b6c58475.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>How to Think Like a Lawyer--and Why: A Common-Sense Guide to Everyday Dilemmas by Kim Wehle</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-think-like-a-lawyer-and-why-a-common-sense-guide-to-everyday-dilemmas-by-kim-wehle--65130928</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439582" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439582</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Think Like a Lawyer--and Why: A Common-Sense Guide to Everyday Dilemmas Author: Kim Wehle Narrator: Nicol Zanzarella Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 59 minutes Release date: February 22, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  A law professor and author teaches non-attorneys how to think like a lawyer to gain advantage in their lives—whether buying a house, negotiating a salary, or choosing the right healthcare.   Lawyers aren’t like other people. They often argue points that are best left alone or look for mistakes in menus “just because.” While their scrupulous attention to detail may be annoying, it can also be a valuable skill.  Do you need to make health care decisions for an aging parent but are unsure where to start? Are you at crossroads in your career and don’t know how to move forward? Have you ever been on a jury trying to understand confusing legal instructions? How to Think Like a Lawyer has the answers to help you cut through the confusion and gain an advantage in your everyday life. Kim Wehle identifies the details you need to pay attention to, the questions you should ask, the responses you should anticipate, and the pitfalls you can avoid. Topics include:  Selling and buying a home Understanding employment terms Creating a will and health care proxy Navigating health concerns Applying for financial aid Negotiating a divorce Wehle shows you how to break complex issues down into digestible, easier-to-understand pieces that will enable you to make better decisions in all areas of your life. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439582</guid><pubDate>Tue, 22 Feb 2022 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130928/9780063067585.mp3" length="2437225" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439582 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Think Like a Lawyer--and Why: A Common-Sense Guide to Everyday Dilemmas Author: Kim Wehle Narrator: Nicol Zanzarella Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439582" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439582</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Think Like a Lawyer--and Why: A Common-Sense Guide to Everyday Dilemmas Author: Kim Wehle Narrator: Nicol Zanzarella Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 59 minutes Release date: February 22, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  A law professor and author teaches non-attorneys how to think like a lawyer to gain advantage in their lives—whether buying a house, negotiating a salary, or choosing the right healthcare.   Lawyers aren’t like other people. They often argue points that are best left alone or look for mistakes in menus “just because.” While their scrupulous attention to detail may be annoying, it can also be a valuable skill.  Do you need to make health care decisions for an aging parent but are unsure where to start? Are you at crossroads in your career and don’t know how to move forward? Have you ever been on a jury trying to understand confusing legal instructions? How to Think Like a Lawyer has the answers to help you cut through the confusion and gain an advantage in your everyday life. Kim Wehle identifies the details you need to pay attention to, the questions you should ask, the responses you should anticipate, and the pitfalls you can avoid. Topics include:  Selling and buying a home Understanding employment terms Creating a will and health care proxy Navigating health concerns Applying for financial aid Negotiating a divorce Wehle shows you how to break complex issues down into digestible, easier-to-understand pieces that will enable you to make better decisions in all areas of your life. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/58a2ce4e3be609a2691886a036e3763d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Influence is Your Superpower: How to Get What You Want Without Compromising Who You Are by Zoe Chance</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/influence-is-your-superpower-how-to-get-what-you-want-without-compromising-who-you-are-by-zoe-chance--65130748</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/528563" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/528563</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Influence is Your Superpower: How to Get What You Want Without Compromising Who You Are Author: Zoe Chance Narrator: Zoe Chance Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 10 minutes Release date: February  1, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. Get what you want without compromising who you are: the new rules of persuasion to influence others for good We're all nice. In fact, we're told we're too nice and we have to change to succeed: 'Play the game!'; 'Beat them down!'; 'Toughen up!'. Do we have to choose between betraying our own values and being left behind without a voice? Absolutely not. We can naturally be persuasive and successful every day without making enemies of ourselves or other people. Influence is a science and renowned Yale professor Zoe Chance will help you master it in this fascinating book. Drawing on the latest behavioural research, entertaining real-life stories and the skills she teaches on her sell-out Yale University MBA course, Zoe Chance unpacks what influence is and how we are persuaded before setting out a series of powerful skills you can adopt to master the art of persuasion and influence. Her techniques include the Magic Question, Powerful Listening, the What Would It Take Question and Building Support. She also looks at how to use influence for maximum positive impact in the world - and how to defend yourself against the 'dark arts' of persuasion by other less scrupulous individuals or institutions. Bold, entertaining and efficacious, this indispensable book is a call to action for all the nice people in the world wanting to practice influence without resorting to manipulation, bullying or corruption to create a brighter more positive future. © Zoe Chance 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/528563</guid><pubDate>Tue, 01 Feb 2022 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130748/9781529191905.mp3" length="2437298" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/528563 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Influence is Your Superpower: How to Get What You Want Without Compromising Who You Are Author: Zoe Chance Narrator: Zoe Chance Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/528563" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/528563</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Influence is Your Superpower: How to Get What You Want Without Compromising Who You Are Author: Zoe Chance Narrator: Zoe Chance Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 10 minutes Release date: February  1, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. Get what you want without compromising who you are: the new rules of persuasion to influence others for good We're all nice. In fact, we're told we're too nice and we have to change to succeed: 'Play the game!'; 'Beat them down!'; 'Toughen up!'. Do we have to choose between betraying our own values and being left behind without a voice? Absolutely not. We can naturally be persuasive and successful every day without making enemies of ourselves or other people. Influence is a science and renowned Yale professor Zoe Chance will help you master it in this fascinating book. Drawing on the latest behavioural research, entertaining real-life stories and the skills she teaches on her sell-out Yale University MBA course, Zoe Chance unpacks what influence is and how we are persuaded before setting out a series of powerful skills you can adopt to master the art of persuasion and influence. Her techniques include the Magic Question, Powerful Listening, the What Would It Take Question and Building Support. She also looks at how to use influence for maximum positive impact in the world - and how to defend yourself against the 'dark arts' of persuasion by other less scrupulous individuals or institutions. Bold, entertaining and efficacious, this indispensable book is a call to action for all the nice people in the world wanting to practice influence without resorting to manipulation, bullying or corruption to create a brighter more positive future. © Zoe Chance 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b42bbafe8ee365231d2febba2ee88aae.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Making Numbers Count: The Art and Science of Communicating Numbers by Chip Heath, Karla Starr</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/making-numbers-count-the-art-and-science-of-communicating-numbers-by-chip-heath-karla-starr--65130756</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501963" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501963</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Making Numbers Count: The Art and Science of Communicating Numbers Author: Chip Heath, Karla Starr Narrator: Kathe Mazur Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 35 minutes Release date: January 11, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  A clear, practical, first-of-its-kind guide to communicating and understanding numbers and data—from bestselling business author Chip Heath. How much bigger is a billion than a million?    Well, a million seconds is twelve days. A billion seconds is…thirty-two years.    Understanding numbers is essential—but humans aren’t built to understand them. Until very recently, most languages had no words for numbers greater than five—anything from six to infinity was known as “lots.” While the numbers in our world have gotten increasingly complex, our brains are stuck in the past. How can we translate millions and billions and milliseconds and nanometers into things we can comprehend and use?    Author Chip Heath has excelled at teaching others about making ideas stick and here, in Making Numbers Count, he outlines specific principles that reveal how to translate a number into our brain’s language. This book is filled with examples of extreme number makeovers, vivid before-and-after examples that take a dry number and present it in a way that people click in and say “Wow, now I get it!”   You will learn principles such as:   -SIMPLE PERSPECTIVE CUES: researchers at Microsoft found that adding one simple comparison sentence doubled how accurately users estimated statistics like population and area of countries.  -VIVIDNESS: get perspective on the size of a nucleus by imagining a bee in a cathedral, or a pea in a racetrack, which are easier to envision than “1/100,000th of the size of an atom.”  -CONVERT TO A PROCESS: capitalize on our intuitive sense of time (5 gigabytes of music storage turns into “2 months of commutes, without repeating a song”).  -EMOTIONAL MEASURING STICKS: frame the number in a way that people already care about (“that medical protocol would save twice as many women as curing breast cancer”).    Whether you’re interested in global problems like climate change, running a tech firm or a farm, or just explaining how many Cokes you’d have to drink if you burned calories like a hummingbird, this book will help math-lovers and math-haters alike translate the numbers that animate our world—allowing us to bring more data, more naturally, into decisions in our schools, our workplaces, and our society.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501963</guid><pubDate>Tue, 11 Jan 2022 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130756/9781797128290.mp3" length="1478314" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501963 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Making Numbers Count: The Art and Science of Communicating Numbers Author: Chip Heath, Karla Starr Narrator: Kathe Mazur Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501963" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501963</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Making Numbers Count: The Art and Science of Communicating Numbers Author: Chip Heath, Karla Starr Narrator: Kathe Mazur Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 35 minutes Release date: January 11, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  A clear, practical, first-of-its-kind guide to communicating and understanding numbers and data—from bestselling business author Chip Heath. How much bigger is a billion than a million?    Well, a million seconds is twelve days. A billion seconds is…thirty-two years.    Understanding numbers is essential—but humans aren’t built to understand them. Until very recently, most languages had no words for numbers greater than five—anything from six to infinity was known as “lots.” While the numbers in our world have gotten increasingly complex, our brains are stuck in the past. How can we translate millions and billions and milliseconds and nanometers into things we can comprehend and use?    Author Chip Heath has excelled at teaching others about making ideas stick and here, in Making Numbers Count, he outlines specific principles that reveal how to translate a number into our brain’s language. This book is filled with examples of extreme number makeovers, vivid before-and-after examples that take a dry number and present it in a way that people click in and say “Wow, now I get it!”   You will learn principles such as:   -SIMPLE PERSPECTIVE CUES: researchers at Microsoft found that adding one simple comparison sentence doubled how accurately users estimated statistics like population and area of countries.  -VIVIDNESS: get perspective on the size of a nucleus by imagining a bee in a cathedral, or a pea in a racetrack, which are easier to envision than “1/100,000th of the size of an atom.”  -CONVERT TO A PROCESS: capitalize on our intuitive sense of time (5 gigabytes of music storage turns into “2 months of commutes, without repeating a song”).  -EMOTIONAL MEASURING STICKS: frame the number in a way that people already care about (“that medical protocol would save twice as many women as curing breast cancer”).    Whether you’re interested in global problems like climate change, running a tech firm or a farm, or just explaining how many Cokes you’d have to drink if you burned calories like a hummingbird, this book will help math-lovers and math-haters alike translate the numbers that animate our world—allowing us to bring more data, more naturally, into decisions in our schools, our workplaces, and our society.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/71775479680677bdc070db29cbcb3a93.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Pop-up Pitch: The Two-Hour Creative Sprint to the Most Persuasive Presentation of Your Life by Dan Roam</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-pop-up-pitch-the-two-hour-creative-sprint-to-the-most-persuasive-presentation-of-your-life-by-dan-roam--65130809</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502032" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502032</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Pop-up Pitch: The Two-Hour Creative Sprint to the Most Persuasive Presentation of Your Life Author: Dan Roam Narrator: Eric Pollins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 14 minutes Release date: November  9, 2021 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  A fast and practical visual storytelling method that puts a powerful new toolkit into the hands of leaders, innovators, salespeople, teachers and anyone else who needs to quickly make an impact on increasingly distracted audiences. The Pop-Up Pitch is a radical new approach to help you create the perfect presentation, combining three key elements of persuasive storytelling-simple pictures, clear words, and powerful emotions-that together motivate audiences to pay attention, learn something new, and make effective decisions.     The Pop-Up Pitch weaves together the latest insights on visual cognition, behavioral economics, and classic story structures in an easy-to-learn and inspiring storytelling algorithm. In this new era of remote, work and online presenting, it delivers powerful and persuasive outcomes for time-limited professionals dealing with complex ideas, attention-deficit audiences, and the evolving challenges of modern meetings.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502032</guid><pubDate>Tue, 09 Nov 2021 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130809/9781549136320.mp3" length="1478278" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502032 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Pop-up Pitch: The Two-Hour Creative Sprint to the Most Persuasive Presentation of Your Life Author: Dan Roam Narrator: Eric Pollins Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502032" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502032</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Pop-up Pitch: The Two-Hour Creative Sprint to the Most Persuasive Presentation of Your Life Author: Dan Roam Narrator: Eric Pollins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 14 minutes Release date: November  9, 2021 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  A fast and practical visual storytelling method that puts a powerful new toolkit into the hands of leaders, innovators, salespeople, teachers and anyone else who needs to quickly make an impact on increasingly distracted audiences. The Pop-Up Pitch is a radical new approach to help you create the perfect presentation, combining three key elements of persuasive storytelling-simple pictures, clear words, and powerful emotions-that together motivate audiences to pay attention, learn something new, and make effective decisions.     The Pop-Up Pitch weaves together the latest insights on visual cognition, behavioral economics, and classic story structures in an easy-to-learn and inspiring storytelling algorithm. In this new era of remote, work and online presenting, it delivers powerful and persuasive outcomes for time-limited professionals dealing with complex ideas, attention-deficit audiences, and the evolving challenges of modern meetings.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/fbfe51566ff6e4a1446df2ea06caa0c5.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>unReceptive: A Better Way to Sell, Lead, and Influence by Tom Stanfill</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/unreceptive-a-better-way-to-sell-lead-and-influence-by-tom-stanfill--65130749</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509709" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509709</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: unReceptive: A Better Way to Sell, Lead, and Influence Author: Tom Stanfill Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 31 minutes Release date: November  9, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Receptivity of your audience is far more important than the power of your message.  Learn how making this simple change in focuscan make all the difference in your ability to influence and succeed in the world of sales.  In this groundbreaking new guide, ASLAN co-founder and CEO Tom Stanfill shares his proven methodology, road-tested over decades by hundreds of thousands of sales professionals, workshop participants, and industry experts, on how to convert even the most disinterested prospects and customers. unReceptive will show you how to: - Eliminate resistance and make selling easy and enjoyable, while experiencing a deeper sense of purpose. - Overcome the five receptivity barriers – the customer’s perception of you, opening a “closed” door, uncovering the unfiltered truth, changing beliefs, and motivating the customer to take action. - Adopt the tested and true operating system used by the most persuasive and influential people.   When you shift the focus from crafting the perfect message to creating receptivity, you flip the entire art of selling on its head and form lasting relationships that set you and your customers up for lasting success. Accompanying figures are available in the audiobook companion PDF download.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509709</guid><pubDate>Tue, 09 Nov 2021 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130749/9781400225842.mp3" length="1477651" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509709 to listen full audiobooks. Title: unReceptive: A Better Way to Sell, Lead, and Influence Author: Tom Stanfill Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 31 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509709" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/509709</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: unReceptive: A Better Way to Sell, Lead, and Influence Author: Tom Stanfill Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 31 minutes Release date: November  9, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Receptivity of your audience is far more important than the power of your message.  Learn how making this simple change in focuscan make all the difference in your ability to influence and succeed in the world of sales.  In this groundbreaking new guide, ASLAN co-founder and CEO Tom Stanfill shares his proven methodology, road-tested over decades by hundreds of thousands of sales professionals, workshop participants, and industry experts, on how to convert even the most disinterested prospects and customers. unReceptive will show you how to: - Eliminate resistance and make selling easy and enjoyable, while experiencing a deeper sense of purpose. - Overcome the five receptivity barriers – the customer’s perception of you, opening a “closed” door, uncovering the unfiltered truth, changing beliefs, and motivating the customer to take action. - Adopt the tested and true operating system used by the most persuasive and influential people.   When you shift the focus from crafting the perfect message to creating receptivity, you flip the entire art of selling on its head and form lasting relationships that set you and your customers up for lasting success. Accompanying figures are available in the audiobook companion PDF download.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/7169ca37547debfef9961714d736807b.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Negotiating from the Inside Out: A Playbook for Business Success by Clint Babcock</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/negotiating-from-the-inside-out-a-playbook-for-business-success-by-clint-babcock--65130741</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/539715" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/539715</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Negotiating from the Inside Out: A Playbook for Business Success Author: Clint Babcock Narrator: Graham Rowat Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 48 minutes Release date: November  9, 2021 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  The best strategic negotiators take advantage of self-esteem or self-image issues they uncover in their negotiating partners. These professionals have mastered more than the tactics. They have mastered the inner game of negotiating. You can too. Negotiating from the Inside Out helps you overcome internal obstacles and master the skill of negotiating, using proven principles from Sandler. The book shows you how to deliver a positive outcome even when you are facing stressful negotiation situations . . . by anticipating your counterpart's likely moves, strengthening your position, and planning your own moves as early as possible. It also identifies the twelve classic gambits top negotiators are likely to throw your way—and shows you how to respond.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/539715</guid><pubDate>Tue, 09 Nov 2021 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130741/9781663715524.mp3" length="14437253" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/539715 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Negotiating from the Inside Out: A Playbook for Business Success Author: Clint Babcock Narrator: Graham Rowat Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/539715" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/539715</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Negotiating from the Inside Out: A Playbook for Business Success Author: Clint Babcock Narrator: Graham Rowat Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 48 minutes Release date: November  9, 2021 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  The best strategic negotiators take advantage of self-esteem or self-image issues they uncover in their negotiating partners. These professionals have mastered more than the tactics. They have mastered the inner game of negotiating. You can too. Negotiating from the Inside Out helps you overcome internal obstacles and master the skill of negotiating, using proven principles from Sandler. The book shows you how to deliver a positive outcome even when you are facing stressful negotiation situations . . . by anticipating your counterpart's likely moves, strengthening your position, and planning your own moves as early as possible. It also identifies the twelve classic gambits top negotiators are likely to throw your way—and shows you how to respond.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/0f17fba20e650e379b85b606170d74c1.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Creative Conflict: A Practical Guide for Business Negotiators by Bill Sanders, Frank Mobus</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/creative-conflict-a-practical-guide-for-business-negotiators-by-bill-sanders-frank-mobus--65130744</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534774" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534774</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Creative Conflict: A Practical Guide for Business Negotiators Author: Bill Sanders, Frank Mobus Narrator: Barry Abrams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 9 minutes Release date: October 12, 2021 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Almost everything is negotiable. And in no field is this clearer than in business, where every day we work with others to get things done. But when we have real differences, is win-win always possible? Over the last half century, two opposing philosophies have ruled the field of negotiation: the win-lose, tooth-and-nail approach of training guru Chester Karrass; and the win-win, 'principled' creed of Getting to Yes, developed by Roger Fisher and William Ury. But neither approach fully meets the challenge of today's volatile, disruptive, ultracompetitive business environment, where strategic problem-solving is of critical importance. In Creative Conflict, negotiation experts Bill Sanders and Frank Mobus provide something new. They use a dynamic, dialectical approach to show how negotiations are driven by competition and cooperation at the same time. They believe that when we tiptoe around conflict, we negotiate in a half-hearted way that limits our results. By contrast, creative negotiators probe and push until they hit a wall of disagreement, and then they figure out how to get past it. The authors construct a clear and useful framework based on three distinct negotiating contexts: Bargaining, Creative Dealmaking, and Relationship Building.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534774</guid><pubDate>Tue, 12 Oct 2021 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130744/9781663712943.mp3" length="14437247" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534774 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Creative Conflict: A Practical Guide for Business Negotiators Author: Bill Sanders, Frank Mobus Narrator: Barry Abrams Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534774" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534774</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Creative Conflict: A Practical Guide for Business Negotiators Author: Bill Sanders, Frank Mobus Narrator: Barry Abrams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 9 minutes Release date: October 12, 2021 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Almost everything is negotiable. And in no field is this clearer than in business, where every day we work with others to get things done. But when we have real differences, is win-win always possible? Over the last half century, two opposing philosophies have ruled the field of negotiation: the win-lose, tooth-and-nail approach of training guru Chester Karrass; and the win-win, 'principled' creed of Getting to Yes, developed by Roger Fisher and William Ury. But neither approach fully meets the challenge of today's volatile, disruptive, ultracompetitive business environment, where strategic problem-solving is of critical importance. In Creative Conflict, negotiation experts Bill Sanders and Frank Mobus provide something new. They use a dynamic, dialectical approach to show how negotiations are driven by competition and cooperation at the same time. They believe that when we tiptoe around conflict, we negotiate in a half-hearted way that limits our results. By contrast, creative negotiators probe and push until they hit a wall of disagreement, and then they figure out how to get past it. The authors construct a clear and useful framework based on three distinct negotiating contexts: Bargaining, Creative Dealmaking, and Relationship Building.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/de35a5703dc3e4088e2124addc52e03f.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Seven Secrets for Negotiating with Government: How to Deal with Local, State, National, or Foreign Governments--and Come Out Ahead by Jeswal</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/seven-secrets-for-negotiating-with-government-how-to-deal-with-local-state-national-or-foreign-governments-and-come-out-ahead-by-jeswal--65130750</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526385" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526385</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seven Secrets for Negotiating with Government: How to Deal with Local, State, National, or Foreign Governments--and Come Out Ahead Author: Jeswald Salacuse Narrator: Milton Bagby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 54 minutes Release date: September 28, 2021 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Almost everyone has faced the frustrating task of negotiating with a local, state, national, or foreign government at some point in their lives. Whether they are applying for a building permit from their local zoning board, trying to sell software to the U.S. Defense Department, looking for approval for a merger, or planning to set up a business in Limerick or Bangalore, businesspeople confront a unique set of challenges when dealing with any form of government. Distinguished author, professor, and negotiation expert Jeswald W. Salacuse explains the ways in which negotiating with government is very different from private negotiation. In Seven Secrets for Negotiating with Government, he addresses key variables from the influence of bureaucracy to the perception of power on the government side of the negotiating table. The only book of its kind, this invaluable guide offers succinct, realistic, and accessible advice to help you recognize the often-hidden interests driving government negotiators and how to use that knowledge to your advantage. Filled with real-life examples, this book will show businesspeople everywhere how to navigate this complex world and win.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526385</guid><pubDate>Tue, 28 Sep 2021 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130750/9780785290728.mp3" length="1477785" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526385 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seven Secrets for Negotiating with Government: How to Deal with Local, State, National, or Foreign Governments--and Come Out Ahead Author: Jeswald...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526385" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526385</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seven Secrets for Negotiating with Government: How to Deal with Local, State, National, or Foreign Governments--and Come Out Ahead Author: Jeswald Salacuse Narrator: Milton Bagby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 54 minutes Release date: September 28, 2021 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Almost everyone has faced the frustrating task of negotiating with a local, state, national, or foreign government at some point in their lives. Whether they are applying for a building permit from their local zoning board, trying to sell software to the U.S. Defense Department, looking for approval for a merger, or planning to set up a business in Limerick or Bangalore, businesspeople confront a unique set of challenges when dealing with any form of government. Distinguished author, professor, and negotiation expert Jeswald W. Salacuse explains the ways in which negotiating with government is very different from private negotiation. In Seven Secrets for Negotiating with Government, he addresses key variables from the influence of bureaucracy to the perception of power on the government side of the negotiating table. The only book of its kind, this invaluable guide offers succinct, realistic, and accessible advice to help you recognize the often-hidden interests driving government negotiators and how to use that knowledge to your advantage. Filled with real-life examples, this book will show businesspeople everywhere how to navigate this complex world and win.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/e43a7b5c95790b2eb354c56cac4df62b.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Facilitating Breakthrough: How to Remove Obstacles, Bridge Differences, and Move Forward Together by Adam Kahane</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/facilitating-breakthrough-how-to-remove-obstacles-bridge-differences-and-move-forward-together-by-adam-kahane--65130743</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536677" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536677</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Facilitating Breakthrough: How to Remove Obstacles, Bridge Differences, and Move Forward Together Author: Adam Kahane Narrator: Jeff Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 27 minutes Release date: August 31, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Making progress on complex, problematic situations requires a new approach to working together: transformative facilitation, a structured and creative process for removing the obstacles to fluid forward movement. People today face increasing complexity and decreasing control. They need to work with more people across more divides. But the traditional ways of advancing-subsuming individual interests to the good of the whole, or providing total autonomy for all stakeholders to work out their own solution-aren't adequate to resolving these difficult situations. Drawing on his experiences working with Black people and white people in post-apartheid in South Africa, First Nations people and the government in Canada, multiple stakeholders in war-torn Columbia, and many more, Kahane describes what he calls transformative facilitation.  It combines the two approaches, cycling back and forth between them. The facilitator pays careful attention to what is going on in the group and decides which approach will work best at any given moment. Adam Kahane describes precisely what the facilitator needs to watch for and how to manage the delicate balance between a focus on the collective and a focus on specific stakeholder needs.  This book is for anyone who helps people collaborate in any setting. Not only does it offer a way to facilitate breakthroughs, it is a breakthrough in itself.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536677</guid><pubDate>Tue, 31 Aug 2021 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130743/9781663741448.mp3" length="1477809" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536677 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Facilitating Breakthrough: How to Remove Obstacles, Bridge Differences, and Move Forward Together Author: Adam Kahane Narrator: Jeff Hoyt Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536677" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536677</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Facilitating Breakthrough: How to Remove Obstacles, Bridge Differences, and Move Forward Together Author: Adam Kahane Narrator: Jeff Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 27 minutes Release date: August 31, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Making progress on complex, problematic situations requires a new approach to working together: transformative facilitation, a structured and creative process for removing the obstacles to fluid forward movement. People today face increasing complexity and decreasing control. They need to work with more people across more divides. But the traditional ways of advancing-subsuming individual interests to the good of the whole, or providing total autonomy for all stakeholders to work out their own solution-aren't adequate to resolving these difficult situations. Drawing on his experiences working with Black people and white people in post-apartheid in South Africa, First Nations people and the government in Canada, multiple stakeholders in war-torn Columbia, and many more, Kahane describes what he calls transformative facilitation.  It combines the two approaches, cycling back and forth between them. The facilitator pays careful attention to what is going on in the group and decides which approach will work best at any given moment. Adam Kahane describes precisely what the facilitator needs to watch for and how to manage the delicate balance between a focus on the collective and a focus on specific stakeholder needs.  This book is for anyone who helps people collaborate in any setting. Not only does it offer a way to facilitate breakthroughs, it is a breakthrough in itself.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/3cc163ff165217536bb316c0d9603fd3.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Tongue Tied: Untangling Communication in Sex, Kink, and Relationships by Stella Harris</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/tongue-tied-untangling-communication-in-sex-kink-and-relationships-by-stella-harris--65130746</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526886" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526886</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tongue Tied: Untangling Communication in Sex, Kink, and Relationships Author: Stella Harris Narrator: Reagan West Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 24, 2021 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Sex is still a touchy subject despite recent sex-positive advances. We live in a culture that vilifies people who are sexually adventurous and frames our kinks as shame-inducing perversions. Many people have never been able to talk openly about sex with their partner(s). But, you can get what you want out of the bedroom—if you ask for it. Why should anyone settle for mediocre sex?! Whether addressing sexual frustration with your partner, trying out new fantasies, or negotiating the terms of a BDSM scene, Stella Harris believes that communication skills are vital to sexual fulfillment. Tongue Tied gives listeners straightforward advice on how to conquer their fears, identify their needs, and feel positively empowered. Harris charmingly takes listeners through all aspects of communication, from basic interpersonal skills to negotiation advice for expert-level kink play. Learn how to have fun, embrace silly moments, support your loved ones, and take personal responsibility for your desires. An incredible guide full of exercises, tools, and personal examples, Tongue Tied is a must-listen for people of every experience level and relationship status. Contains mature themes.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526886</guid><pubDate>Tue, 24 Aug 2021 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130746/9781666144444.mp3" length="14437177" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526886 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tongue Tied: Untangling Communication in Sex, Kink, and Relationships Author: Stella Harris Narrator: Reagan West Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526886" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526886</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tongue Tied: Untangling Communication in Sex, Kink, and Relationships Author: Stella Harris Narrator: Reagan West Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 24, 2021 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Sex is still a touchy subject despite recent sex-positive advances. We live in a culture that vilifies people who are sexually adventurous and frames our kinks as shame-inducing perversions. Many people have never been able to talk openly about sex with their partner(s). But, you can get what you want out of the bedroom—if you ask for it. Why should anyone settle for mediocre sex?! Whether addressing sexual frustration with your partner, trying out new fantasies, or negotiating the terms of a BDSM scene, Stella Harris believes that communication skills are vital to sexual fulfillment. Tongue Tied gives listeners straightforward advice on how to conquer their fears, identify their needs, and feel positively empowered. Harris charmingly takes listeners through all aspects of communication, from basic interpersonal skills to negotiation advice for expert-level kink play. Learn how to have fun, embrace silly moments, support your loved ones, and take personal responsibility for your desires. An incredible guide full of exercises, tools, and personal examples, Tongue Tied is a must-listen for people of every experience level and relationship status. Contains mature themes.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/72ce2afe58a263f09640dc5e3c23337b.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Making Waves: PR strategies to transform your maritime business by Ben Pinnington</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/making-waves-pr-strategies-to-transform-your-maritime-business-by-ben-pinnington--65130757</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/538212" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/538212</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Making Waves: PR strategies to transform your maritime business Author: Ben Pinnington Narrator: Ben Pinnington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 22 minutes Release date: August  5, 2021 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Do you want to raise awareness and win more business in the global maritime industry? Making Waves is an insider's guide to public relations in the international maritime sector. It sets out in clear, practical steps how you can harness the power of PR to build your profile, win business and prevent crises. Listen to this audio book to reap seven rewards of public relations: • Improve reputation: Learn how to influence attitudes and behaviours and build good relations. • Grow awareness: Boost your profile in the local, national and international maritime press and on social media. • Create opportunities: Reach a global audience beyond the limits of your existing network. • Work with key people: Build the profile of your senior team as key people of influence in your niche. • Increase value: Improve the value of your business and increase your price points. • Protect your business: Shield your business from crises through planning. • Find higher purpose: Identify an inspiring ethos and bold message that will galvanise your team, clients and stakeholders. Drive real change in your industry.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/538212</guid><pubDate>Thu, 05 Aug 2021 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130757/9781781336304.mp3" length="1478290" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/538212 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Making Waves: PR strategies to transform your maritime business Author: Ben Pinnington Narrator: Ben Pinnington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/538212" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/538212</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Making Waves: PR strategies to transform your maritime business Author: Ben Pinnington Narrator: Ben Pinnington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 22 minutes Release date: August  5, 2021 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Do you want to raise awareness and win more business in the global maritime industry? Making Waves is an insider's guide to public relations in the international maritime sector. It sets out in clear, practical steps how you can harness the power of PR to build your profile, win business and prevent crises. Listen to this audio book to reap seven rewards of public relations: • Improve reputation: Learn how to influence attitudes and behaviours and build good relations. • Grow awareness: Boost your profile in the local, national and international maritime press and on social media. • Create opportunities: Reach a global audience beyond the limits of your existing network. • Work with key people: Build the profile of your senior team as key people of influence in your niche. • Increase value: Improve the value of your business and increase your price points. • Protect your business: Shield your business from crises through planning. • Find higher purpose: Identify an inspiring ethos and bold message that will galvanise your team, clients and stakeholders. Drive real change in your industry.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/be6fec994d307a15c95220a6d253e22a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>A Minute to Think: Reclaim Creativity, Conquer Busyness, and Do Your Best Work by Juliet Funt</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-minute-to-think-reclaim-creativity-conquer-busyness-and-do-your-best-work-by-juliet-funt--65130792</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/516571" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/516571</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Minute to Think: Reclaim Creativity, Conquer Busyness, and Do Your Best Work Author: Juliet Funt Narrator: Juliet Funt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 2 minutes Release date: August  3, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  “You’re going to want to share copies of this book with your overbooked friends and colleagues, but before you do, take some time to read it yourself. Funt’s wisdom around making space is priceless.” —Seth Godin, author of The Practice Do you wish you could stop the mayhem of work and life and just take a minute? Do you sense you could contribute more if there were a little more room in the day? Does busyness deprive you and your burnt-out team of the oxygen your talents need to catch fire? Many have felt that way, yet taking a pause has seemed impossible—until now. In A Minute to Think, Juliet Funt, a globally recognized warrior in the battle against busyness, provides a powerful guide that will give you the permission, framework, and specific direction you need to do the following: Regain control of your overloaded, caffeinated, inbox-worshiping workday Liberate yourself and your teams from burnout and busywork Reclaim creativity and focus despite the chaos around you Bring thoughtfulness into designing your next work norms Tame the beast of email and escape the mire of meetings Find your precious minute to think You’re not alone in your yearning for freedom from constant reactivity. The global workforce today is so fried that it belongs in the food court of a county fair. We’re relentlessly behind the curve, dousing fires everywhere, and our 3 a.m. insomnia provides the only unscheduled thinking time of the day. What we need reinserted in our lives is the missing element of white space—short periods of open, unscheduled time that, when recaptured, change the very nature of work. White space is the stepping back, the strategic pause, the oxygen that allows the sparks of our efforts to catch fire. White space has the power to radically—and simply—reinvent the way we approach work in this maxed-out, post-COVID 21st-century world. With Juliet’s memorable stories, easy-to-use tools, and razor-sharp instruction, she carves for us an escape route from the overwhelming amount of low-value tasks and the daily avalanche of e-mails, meetings, decks, and reports. Using research, client stories, and a relatable voice, Juliet shows all of us how to reclaim time for thinking and make room for what truly matters. Whether you are an individual trying to build a more sane and humane flow of daily work, a team that wants new levels of efficiency and effectiveness, or an entire organization changing your culture toward thoughtfulness, this book will lead you there.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/516571</guid><pubDate>Tue, 03 Aug 2021 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130792/9780063034020.mp3" length="2437181" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/516571 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Minute to Think: Reclaim Creativity, Conquer Busyness, and Do Your Best Work Author: Juliet Funt Narrator: Juliet Funt Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/516571" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/516571</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Minute to Think: Reclaim Creativity, Conquer Busyness, and Do Your Best Work Author: Juliet Funt Narrator: Juliet Funt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 2 minutes Release date: August  3, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  “You’re going to want to share copies of this book with your overbooked friends and colleagues, but before you do, take some time to read it yourself. Funt’s wisdom around making space is priceless.” —Seth Godin, author of The Practice Do you wish you could stop the mayhem of work and life and just take a minute? Do you sense you could contribute more if there were a little more room in the day? Does busyness deprive you and your burnt-out team of the oxygen your talents need to catch fire? Many have felt that way, yet taking a pause has seemed impossible—until now. In A Minute to Think, Juliet Funt, a globally recognized warrior in the battle against busyness, provides a powerful guide that will give you the permission, framework, and specific direction you need to do the following: Regain control of your overloaded, caffeinated, inbox-worshiping workday Liberate yourself and your teams from burnout and busywork Reclaim creativity and focus despite the chaos around you Bring thoughtfulness into designing your next work norms Tame the beast of email and escape the mire of meetings Find your precious minute to think You’re not alone in your yearning for freedom from constant reactivity. The global workforce today is so fried that it belongs in the food court of a county fair. We’re relentlessly behind the curve, dousing fires everywhere, and our 3 a.m. insomnia provides the only unscheduled thinking time of the day. What we need reinserted in our lives is the missing element of white space—short periods of open, unscheduled time that, when recaptured, change the very nature of work. White space is the stepping back, the strategic pause, the oxygen that allows the sparks of our efforts to catch fire. White space has the power to radically—and simply—reinvent the way we approach work in this maxed-out, post-COVID 21st-century world. With Juliet’s memorable stories, easy-to-use tools, and razor-sharp instruction, she carves for us an escape route from the overwhelming amount of low-value tasks and the daily avalanche of e-mails, meetings, decks, and reports. Using research, client stories, and a relatable voice, Juliet shows all of us how to reclaim time for thinking and make room for what truly matters. Whether you are an individual trying to build a more sane and humane flow of daily work, a team that wants new levels of efficiency and effectiveness, or an entire organization changing your culture toward thoughtfulness, this book will lead you there.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/46732d03f744a4e9d340f9b8b12633c1.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Effective Public Speaking: Communications Skills Training for a Self Confidence, No Fear and No Nervous Speaker – Persuasion, Mind Programmi</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/effective-public-speaking-communications-skills-training-for-a-self-confidence-no-fear-and-no-nervous-speaker-persuasion-mind-programmi--65130772</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537843" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537843</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Effective Public Speaking: Communications Skills Training for a Self Confidence, No Fear and No Nervous Speaker – Persuasion, Mind Programming, Mental Control and NLP to Influence People Behaviors Author: Matthew Presenter Narrator: James Ingram Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 1 minute Release date: July 26, 2021 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  LEARN THE SKILLS OF PUBLIC SPEAKING AND MASTER PROVEN STRATEGIES TO INFLUENCE PEOPLE! Do you know how important it is for every leader to have good public speaking skills? Would you like to hold power to influence people and make them do whatever you want? Or maybe, you just want to learn fundamental communication techniques for your personal life and carrier? There is no doubt you are already interested, so just keep reading… If you ever thought about becoming a leader of some group, influence a lot of people, own your own company, you probably already know how important it is to master the power of words and develop your communication skills first. 99,9% of people don’t have this skill, so you are going to be above that 99,9 % if you master it. Now, visualize yourself speaking in front of 10 thousand people, maybe teaching or maybe changing people’s life. How amazing does that sound? After analyzing thousands of public speeches, I managed to create the most practical guide with proven strategies Here are only a few things you will find in this book: ·        How to prepare yourself for public speaking ·        3 RULES to succeed with every audience ·        Mistakes to avoid when speaking in public ·        Speaking methods for both personal and business life ·        Body language: everything you need to know Now it is your turn to start using this amazing guide. Scroll up, click on “Buy Now,” and start learning!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537843</guid><pubDate>Mon, 26 Jul 2021 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130772/9781667906058.mp3" length="2437205" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537843 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Effective Public Speaking: Communications Skills Training for a Self Confidence, No Fear and No Nervous Speaker – Persuasion, Mind Programming, Mental...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537843" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537843</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Effective Public Speaking: Communications Skills Training for a Self Confidence, No Fear and No Nervous Speaker – Persuasion, Mind Programming, Mental Control and NLP to Influence People Behaviors Author: Matthew Presenter Narrator: James Ingram Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 1 minute Release date: July 26, 2021 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  LEARN THE SKILLS OF PUBLIC SPEAKING AND MASTER PROVEN STRATEGIES TO INFLUENCE PEOPLE! Do you know how important it is for every leader to have good public speaking skills? Would you like to hold power to influence people and make them do whatever you want? Or maybe, you just want to learn fundamental communication techniques for your personal life and carrier? There is no doubt you are already interested, so just keep reading… If you ever thought about becoming a leader of some group, influence a lot of people, own your own company, you probably already know how important it is to master the power of words and develop your communication skills first. 99,9% of people don’t have this skill, so you are going to be above that 99,9 % if you master it. Now, visualize yourself speaking in front of 10 thousand people, maybe teaching or maybe changing people’s life. How amazing does that sound? After analyzing thousands of public speeches, I managed to create the most practical guide with proven strategies Here are only a few things you will find in this book: ·        How to prepare yourself for public speaking ·        3 RULES to succeed with every audience ·        Mistakes to avoid when speaking in public ·        Speaking methods for both personal and business life ·        Body language: everything you need to know Now it is your turn to start using this amazing guide. Scroll up, click on “Buy Now,” and start learning!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/2db991ad41f785468a99b2dcf67c98c8.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Persuade: The 4-Step Process to Influence People and Decisions by Shaun Digan, Jeff Cochran, Andres Lares</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/persuade-the-4-step-process-to-influence-people-and-decisions-by-shaun-digan-jeff-cochran-andres-lares--65130775</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523608" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523608</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Persuade: The 4-Step Process to Influence People and Decisions Author: Shaun Digan, Jeff Cochran, Andres Lares Narrator: Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: July 20, 2021 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Transform your ability to persuade and negotiate with this practical new resource In Persuade: The 4-Step Process to Influence People and Decisions, accomplished sales, negotiation, and influence experts Andres Lares, Jeff Cochran, and Shaun Digan, PhD, deliver a concise and insightful take on how to transform your ability to persuade others regardless of the setting. In this important book you'll discover:   ● Original research and scientific studies shedding light on the human decision-making processes that drive success and failure in virtually all interactions ● Real world examples and practical exercises to illustrate and practice the concepts discussed ● A fun yet rigorous approach of a complex subject that can be practically applied in any business situation    Persuade is perfect for executives, managers, entrepreneurs, and other business leaders and will earn a place in the libraries of any professional who negotiates or influences on a regular basis. It is an invaluable resource for anyone seeking to improve their persuasion or deal-making abilities.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523608</guid><pubDate>Tue, 20 Jul 2021 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130775/9781663715142.mp3" length="14437238" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523608 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Persuade: The 4-Step Process to Influence People and Decisions Author: Shaun Digan, Jeff Cochran, Andres Lares Narrator: Patrick Lawlor Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523608" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523608</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Persuade: The 4-Step Process to Influence People and Decisions Author: Shaun Digan, Jeff Cochran, Andres Lares Narrator: Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: July 20, 2021 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Transform your ability to persuade and negotiate with this practical new resource In Persuade: The 4-Step Process to Influence People and Decisions, accomplished sales, negotiation, and influence experts Andres Lares, Jeff Cochran, and Shaun Digan, PhD, deliver a concise and insightful take on how to transform your ability to persuade others regardless of the setting. In this important book you'll discover:   ● Original research and scientific studies shedding light on the human decision-making processes that drive success and failure in virtually all interactions ● Real world examples and practical exercises to illustrate and practice the concepts discussed ● A fun yet rigorous approach of a complex subject that can be practically applied in any business situation    Persuade is perfect for executives, managers, entrepreneurs, and other business leaders and will earn a place in the libraries of any professional who negotiates or influences on a regular basis. It is an invaluable resource for anyone seeking to improve their persuasion or deal-making abilities.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f15101657460b8fdbf60cbce544f517e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Negotiate Without Fear: Strategies and Tools to Maximize Your Outcomes by Victoria Medvec</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/negotiate-without-fear-strategies-and-tools-to-maximize-your-outcomes-by-victoria-medvec--65130752</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525760" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525760</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Negotiate Without Fear: Strategies and Tools to Maximize Your Outcomes Author: Victoria Medvec Narrator: Pam Ward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 11 minutes Release date: July 20, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  With Negotiate Without Fear: Strategies and Tools to Maximize Your Outcomes, master negotiator, Kellogg professor, and accomplished CEO Victoria Medvec delivers an authoritative and practical resource for eliminating the fear that impedes success in negotiation. In this book, listeners will discover unique and proprietary negotiation strategies honed over decades advising Fortune 500 clients on high-stakes, complex negotiations. Negotiate Without Fear provides listeners at all levels of negotiation skill the ability to increase their negotiating confidence and maximize their negotiation success. You'll learn how to: put the right issues on the table by defining your objectives for the negotiation; analyze the issues being negotiated with an Issue Matrix to ensure you have the right issues to secure what you want; establish ambitious goals using a proprietary tool to identify the weaknesses in the other side's best outside alternative (BATNA); and leverage a unique architecture for creating and delivering Multiple Equivalent Simultaneous Offers (MESOs). Additionally, specific advice is provided in every chapter for individuals who are negotiating for themselves and in the everyday world. This book is an invaluable guide for anyone who hopes to sharpen their negotiating skills and achieve success in any arena.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525760</guid><pubDate>Tue, 20 Jul 2021 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130752/9781469082677.mp3" length="14437185" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525760 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Negotiate Without Fear: Strategies and Tools to Maximize Your Outcomes Author: Victoria Medvec Narrator: Pam Ward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525760" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525760</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Negotiate Without Fear: Strategies and Tools to Maximize Your Outcomes Author: Victoria Medvec Narrator: Pam Ward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 11 minutes Release date: July 20, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  With Negotiate Without Fear: Strategies and Tools to Maximize Your Outcomes, master negotiator, Kellogg professor, and accomplished CEO Victoria Medvec delivers an authoritative and practical resource for eliminating the fear that impedes success in negotiation. In this book, listeners will discover unique and proprietary negotiation strategies honed over decades advising Fortune 500 clients on high-stakes, complex negotiations. Negotiate Without Fear provides listeners at all levels of negotiation skill the ability to increase their negotiating confidence and maximize their negotiation success. You'll learn how to: put the right issues on the table by defining your objectives for the negotiation; analyze the issues being negotiated with an Issue Matrix to ensure you have the right issues to secure what you want; establish ambitious goals using a proprietary tool to identify the weaknesses in the other side's best outside alternative (BATNA); and leverage a unique architecture for creating and delivering Multiple Equivalent Simultaneous Offers (MESOs). Additionally, specific advice is provided in every chapter for individuals who are negotiating for themselves and in the everyday world. This book is an invaluable guide for anyone who hopes to sharpen their negotiating skills and achieve success in any arena.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/975fd3d37d3593a198912735805a7866.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Changing Minds by Vanderpoel by Fred Vanderpoel</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/changing-minds-by-vanderpoel-by-fred-vanderpoel--65130771</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/538434" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/538434</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Changing Minds by Vanderpoel Author: Fred Vanderpoel Narrator: Fred Vanderpoel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 27 minutes Release date: July  8, 2021 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Changing Minds by Vanderpoel Welcome to provoking insights, razor sharp wit, and acerbic commentary. One day, after listening to one of my long tirades, about how clients in advertising waste lots of money, and that the answer was the absence of information, my mother- in-law said, Freddy, can you explain it, so that people like me, can understand it too! People like her, are the same as people like me, without the overwhelming urge,  to speak in clever headlines. Keeping the bull to a minimum, is a daunting task for an adman. But humble pie is homemade, so, I clarified it... Changing minds is like changing diapers, you don't need to know what's in them. Changing Minds provides what you need to know about psychology, psychographics, linguistic programming, absence of information, modalities, accessing and representational preferences, typology, conditioning, behavioral attitudes, controlling eye movements and advertising strategies .]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/538434</guid><pubDate>Thu, 08 Jul 2021 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130771/9781667907284.mp3" length="2437227" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/538434 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Changing Minds by Vanderpoel Author: Fred Vanderpoel Narrator: Fred Vanderpoel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 27 minutes Release date:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/538434" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/538434</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Changing Minds by Vanderpoel Author: Fred Vanderpoel Narrator: Fred Vanderpoel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 27 minutes Release date: July  8, 2021 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Changing Minds by Vanderpoel Welcome to provoking insights, razor sharp wit, and acerbic commentary. One day, after listening to one of my long tirades, about how clients in advertising waste lots of money, and that the answer was the absence of information, my mother- in-law said, Freddy, can you explain it, so that people like me, can understand it too! People like her, are the same as people like me, without the overwhelming urge,  to speak in clever headlines. Keeping the bull to a minimum, is a daunting task for an adman. But humble pie is homemade, so, I clarified it... Changing minds is like changing diapers, you don't need to know what's in them. Changing Minds provides what you need to know about psychology, psychographics, linguistic programming, absence of information, modalities, accessing and representational preferences, typology, conditioning, behavioral attitudes, controlling eye movements and advertising strategies .]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/df57033ea18cb8dd41b9328ac4bf2a0c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Cómo hablar con cualquiera [How to Talk to Anyone]: Una guía práctica para evitar la ansiedad, la timidez y la torpeza. Haz amig</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-como-hablar-con-cualquiera-how-to-talk-to-anyone-una-guia-practica-para-evitar-la-ansiedad-la-timidez-y-la-torpeza-haz-amig--65130745</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/529865" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/529865</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Cómo hablar con cualquiera [How to Talk to Anyone]: Una guía práctica para evitar la ansiedad, la timidez y la torpeza. Haz amigos de verdad y genera conversaciones profundas de forma correcta y sencilla Author: Richard Hawkins Narrator: Oliver Magana Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 9 minutes Release date: June 23, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  ¿DESEAS COMUNICARTE CON LA GENTE DE FORMA EFECTIVA, EVITAR CONFLICTOS Y CONSEGUIR LO QUE QUIERES DE LA VIDA? ...No se trata sólo de lo que dices, sino también de POR QUÉ, CUÁNDO y CÓMO lo dices. Casi todo lo que queremos en la vida implica a otras personas. Ya sea que quieras una mejor vida social, un ascenso en el trabajo o una buena relación romántica, todo depende de la forma en que te comuniques.  La falta de habilidades comunicativas es precisamente lo que arruina la vida de la mayoría de la gente. Por suerte, 'comunicarse' no sólo es simple y sencillo, sino también fácil de dominar, incluso si eres tímido, introvertido o tienes ansiedad social.  Este libro te guiará sobre cómo puedes moverte rápidamente en las conversaciones y expresarte de una manera que favorezca la creación de relaciones y la productividad. DESCUBRIRÁS: •Cómo comunicarse eficazmente en el trabajo y en la vida privada •Consejos para mantener la calma y la asertividad •Lo que debe saber sobre la comunicación en los conflictos •Cómo ser un oyente activo y por qué es importante •Y mucho más. La comunicación eficaz es como el aceite del motor que hace que tu vida funcione sin problemas, llevándote a donde quieras.  ¿A qué esperas?  DESPLÁZATE HACIA ARRIBA, HAZ CLIC EN 'COMPRAR AHORA' Y EMPIEZA A ENTRENAR TUS HABILIDADES DE COMUNICACIÓN HOY MISMO.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/529865</guid><pubDate>Wed, 23 Jun 2021 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130745/9781662199745.mp3" length="2437461" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/529865 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Cómo hablar con cualquiera [How to Talk to Anyone]: Una guía práctica para evitar la ansiedad, la timidez y la torpeza. Haz amigos de...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/529865" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/529865</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Cómo hablar con cualquiera [How to Talk to Anyone]: Una guía práctica para evitar la ansiedad, la timidez y la torpeza. Haz amigos de verdad y genera conversaciones profundas de forma correcta y sencilla Author: Richard Hawkins Narrator: Oliver Magana Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 9 minutes Release date: June 23, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  ¿DESEAS COMUNICARTE CON LA GENTE DE FORMA EFECTIVA, EVITAR CONFLICTOS Y CONSEGUIR LO QUE QUIERES DE LA VIDA? ...No se trata sólo de lo que dices, sino también de POR QUÉ, CUÁNDO y CÓMO lo dices. Casi todo lo que queremos en la vida implica a otras personas. Ya sea que quieras una mejor vida social, un ascenso en el trabajo o una buena relación romántica, todo depende de la forma en que te comuniques.  La falta de habilidades comunicativas es precisamente lo que arruina la vida de la mayoría de la gente. Por suerte, 'comunicarse' no sólo es simple y sencillo, sino también fácil de dominar, incluso si eres tímido, introvertido o tienes ansiedad social.  Este libro te guiará sobre cómo puedes moverte rápidamente en las conversaciones y expresarte de una manera que favorezca la creación de relaciones y la productividad. DESCUBRIRÁS: •Cómo comunicarse eficazmente en el trabajo y en la vida privada •Consejos para mantener la calma y la asertividad •Lo que debe saber sobre la comunicación en los conflictos •Cómo ser un oyente activo y por qué es importante •Y mucho más. La comunicación eficaz es como el aceite del motor que hace que tu vida funcione sin problemas, llevándote a donde quieras.  ¿A qué esperas?  DESPLÁZATE HACIA ARRIBA, HAZ CLIC EN 'COMPRAR AHORA' Y EMPIEZA A ENTRENAR TUS HABILIDADES DE COMUNICACIÓN HOY MISMO.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/e927c93cbe5932925ea229b80de79ead.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Mediation: Negotiation by Other Moves by Michele Pekar, Eugene Kogan, Aurelien A. Colson, Jacques Salzer, Alain Lempereur</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/mediation-negotiation-by-other-moves-by-michele-pekar-eugene-kogan-aurelien-a-colson-jacques-salzer-alain-lempereur--65130765</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519235" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519235</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mediation: Negotiation by Other Moves Author: Michele Pekar, Eugene Kogan, Aurelien A. Colson, Jacques Salzer, Alain Lempereur Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 33 minutes Release date: June 22, 2021 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  In a world ridden by social divisions, responsible resolution of conflicts is more timely than ever. What happens when parties are unable to negotiate an agreement together? The next move is to invite a third party to reset the negotiations, facilitate the exchanges, rebuild a working relationship and empower the parties to explore the past, surface their present needs, invent, evaluate and choose the best solutions for the future.   Mediation: Negotiation by Other Moves brings decades of critical analysis and experience that the authors tested worldwide in international organizations, governments, NGOs, universities and corporations. You will understand mediation better, and its significance in your personal and professional life. You will be able to develop a flexible mindset and a broad outlook to achieve sustainable outcomes. This book will cover: models and principles from various domains of mediation: family, business and labor, public affairs, and international relations; a mediation framework to prepare for mediation and to run its process smoothly; a step-by-step approach to a mediation session, from the opening until a possible settlement, via the various phases of problem solving; mediation traps and how to avoid them—for mediators and parties alike; and ethics of mediation and questions of responsibility.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519235</guid><pubDate>Tue, 22 Jun 2021 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130765/9781663713308.mp3" length="14437274" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519235 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mediation: Negotiation by Other Moves Author: Michele Pekar, Eugene Kogan, Aurelien A. Colson, Jacques Salzer, Alain Lempereur Narrator: Stephen R....</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519235" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519235</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mediation: Negotiation by Other Moves Author: Michele Pekar, Eugene Kogan, Aurelien A. Colson, Jacques Salzer, Alain Lempereur Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 33 minutes Release date: June 22, 2021 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  In a world ridden by social divisions, responsible resolution of conflicts is more timely than ever. What happens when parties are unable to negotiate an agreement together? The next move is to invite a third party to reset the negotiations, facilitate the exchanges, rebuild a working relationship and empower the parties to explore the past, surface their present needs, invent, evaluate and choose the best solutions for the future.   Mediation: Negotiation by Other Moves brings decades of critical analysis and experience that the authors tested worldwide in international organizations, governments, NGOs, universities and corporations. You will understand mediation better, and its significance in your personal and professional life. You will be able to develop a flexible mindset and a broad outlook to achieve sustainable outcomes. This book will cover: models and principles from various domains of mediation: family, business and labor, public affairs, and international relations; a mediation framework to prepare for mediation and to run its process smoothly; a step-by-step approach to a mediation session, from the opening until a possible settlement, via the various phases of problem solving; mediation traps and how to avoid them—for mediators and parties alike; and ethics of mediation and questions of responsibility.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/c62c561613f21c8ab8bdc6a45e4a4267.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Message Received: 7 Steps to Break Down Communication Barriers at Work by Mary Donohue</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/message-received-7-steps-to-break-down-communication-barriers-at-work-by-mary-donohue--65130759</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526352" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526352</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Message Received: 7 Steps to Break Down Communication Barriers at Work Author: Mary Donohue Narrator: Christina Delaine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 17 minutes Release date: June 22, 2021 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  According to social scientist and award-winning CEO Dr. Mary Donohue, we communicate ineffectively at work a staggering 80% of the time! From the tone of an email to the almost-but-not-quite eye contact of a video conference app, today's tech has increased the speed and scope of our communications—as well as the opportunities to misunderstand each other completely. This lack of effective communication is a leading cause of workplace stress. In this widely anticipated and deeply researched book, Dr. Donohue, a victim of workplace stress herself, lays out a seven-step solution to give you the tools you need to make communication a cure for workplace stress, not a cause—even (especially) when you're working with a generationally diverse team. Discover what's at the root of the problem—from misunderstood emails and misinterpreted texts to misconstrued social media posts and missed social cues on Zoom—and learn how to respond to different communication preferences now.   Through case studies, evidence-backed research, and more, you'll walk away with the tools you need to ensure everyone on your team—yourself included—is heard and understood, so there's less time clarifying and more time for everyone to be their best, most productive selves.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526352</guid><pubDate>Tue, 22 Jun 2021 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130759/9781638410188.mp3" length="14437249" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526352 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Message Received: 7 Steps to Break Down Communication Barriers at Work Author: Mary Donohue Narrator: Christina Delaine Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526352" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526352</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Message Received: 7 Steps to Break Down Communication Barriers at Work Author: Mary Donohue Narrator: Christina Delaine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 17 minutes Release date: June 22, 2021 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  According to social scientist and award-winning CEO Dr. Mary Donohue, we communicate ineffectively at work a staggering 80% of the time! From the tone of an email to the almost-but-not-quite eye contact of a video conference app, today's tech has increased the speed and scope of our communications—as well as the opportunities to misunderstand each other completely. This lack of effective communication is a leading cause of workplace stress. In this widely anticipated and deeply researched book, Dr. Donohue, a victim of workplace stress herself, lays out a seven-step solution to give you the tools you need to make communication a cure for workplace stress, not a cause—even (especially) when you're working with a generationally diverse team. Discover what's at the root of the problem—from misunderstood emails and misinterpreted texts to misconstrued social media posts and missed social cues on Zoom—and learn how to respond to different communication preferences now.   Through case studies, evidence-backed research, and more, you'll walk away with the tools you need to ensure everyone on your team—yourself included—is heard and understood, so there's less time clarifying and more time for everyone to be their best, most productive selves.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b4b99de5186ff8adc6608a14ef0b26a2.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>How to Thrive in the Virtual Workplace: Simple and Effective Tips for Successful, Productive, and Empowered Remote Work by Robert Glazer</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-thrive-in-the-virtual-workplace-simple-and-effective-tips-for-successful-productive-and-empowered-remote-work-by-robert-glazer--65130761</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502923" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502923</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Thrive in the Virtual Workplace: Simple and Effective Tips for Successful, Productive, and Empowered Remote Work Author: Robert Glazer Narrator: Robert Glazer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 43 minutes Release date: June  1, 2021 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Remote work is here to stay,so if you can do it well, you're ahead of the game! The remote work revolution has been rapidly accelerated by the COVID-19 pandemic. How to Thrive in the Virtual Workplace shares insights from the remote employee, manager and leader perspectives, offering a blueprint any person can use to make remote work successful, productive and fulfilling. Learn how to leverage the flexibility of remote work, be more productive while working at home, avoid burnout, lead a team of virtual employees and build an organization that sets the gold standard for virtual work. This audiobook includes a downloadable PDF that contains examples from the book.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502923</guid><pubDate>Tue, 01 Jun 2021 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130761/9780593501320.mp3" length="4837147" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502923 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Thrive in the Virtual Workplace: Simple and Effective Tips for Successful, Productive, and Empowered Remote Work Author: Robert Glazer Narrator:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502923" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502923</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Thrive in the Virtual Workplace: Simple and Effective Tips for Successful, Productive, and Empowered Remote Work Author: Robert Glazer Narrator: Robert Glazer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 43 minutes Release date: June  1, 2021 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Remote work is here to stay,so if you can do it well, you're ahead of the game! The remote work revolution has been rapidly accelerated by the COVID-19 pandemic. How to Thrive in the Virtual Workplace shares insights from the remote employee, manager and leader perspectives, offering a blueprint any person can use to make remote work successful, productive and fulfilling. Learn how to leverage the flexibility of remote work, be more productive while working at home, avoid burnout, lead a team of virtual employees and build an organization that sets the gold standard for virtual work. This audiobook includes a downloadable PDF that contains examples from the book.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/5eb1ec540040300e43bfcb95abca61d9.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Five Tool Negotiator: The Complete Guide to Bargaining Success by Russell Korobkin</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-five-tool-negotiator-the-complete-guide-to-bargaining-success-by-russell-korobkin--65130793</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/513753" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/513753</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Five Tool Negotiator: The Complete Guide to Bargaining Success Author: Russell Korobkin Narrator: Jim Denison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 9 minutes Release date: May 25, 2021 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  The Five Tool Negotiator stands apart in a category saturated with breezy, self-help volumes as a highly researched must-have for anyone looking to improve their bargaining skills. Nationally renowned UCLA law professor Russell Korobkin distills insights drawn from his decades of studying and teaching the keys to successful negotiations into five simple-yet-sophisticated strategies: Bargaining Zone Analysis, Persuasion, Deal Design, Power, and Fairness Norms. Incorporating lively anecdotes and fascinating social science experiments, Korobkin brings to life concepts from the disparate fields of psychology, economics, and game theory. Designed for use at both the flea market and in the C-suite, this game-changing, universal approach provides a formula that a savvy listener can implement immediately. Throughout the book, Korobkin also meticulously explains how to answer questions that arise in every negotiation, including Should you make the first offer or let the other side go first?; What makes some proposals seem more fair than others?; and How do you decide whether to accept an offer, reject it, or make a counteroffer? Listeners will come away with a roadmap to becoming a truly complete negotiator, able to understand bargaining as both a strategic and social activity.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/513753</guid><pubDate>Tue, 25 May 2021 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130793/9781663711182.mp3" length="14437191" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/513753 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Five Tool Negotiator: The Complete Guide to Bargaining Success Author: Russell Korobkin Narrator: Jim Denison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/513753" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/513753</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Five Tool Negotiator: The Complete Guide to Bargaining Success Author: Russell Korobkin Narrator: Jim Denison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 9 minutes Release date: May 25, 2021 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  The Five Tool Negotiator stands apart in a category saturated with breezy, self-help volumes as a highly researched must-have for anyone looking to improve their bargaining skills. Nationally renowned UCLA law professor Russell Korobkin distills insights drawn from his decades of studying and teaching the keys to successful negotiations into five simple-yet-sophisticated strategies: Bargaining Zone Analysis, Persuasion, Deal Design, Power, and Fairness Norms. Incorporating lively anecdotes and fascinating social science experiments, Korobkin brings to life concepts from the disparate fields of psychology, economics, and game theory. Designed for use at both the flea market and in the C-suite, this game-changing, universal approach provides a formula that a savvy listener can implement immediately. Throughout the book, Korobkin also meticulously explains how to answer questions that arise in every negotiation, including Should you make the first offer or let the other side go first?; What makes some proposals seem more fair than others?; and How do you decide whether to accept an offer, reject it, or make a counteroffer? Listeners will come away with a roadmap to becoming a truly complete negotiator, able to understand bargaining as both a strategic and social activity.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/6dfb6332db0dd466435fc57faa8ef0e0.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>How to Fix Meetings by Graham Allcott, Hayley Watts</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-fix-meetings-by-graham-allcott-hayley-watts--65130889</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404713" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404713</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Fix Meetings Author: Graham Allcott, Hayley Watts Narrator: Anthony Schuster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 48 minutes Release date: May 13, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Too much valuable time is wasted in meetings. Often little advance planning takes place, resulting in productivity drains rather than productivity gains. It's time to think like a Ninja.   With realistic and practical advice this book shows how to reduce the amount of time you spend in meetings and ensure that the ones that you do attend are genuine opportunities to collaborate and get things done.  Learn how to hold and attend meetings where the focus is on the outcome; get to grips with the 40–20–40 Continuum, so that only 20 per cent of your attention for each meeting is spent in the meeting itself – the rest is in the preparation and the follow-through; and understand when it's necessary to say that you won't be attending – and how best to do so.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404713</guid><pubDate>Thu, 13 May 2021 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130889/9781528890052.mp3" length="1478302" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404713 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Fix Meetings Author: Graham Allcott, Hayley Watts Narrator: Anthony Schuster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 48 minutes Release...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404713" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404713</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Fix Meetings Author: Graham Allcott, Hayley Watts Narrator: Anthony Schuster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 48 minutes Release date: May 13, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Too much valuable time is wasted in meetings. Often little advance planning takes place, resulting in productivity drains rather than productivity gains. It's time to think like a Ninja.   With realistic and practical advice this book shows how to reduce the amount of time you spend in meetings and ensure that the ones that you do attend are genuine opportunities to collaborate and get things done.  Learn how to hold and attend meetings where the focus is on the outcome; get to grips with the 40–20–40 Continuum, so that only 20 per cent of your attention for each meeting is spent in the meeting itself – the rest is in the preparation and the follow-through; and understand when it's necessary to say that you won't be attending – and how best to do so.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f79e0f6c49ce8dc04af7296da05ffe81.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Power Relationships: 26 Irrefutable Laws for Building Extraordinary Relationships by Andrew Sobel, Jerold Panas</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/power-relationships-26-irrefutable-laws-for-building-extraordinary-relationships-by-andrew-sobel-jerold-panas--65130785</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521820" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521820</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Power Relationships: 26 Irrefutable Laws for Building Extraordinary Relationships Author: Andrew Sobel, Jerold Panas Narrator: Jerold Panas, Andrew Sobel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 57 minutes Release date: April 29, 2021 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Power Relationships is a manifesto that highlights core  foundations required to deepen relationships, build a powerful  network, and create lifetime clients. It presents 31 special  Relationship Principles and specific action steps to  apply the principle to the readers life and business. It is  a comprehensive guide to building integrity-based, trusting  relationships in every area of your life.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521820</guid><pubDate>Thu, 29 Apr 2021 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130785/9781663702791.mp3" length="1478308" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521820 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Power Relationships: 26 Irrefutable Laws for Building Extraordinary Relationships Author: Andrew Sobel, Jerold Panas Narrator: Jerold Panas, Andrew...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521820" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521820</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Power Relationships: 26 Irrefutable Laws for Building Extraordinary Relationships Author: Andrew Sobel, Jerold Panas Narrator: Jerold Panas, Andrew Sobel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 57 minutes Release date: April 29, 2021 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Power Relationships is a manifesto that highlights core  foundations required to deepen relationships, build a powerful  network, and create lifetime clients. It presents 31 special  Relationship Principles and specific action steps to  apply the principle to the readers life and business. It is  a comprehensive guide to building integrity-based, trusting  relationships in every area of your life.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/e383115ec5fc7ffacac7cf33e061b9b8.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Elevated Communicator: How to Master Your Style and Strengthen Well-Being at Work by Maryanne O'brien</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-elevated-communicator-how-to-master-your-style-and-strengthen-well-being-at-work-by-maryanne-o-brien--65130758</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499498" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499498</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Elevated Communicator: How to Master Your Style and Strengthen Well-Being at Work Author: Maryanne O'brien Narrator: Lameece Issaq Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 17 minutes Release date: April 27, 2021 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Discover your communication style and elevate consciousness at work to build trust, strengthen collaboration, relieve stress, and improve well-being.  Our work lives revolve around effective communication. It is essential for cultivating trust and team collaboration, as well as strengthening our motivation and well-being at work. And with teams experiencing more anxiety, stress, and burnout than ever before, strong communication skills have never been more essential.   The key to this clear and effective communication begins with understanding our own personal communication styles. Bringing our whole and authentic selves to work improves relationships and teamwork. The better we know what drives us, how we impact others, and how our wellbeing impacts our communication, the faster we can close communication gaps to build healthy, successful, and satisfying work lives and more intentional careers.    Drawing on more than a decade of original research on communication tendencies and proven mindfulness and habit-formation techniques, Maryanne O’Brien has developed a proprietary model of communication styles: Expressive, Reserved, Direct, or Harmonious.   In The Elevated Communicator, you will find:  -A self-assessment to discover your style  -An in-depth style profile to strengthen self-awareness and help you play to your strengths  -Strategies to manage your communication style under stress  -Practices to improve your wellbeing and reduce conflict  -Ways to care for your communication style and improve your wellbeing  -Methods to flex toward other styles to communicate more effectively with people  -Advice on building healthy, trusted, and productive working relationships   Perfect for fans of StrengthsFinders 2.0 and Gretchen Rubin’s The Four Tendencies, The Elevated Communicator is a “refreshing, insightful, and user-friendly” (Tara Peyerl, executive coach and success director, Salesforce) approach to develop daily practices to spiral up, raise consciousness, inspire accountability, and discover your full potential at work.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499498</guid><pubDate>Tue, 27 Apr 2021 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130758/9781797129600.mp3" length="1478400" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499498 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Elevated Communicator: How to Master Your Style and Strengthen Well-Being at Work Author: Maryanne O'brien Narrator: Lameece Issaq Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499498" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499498</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Elevated Communicator: How to Master Your Style and Strengthen Well-Being at Work Author: Maryanne O'brien Narrator: Lameece Issaq Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 17 minutes Release date: April 27, 2021 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Discover your communication style and elevate consciousness at work to build trust, strengthen collaboration, relieve stress, and improve well-being.  Our work lives revolve around effective communication. It is essential for cultivating trust and team collaboration, as well as strengthening our motivation and well-being at work. And with teams experiencing more anxiety, stress, and burnout than ever before, strong communication skills have never been more essential.   The key to this clear and effective communication begins with understanding our own personal communication styles. Bringing our whole and authentic selves to work improves relationships and teamwork. The better we know what drives us, how we impact others, and how our wellbeing impacts our communication, the faster we can close communication gaps to build healthy, successful, and satisfying work lives and more intentional careers.    Drawing on more than a decade of original research on communication tendencies and proven mindfulness and habit-formation techniques, Maryanne O’Brien has developed a proprietary model of communication styles: Expressive, Reserved, Direct, or Harmonious.   In The Elevated Communicator, you will find:  -A self-assessment to discover your style  -An in-depth style profile to strengthen self-awareness and help you play to your strengths  -Strategies to manage your communication style under stress  -Practices to improve your wellbeing and reduce conflict  -Ways to care for your communication style and improve your wellbeing  -Methods to flex toward other styles to communicate more effectively with people  -Advice on building healthy, trusted, and productive working relationships   Perfect for fans of StrengthsFinders 2.0 and Gretchen Rubin’s The Four Tendencies, The Elevated Communicator is a “refreshing, insightful, and user-friendly” (Tara Peyerl, executive coach and success director, Salesforce) approach to develop daily practices to spiral up, raise consciousness, inspire accountability, and discover your full potential at work.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ccd555c9150e5e7378d0137bc40daca1.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Say Less, Get More: Unconventional Negotiation Techniques to Get What You Want by Fotini Iconomopoulos</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/say-less-get-more-unconventional-negotiation-techniques-to-get-what-you-want-by-fotini-iconomopoulos--65130763</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499018" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499018</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Say Less, Get More: Unconventional Negotiation Techniques to Get What You Want Author: Fotini Iconomopoulos Narrator: Nan Mcnamara Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 51 minutes Release date: April 20, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Negotiation without fear, for everyone, everywhere  Nicknamed “the negotiator” as a child, Fotini Iconomopoulos has been honing her skills her entire life. As a sought-after expert, for more than a decade she’s been empowering Fortune 500 executives and their teams to achieve their objectives, guiding them through high-stakes scenarios in industries such as consumer packaged goods, retail, professional services, energy, telecommunications, tech and finance. Now for the first time, Iconomopoulos shares her simple and innovative strategies, debunks common negotiation myths and explains why effective negotiation does not follow a one-size fits all/art of the deal approach. In Say Less, Get More you’ll find out how to:   - Assess where your situation falls on the negotiation spectrum so you can adjust your tactics accordingly - Understand who you are negotiating with, their background and their goals, in order to develop your approach - Determine your starting position, your final outcome and a strategy to get there - Manage the negotiation process, overcome obstacles and find common ground - Communicate effectively in any scenario, including learning what to say and when to say it if you can’t reach a deal - Develop and foster excellent client relationships and networks  Once you are armed with Iconomopoulos’s sensible strategies and proven advice, you’ll be able to confidently get what you want in business and in life.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499018</guid><pubDate>Tue, 20 Apr 2021 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130763/9781443463744.mp3" length="2437184" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499018 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Say Less, Get More: Unconventional Negotiation Techniques to Get What You Want Author: Fotini Iconomopoulos Narrator: Nan Mcnamara Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499018" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499018</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Say Less, Get More: Unconventional Negotiation Techniques to Get What You Want Author: Fotini Iconomopoulos Narrator: Nan Mcnamara Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 51 minutes Release date: April 20, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Negotiation without fear, for everyone, everywhere  Nicknamed “the negotiator” as a child, Fotini Iconomopoulos has been honing her skills her entire life. As a sought-after expert, for more than a decade she’s been empowering Fortune 500 executives and their teams to achieve their objectives, guiding them through high-stakes scenarios in industries such as consumer packaged goods, retail, professional services, energy, telecommunications, tech and finance. Now for the first time, Iconomopoulos shares her simple and innovative strategies, debunks common negotiation myths and explains why effective negotiation does not follow a one-size fits all/art of the deal approach. In Say Less, Get More you’ll find out how to:   - Assess where your situation falls on the negotiation spectrum so you can adjust your tactics accordingly - Understand who you are negotiating with, their background and their goals, in order to develop your approach - Determine your starting position, your final outcome and a strategy to get there - Manage the negotiation process, overcome obstacles and find common ground - Communicate effectively in any scenario, including learning what to say and when to say it if you can’t reach a deal - Develop and foster excellent client relationships and networks  Once you are armed with Iconomopoulos’s sensible strategies and proven advice, you’ll be able to confidently get what you want in business and in life.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/670ac5ba3835734518d4e49cc45b6a62.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Your Story, Well Told!: Creative Strategies to Develop and Perform Stories that Wow an Audience by Corey Rosen</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/your-story-well-told-creative-strategies-to-develop-and-perform-stories-that-wow-an-audience-by-corey-rosen--65130779</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482772" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482772</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Story, Well Told!: Creative Strategies to Develop and Perform Stories that Wow an Audience Author: Corey Rosen Narrator: Joe Hempel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 19 minutes Release date: April 13, 2021 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Learn how to tell a good story with Your Story, Well Told! Jam-packed with some of the best storytelling strategies, this manual gives creatives the confidence bump they need to make the sale, land the client, propose a toast, or impress their date. The following is (not) a work of fiction. We've all got stories to tell—but how do you make your story the best story? In Your Story, Well Told!, Moth veteran Corey Rosen inspires you to get on stage and tell your story. Using the best storytelling techniques from improvisational theater, Rosen designs an accessible guide for all ages and skill levels. Crafted to help ordinary people tell extraordinary stories, this laugh out loud handbook covers everything from how to tell a good story to going off script. Spontaneous stories to tell. The best storytelling uses improvisation to enthrall, entertain, and keep audiences on edge. Laugh along with tales of performance triumphs (and disasters) and explore ways to tell your story with confidence and spontaneity. From brainstorming and development to performance and memorization techniques, you'll learn how to tell a good story with a variety of structures and editing approaches that bring out your best story; improv exercises to stimulate creativity without feeling foolish; and quick and easy lessons on building stories to tell.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482772</guid><pubDate>Tue, 13 Apr 2021 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130779/9781663711458.mp3" length="14437220" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482772 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Story, Well Told!: Creative Strategies to Develop and Perform Stories that Wow an Audience Author: Corey Rosen Narrator: Joe Hempel Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482772" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482772</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Story, Well Told!: Creative Strategies to Develop and Perform Stories that Wow an Audience Author: Corey Rosen Narrator: Joe Hempel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 19 minutes Release date: April 13, 2021 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Learn how to tell a good story with Your Story, Well Told! Jam-packed with some of the best storytelling strategies, this manual gives creatives the confidence bump they need to make the sale, land the client, propose a toast, or impress their date. The following is (not) a work of fiction. We've all got stories to tell—but how do you make your story the best story? In Your Story, Well Told!, Moth veteran Corey Rosen inspires you to get on stage and tell your story. Using the best storytelling techniques from improvisational theater, Rosen designs an accessible guide for all ages and skill levels. Crafted to help ordinary people tell extraordinary stories, this laugh out loud handbook covers everything from how to tell a good story to going off script. Spontaneous stories to tell. The best storytelling uses improvisation to enthrall, entertain, and keep audiences on edge. Laugh along with tales of performance triumphs (and disasters) and explore ways to tell your story with confidence and spontaneity. From brainstorming and development to performance and memorization techniques, you'll learn how to tell a good story with a variety of structures and editing approaches that bring out your best story; improv exercises to stimulate creativity without feeling foolish; and quick and easy lessons on building stories to tell.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/c9e38399ac719016b9a1715fff506213.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - So wird jede Veranstaltung zum Erfolg by Torsten Schröder</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-so-wird-jede-veranstaltung-zum-erfolg-by-torsten-schroder--65130790</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511359" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511359</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - So wird jede Veranstaltung zum Erfolg Author: Torsten Schröder Narrator: Torsten Schröder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 23 minutes Release date: March  5, 2021 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Eine erfolgreich durchgeführte Veranstaltung ist ein optimales Instrument, um neue Kunden zu gewinnen und Bestandskunden noch stärker zu binden. Sie bietet auch den idealen Rahmen, um Produkte und Dienstleistungen wirkungsvoll in der Öffentlichkeit zu präsentieren. Bei den eigenen Mitarbeitern sorgen ein gelungenes Kick-Off-Event oder eine emotionale Weihnachtsfeier für einen Motivationsschub und verstärken so die Identifikation mit dem Arbeitgeber.     Mit diesem E-Book liefert der erfahrene Redner und Moderator Torsten Schröder einen ebenso kompakten wie praxisorientierten Ratgeber für die erfolgreiche Planung und Durchführung von Veranstaltungen aller Art. Ein Schwerpunkt liegt dabei auf der Vermeidung typischer Fehler, die dem Gelingen Ihres Projekts im Wege stehen könnten.     Torsten Schröder, Jahrgang 1985, ist seit einigen Jahren mit großer Resonanz als Moderator, Redner, Autor und Coach tätig. Nach einer bundesweit erfolgreichen Karriere als Tanzsportler und Tanzlehrer liegen jetzt die Schwerpunkte seiner Tätigkeit auf der Beratung von Unternehmen und Führungskräften sowie in der Unterstützung im Umgang mit Lebenskrisen. Torsten Schröder lebt im Großraum Köln, wo er sich auch ehrenamtlich als Botschafter des Vereins 'Breakfast4kids' engagiert. Weitere Veröffentlichungen sind in Vorbereitung.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511359</guid><pubDate>Fri, 05 Mar 2021 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130790/4061707524196.mp3" length="1478366" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511359 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - So wird jede Veranstaltung zum Erfolg Author: Torsten Schröder Narrator: Torsten Schröder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 23...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511359" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511359</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - So wird jede Veranstaltung zum Erfolg Author: Torsten Schröder Narrator: Torsten Schröder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 23 minutes Release date: March  5, 2021 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Eine erfolgreich durchgeführte Veranstaltung ist ein optimales Instrument, um neue Kunden zu gewinnen und Bestandskunden noch stärker zu binden. Sie bietet auch den idealen Rahmen, um Produkte und Dienstleistungen wirkungsvoll in der Öffentlichkeit zu präsentieren. Bei den eigenen Mitarbeitern sorgen ein gelungenes Kick-Off-Event oder eine emotionale Weihnachtsfeier für einen Motivationsschub und verstärken so die Identifikation mit dem Arbeitgeber.     Mit diesem E-Book liefert der erfahrene Redner und Moderator Torsten Schröder einen ebenso kompakten wie praxisorientierten Ratgeber für die erfolgreiche Planung und Durchführung von Veranstaltungen aller Art. Ein Schwerpunkt liegt dabei auf der Vermeidung typischer Fehler, die dem Gelingen Ihres Projekts im Wege stehen könnten.     Torsten Schröder, Jahrgang 1985, ist seit einigen Jahren mit großer Resonanz als Moderator, Redner, Autor und Coach tätig. Nach einer bundesweit erfolgreichen Karriere als Tanzsportler und Tanzlehrer liegen jetzt die Schwerpunkte seiner Tätigkeit auf der Beratung von Unternehmen und Führungskräften sowie in der Unterstützung im Umgang mit Lebenskrisen. Torsten Schröder lebt im Großraum Köln, wo er sich auch ehrenamtlich als Botschafter des Vereins 'Breakfast4kids' engagiert. Weitere Veröffentlichungen sind in Vorbereitung.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/4f33ae7923aae29c3de9e1c374db8397.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>How to Talk to Anyone: A Practical Guide to Avoid Anxiety, Shyness, and Awkwardness. Make Real Friends and Generate Deep Conversations the R</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-talk-to-anyone-a-practical-guide-to-avoid-anxiety-shyness-and-awkwardness-make-real-friends-and-generate-deep-conversations-the-r--65130754</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506239" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506239</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Talk to Anyone: A Practical Guide to Avoid Anxiety, Shyness, and Awkwardness. Make Real Friends and Generate Deep Conversations the Right and Simple Way Author: Richard Hawkins Narrator: Orlena Cain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 10 minutes Release date: March  2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.13 of Total 47   Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 6 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  DO YOU WISH TO COMMUNICATE WITH PEOPLE EFFECTIVELY, AVOID CONFLICTS AND GET WHAT YOU WANT FROM LIFE? ...It's not only about what you say, but also about WHY, WHEN and HOW you say it. Almost everything we want in life involves other people. Whether you want a better social life, a promotion at work, or a good romantic relationship, it all depends on the way you communicate.  Lack of communication skills is exactly what ruins most peoples’ lives. Luckily, 'communicating' is not only simple and straightforward but also easy to master, even if you’re shy, introverted or have social anxiety.  This book will guide you on how you can quickly move through conversations and express yourself in a manner that is conducive to relationship-building and productivity. You’ll discover: •How to communicate effectively at work &amp; in your private life •Tips to remain assertive &amp; calm •What you should know about conflict communication •How to be an active listener and why it’s important •And much more! Effective communication is like an engine oil that makes your life run smoothly, getting you wherever you want to be.  What are you waiting for?  SCROLL UP, CLICK 'BUY NOW,' AND START  TRAINING YOUR COMMUNICATION SKILLS TODAY!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506239</guid><pubDate>Tue, 02 Mar 2021 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130754/9781662177620.mp3" length="2437235" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506239 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Talk to Anyone: A Practical Guide to Avoid Anxiety, Shyness, and Awkwardness. Make Real Friends and Generate Deep Conversations the Right and...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506239" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506239</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Talk to Anyone: A Practical Guide to Avoid Anxiety, Shyness, and Awkwardness. Make Real Friends and Generate Deep Conversations the Right and Simple Way Author: Richard Hawkins Narrator: Orlena Cain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 10 minutes Release date: March  2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.13 of Total 47   Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 6 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  DO YOU WISH TO COMMUNICATE WITH PEOPLE EFFECTIVELY, AVOID CONFLICTS AND GET WHAT YOU WANT FROM LIFE? ...It's not only about what you say, but also about WHY, WHEN and HOW you say it. Almost everything we want in life involves other people. Whether you want a better social life, a promotion at work, or a good romantic relationship, it all depends on the way you communicate.  Lack of communication skills is exactly what ruins most peoples’ lives. Luckily, 'communicating' is not only simple and straightforward but also easy to master, even if you’re shy, introverted or have social anxiety.  This book will guide you on how you can quickly move through conversations and express yourself in a manner that is conducive to relationship-building and productivity. You’ll discover: •How to communicate effectively at work &amp; in your private life •Tips to remain assertive &amp; calm •What you should know about conflict communication •How to be an active listener and why it’s important •And much more! Effective communication is like an engine oil that makes your life run smoothly, getting you wherever you want to be.  What are you waiting for?  SCROLL UP, CLICK 'BUY NOW,' AND START  TRAINING YOUR COMMUNICATION SKILLS TODAY!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ef64c2d1c58e75519a9df86bb4917e3c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>10 Simple Secrets of the World's Greatest Business Communicators by Carmine Gallo</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/10-simple-secrets-of-the-world-s-greatest-business-communicators-by-carmine-gallo--65130814</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463171" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463171</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 10 Simple Secrets of the World's Greatest Business Communicators Author: Carmine Gallo Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 32 minutes Release date: February 23, 2021 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Master the ten simple secrets used by the world's greatest business communicators and transform your career! Based on author Carmine Gallo's career as a Fortune 500 communications coach and Emmy Award-winning television journalist, 10 Simple Secrets of the World's Greatest Communicators has been updated and revised to show business people how to achieve their personal and professional goals by mastering the ten simple secrets used by the world's greatest business communicators. The book offers techniques and proven tips that explain how these successful communicators connect with audiences who demand passion, inspiration, preparation, clarity, brevity, command presence, and simplicity, all delivered in a visually compelling package.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463171</guid><pubDate>Tue, 23 Feb 2021 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130814/9780593413043.mp3" length="4837129" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463171 to listen full audiobooks. Title: 10 Simple Secrets of the World's Greatest Business Communicators Author: Carmine Gallo Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463171" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463171</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 10 Simple Secrets of the World's Greatest Business Communicators Author: Carmine Gallo Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 32 minutes Release date: February 23, 2021 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Master the ten simple secrets used by the world's greatest business communicators and transform your career! Based on author Carmine Gallo's career as a Fortune 500 communications coach and Emmy Award-winning television journalist, 10 Simple Secrets of the World's Greatest Communicators has been updated and revised to show business people how to achieve their personal and professional goals by mastering the ten simple secrets used by the world's greatest business communicators. The book offers techniques and proven tips that explain how these successful communicators connect with audiences who demand passion, inspiration, preparation, clarity, brevity, command presence, and simplicity, all delivered in a visually compelling package.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/0bfb5f1ba7c2f915c6a484695388fd30.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Humor, Seriously: Why Humor Is a Secret Weapon in Business and Life (And how anyone can harness it. Even you.) by Naomi Bagdonas, Jennifer A</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/humor-seriously-why-humor-is-a-secret-weapon-in-business-and-life-and-how-anyone-can-harness-it-even-you-by-naomi-bagdonas-jennifer-a--65130914</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424555" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424555</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Humor, Seriously: Why Humor Is a Secret Weapon in Business and Life (And how anyone can harness it. Even you.) Author: Naomi Bagdonas, Jennifer Aaker Narrator: Naomi Bagdonas, Jennifer Aaker, Michael Lewis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 5 minutes Release date: February  2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.05 of Total 19   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  WALL STREET JOURNAL, LOS ANGELES TIMES, AND USA TODAY BESTSELLER • Anyone—even you!—can learn how to harness the power of humor in business (and life), based on the popular class at Stanford’s Graduate School of Business.   Don’t miss the authors’ TED Talk, “Why great leaders take humor seriously,” online now. “The ultimate guide to using the magical power of funny as a tool for leadership and a force for good.”—Daniel H. Pink, #1 New York Times bestselling author of When and Drive  We are living through a period of unprecedented uncertainty and upheaval in both our personal and professional lives. So it should come as a surprise to exactly no one that trust, human connection, and mental well-being are all on the decline.   This may seem like no laughing matter. Yet, the research shows that humor and laughter are among the most valuable tools we have at our disposal for strengthening bonds and relationships, diffusing stress and tension, boosting resilience, and performing when the stakes are high.    That’s why Jennifer Aaker and Naomi Bagdonas teach the popular course Humor: Serious Business at the Stanford Graduate School of Business, where they help some of the world’s most hard-driving, blazer-wearing business minds infuse more humor and levity into their work and lives. In Humor, Seriously, they draw on findings by behavioral scientists, world-class comedians, and inspiring business leaders to reveal how humor works and—more important—how you can use more of it, better. Aaker and Bagdonas unpack the theory and application of humor: what makes something funny, how to mine your life for material, and simple ways to identify and leverage your unique humor style. They show how to use humor to rebuild vital connections; appear more confident, competent, and authentic at work; and foster cultures where levity and creativity can thrive. President Dwight David Eisenhower once said, “A sense of humor is part of the art of leadership, of getting along with people, of getting things done.” If Dwight David Eisenhower, the second least naturally funny president (after Franklin Pierce), thought humor was necessary to win wars, build highways, and warn against the military-industrial complex, then you might consider learning it too.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424555</guid><pubDate>Tue, 02 Feb 2021 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130914/9780593154199.mp3" length="4837179" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424555 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Humor, Seriously: Why Humor Is a Secret Weapon in Business and Life (And how anyone can harness it. Even you.) Author: Naomi Bagdonas, Jennifer Aaker...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424555" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424555</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Humor, Seriously: Why Humor Is a Secret Weapon in Business and Life (And how anyone can harness it. Even you.) Author: Naomi Bagdonas, Jennifer Aaker Narrator: Naomi Bagdonas, Jennifer Aaker, Michael Lewis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 5 minutes Release date: February  2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.05 of Total 19   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  WALL STREET JOURNAL, LOS ANGELES TIMES, AND USA TODAY BESTSELLER • Anyone—even you!—can learn how to harness the power of humor in business (and life), based on the popular class at Stanford’s Graduate School of Business.   Don’t miss the authors’ TED Talk, “Why great leaders take humor seriously,” online now. “The ultimate guide to using the magical power of funny as a tool for leadership and a force for good.”—Daniel H. Pink, #1 New York Times bestselling author of When and Drive  We are living through a period of unprecedented uncertainty and upheaval in both our personal and professional lives. So it should come as a surprise to exactly no one that trust, human connection, and mental well-being are all on the decline.   This may seem like no laughing matter. Yet, the research shows that humor and laughter are among the most valuable tools we have at our disposal for strengthening bonds and relationships, diffusing stress and tension, boosting resilience, and performing when the stakes are high.    That’s why Jennifer Aaker and Naomi Bagdonas teach the popular course Humor: Serious Business at the Stanford Graduate School of Business, where they help some of the world’s most hard-driving, blazer-wearing business minds infuse more humor and levity into their work and lives. In Humor, Seriously, they draw on findings by behavioral scientists, world-class comedians, and inspiring business leaders to reveal how humor works and—more important—how you can use more of it, better. Aaker and Bagdonas unpack the theory and application of humor: what makes something funny, how to mine your life for material, and simple ways to identify and leverage your unique humor style. They show how to use humor to rebuild vital connections; appear more confident, competent, and authentic at work; and foster cultures where levity and creativity can thrive. President Dwight David Eisenhower once said, “A sense of humor is part of the art of leadership, of getting along with people, of getting things done.” If Dwight David Eisenhower, the second least naturally funny president (after Franklin Pierce), thought humor was necessary to win wars, build highways, and warn against the military-industrial complex, then you might consider learning it too.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9aa9b17d9018b90dd84074a799d95305.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Unlock Your Business Voice: How to speak as well as you think by Simon De Cintra</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/unlock-your-business-voice-how-to-speak-as-well-as-you-think-by-simon-de-cintra--65130766</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500595" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500595</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unlock Your Business Voice: How to speak as well as you think Author: Simon De Cintra Narrator: Simon De Cintra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 34 minutes Release date: January 29, 2021 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Being able to speak up and stand out is no longer an optional 'soft skill'.  Having a strong business voice is critical in today's business arena. People who are empowered to communicate effectively are highly sought-after because they help companies move forward together and are able to share their expertise and creativity for everyone's benefit. In Unlock Your Business Voice, Simon shares his VOICE framework to provide practical tools, techniques and tips for less confident speakers that will help you to: Discover and develop your most appropriate business voice Match communication styles to create rapport with your colleagues Get your message and expertise across more quickly and clearly Deal with being put on the spot by more assertive leaders Find confidence and reassurance in a logical, skills-based approach Be heard in the land of the extrovert, even if you are an introvert]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500595</guid><pubDate>Fri, 29 Jan 2021 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130766/9781781335680.mp3" length="1478328" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500595 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unlock Your Business Voice: How to speak as well as you think Author: Simon De Cintra Narrator: Simon De Cintra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500595" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500595</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unlock Your Business Voice: How to speak as well as you think Author: Simon De Cintra Narrator: Simon De Cintra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 34 minutes Release date: January 29, 2021 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Being able to speak up and stand out is no longer an optional 'soft skill'.  Having a strong business voice is critical in today's business arena. People who are empowered to communicate effectively are highly sought-after because they help companies move forward together and are able to share their expertise and creativity for everyone's benefit. In Unlock Your Business Voice, Simon shares his VOICE framework to provide practical tools, techniques and tips for less confident speakers that will help you to: Discover and develop your most appropriate business voice Match communication styles to create rapport with your colleagues Get your message and expertise across more quickly and clearly Deal with being put on the spot by more assertive leaders Find confidence and reassurance in a logical, skills-based approach Be heard in the land of the extrovert, even if you are an introvert]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/c8594cc7625ec99c1c0a4c816ec29ee9.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Let's Talk: Make Effective Feedback Your Superpower by Therese Huston</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/let-s-talk-make-effective-feedback-your-superpower-by-therese-huston--65130909</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432262" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432262</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Let's Talk: Make Effective Feedback Your Superpower Author: Therese Huston Narrator: Therese Huston Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 34 minutes Release date: January 26, 2021 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  A game-changing model for giving effective feedback to peers, employees, or even your boss--without offending or demotivating. How are you supposed to tell someone that they're not meeting expectations without crushing their spirit? Regular feedback, when delivered skillfully, can turn average performers into the hardest workers and stars into superstars. Yet many see it as an awkward chore: Recent studies have revealed 37% of managers dread giving feedback, and 65% of employees wish their managers gave more feedback.   This trail-blazing new model eliminates the guesswork. Dr. Therese Huston, the founding director of the Center for Excellence in Teaching and Learning at Seattle University, discovered that the key to being listened to is to listen. First, find out what kind of feedback an employee wants most: appreciation, coaching, or evaluation. If they crave one, they'll be more receptive once their need has been satisfied. Then Huston lays out counterintuitive strategies for delivering each type of feedback successfully, including:   - Start by saying your good intentions out loud: it may feel unnecessary, but it makes all the difference. - Side with the person, not the problem: a bad habit or behavior is probably less entrenched than you think. - Give reports a chance to correct inaccurate feedback: they want an opportunity to talk more than they want you to be a good talker.   This handbook will make a once-stressful ordeal feel natural, and, by greasing the wheels of regular feedback conversations, help managers improve performance, trust, and mutual understanding.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432262</guid><pubDate>Tue, 26 Jan 2021 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130909/9780593290095.mp3" length="4837127" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432262 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Let's Talk: Make Effective Feedback Your Superpower Author: Therese Huston Narrator: Therese Huston Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 34...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432262" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432262</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Let's Talk: Make Effective Feedback Your Superpower Author: Therese Huston Narrator: Therese Huston Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 34 minutes Release date: January 26, 2021 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  A game-changing model for giving effective feedback to peers, employees, or even your boss--without offending or demotivating. How are you supposed to tell someone that they're not meeting expectations without crushing their spirit? Regular feedback, when delivered skillfully, can turn average performers into the hardest workers and stars into superstars. Yet many see it as an awkward chore: Recent studies have revealed 37% of managers dread giving feedback, and 65% of employees wish their managers gave more feedback.   This trail-blazing new model eliminates the guesswork. Dr. Therese Huston, the founding director of the Center for Excellence in Teaching and Learning at Seattle University, discovered that the key to being listened to is to listen. First, find out what kind of feedback an employee wants most: appreciation, coaching, or evaluation. If they crave one, they'll be more receptive once their need has been satisfied. Then Huston lays out counterintuitive strategies for delivering each type of feedback successfully, including:   - Start by saying your good intentions out loud: it may feel unnecessary, but it makes all the difference. - Side with the person, not the problem: a bad habit or behavior is probably less entrenched than you think. - Give reports a chance to correct inaccurate feedback: they want an opportunity to talk more than they want you to be a good talker.   This handbook will make a once-stressful ordeal feel natural, and, by greasing the wheels of regular feedback conversations, help managers improve performance, trust, and mutual understanding.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/985a47f9558b85536438e0dd287a6a69.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Power of Voice: A Guide to Making Yourself Heard by Denise Woods</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-power-of-voice-a-guide-to-making-yourself-heard-by-denise-woods--65130867</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436628" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436628</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Voice: A Guide to Making Yourself Heard Author: Denise Woods Narrator: Denise Woods, Jd Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 15 minutes Release date: January 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Foreword by Academy Award-winner Mahershala Ali An internationally renowned and highly sought-after Hollywood voice coach shares proven practices to help anyone utilize the often-untapped power of their own authentic voice. From a toddler's first words to professional public speaking, from a marriage proposal to asking for a raise, our voice is our most crucial instrument of expression. The world judges us by our voice. And yet there has been no authoritative guide to mastering its full capacity and expressing our true selves in every aspect of life, from relationships and family to work. Until now. As one of the nation’s most sought-after vocal coaches, Denise Woods has worked with everyone from Mahershala Ali, Will Smith, and Idris Elba to Kirsten Dunst and Jessica Chastain. In The Power of Voice, for the first time ever, Woods shares the secrets, tips, lessons, and stories that have helped Hollywood’s biggest stars become confident, effective communicators. Readers will learn how to: - Articulate clearly - Gain confidence in any situation - Release tension and stress - Address speech issues such as upspeak, vocal fry, and nasality - Become powerful public speakers - Find their truest form of expression With her unmatched ability to teach vocal mastery in real-world terms, Woods offers a much-needed, proven, practical, and invaluable set of tools that will forever change how we communicate and, ultimately, how we see ourselves and affect others. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436628</guid><pubDate>Tue, 26 Jan 2021 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130867/9780062941060.mp3" length="2437205" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436628 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Voice: A Guide to Making Yourself Heard Author: Denise Woods Narrator: Denise Woods, Jd Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436628" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436628</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Voice: A Guide to Making Yourself Heard Author: Denise Woods Narrator: Denise Woods, Jd Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 15 minutes Release date: January 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Foreword by Academy Award-winner Mahershala Ali An internationally renowned and highly sought-after Hollywood voice coach shares proven practices to help anyone utilize the often-untapped power of their own authentic voice. From a toddler's first words to professional public speaking, from a marriage proposal to asking for a raise, our voice is our most crucial instrument of expression. The world judges us by our voice. And yet there has been no authoritative guide to mastering its full capacity and expressing our true selves in every aspect of life, from relationships and family to work. Until now. As one of the nation’s most sought-after vocal coaches, Denise Woods has worked with everyone from Mahershala Ali, Will Smith, and Idris Elba to Kirsten Dunst and Jessica Chastain. In The Power of Voice, for the first time ever, Woods shares the secrets, tips, lessons, and stories that have helped Hollywood’s biggest stars become confident, effective communicators. Readers will learn how to: - Articulate clearly - Gain confidence in any situation - Release tension and stress - Address speech issues such as upspeak, vocal fry, and nasality - Become powerful public speakers - Find their truest form of expression With her unmatched ability to teach vocal mastery in real-world terms, Woods offers a much-needed, proven, practical, and invaluable set of tools that will forever change how we communicate and, ultimately, how we see ourselves and affect others. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/194c2d15f4e61f6134ce407125355375.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Persuasion IQ: The 10 Skills You Need to Get Exactly What You Want by Kurt Mortensen</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/persuasion-iq-the-10-skills-you-need-to-get-exactly-what-you-want-by-kurt-mortensen--65130849</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457743" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457743</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Persuasion IQ: The 10 Skills You Need to Get Exactly What You Want Author: Kurt Mortensen Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 11 minutes Release date: January 26, 2021 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Through his Persuasion Institute, Kurt Mortensen has sought out and studied the Persuasion IQ (PQ) of the world’s top influencers. Now, in this game-changing guide, he’s leveraging his vast knowledge to teach listeners the essential habits, traits, and behaviors necessary to cultivate their natural persuasive abilities. Concentrating on the 10 major Persuasion IQ skills, the book provides listeners an opportunity to assess their own PQ, identify their strengths and weaknesses, and start down a path to enormous success and wealth. Listeners will discover powerful techniques that enable them to: read people quickly; create instant trust; get others to take immediate action; close more sales; win over clients; accelerate business success; earn what they're really worth; influence others to accept their points of view; win negotiations; enhance relationships; and--most important--hear the magical word “yes” more often! Your professional success, your income, and even your personal relationships depend on your ability to persuade, influence, and motivate other people. Whether you are selling a product, presenting an idea, or asking for a raise, persuasion is the magic ingredient. This powerful, life-changing book will transform anyone into a persuasion genius. Accompanying graphics and appendixes are available in the audiobook companion PDF download.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457743</guid><pubDate>Tue, 26 Jan 2021 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130849/9781400229956.mp3" length="1477699" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457743 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Persuasion IQ: The 10 Skills You Need to Get Exactly What You Want Author: Kurt Mortensen Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457743" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457743</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Persuasion IQ: The 10 Skills You Need to Get Exactly What You Want Author: Kurt Mortensen Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 11 minutes Release date: January 26, 2021 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Through his Persuasion Institute, Kurt Mortensen has sought out and studied the Persuasion IQ (PQ) of the world’s top influencers. Now, in this game-changing guide, he’s leveraging his vast knowledge to teach listeners the essential habits, traits, and behaviors necessary to cultivate their natural persuasive abilities. Concentrating on the 10 major Persuasion IQ skills, the book provides listeners an opportunity to assess their own PQ, identify their strengths and weaknesses, and start down a path to enormous success and wealth. Listeners will discover powerful techniques that enable them to: read people quickly; create instant trust; get others to take immediate action; close more sales; win over clients; accelerate business success; earn what they're really worth; influence others to accept their points of view; win negotiations; enhance relationships; and--most important--hear the magical word “yes” more often! Your professional success, your income, and even your personal relationships depend on your ability to persuade, influence, and motivate other people. Whether you are selling a product, presenting an idea, or asking for a raise, persuasion is the magic ingredient. This powerful, life-changing book will transform anyone into a persuasion genius. Accompanying graphics and appendixes are available in the audiobook companion PDF download.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/a396fdf6c88b8366a11a4f0266a68890.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Make Meetings Matter: How to Turn Meetings from Status Updates to Remarkable Conversations by Paul Axtell</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/make-meetings-matter-how-to-turn-meetings-from-status-updates-to-remarkable-conversations-by-paul-axtell--65130823</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463172" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463172</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make Meetings Matter: How to Turn Meetings from Status Updates to Remarkable Conversations Author: Paul Axtell Narrator: Marc Cashman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 45 minutes Release date: January 26, 2021 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Turn your meetings from standard status reports into remarkable conversations! Meetings have become a pain point for millions, wasting time, money, and energy. But in reality, meetings are at the heart of effective organizations. In Make Meetings Matter, business consultant Paul Axtell reaffirms the importance of meetings and reimagines them using the vital foundation of conversation. With real-life examples and actionable advice, this revolutionary book will teach you to redesign meetings to achieve results, move projects forward, and build relationships that make remarkable work possible. Based on Paul's award-winning efficiency training, Make Meetings Extraordinary will revolutionize the meeting--moving it from a dreaded obligation to a powerful way to get things done in business and in life.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463172</guid><pubDate>Tue, 26 Jan 2021 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130823/9780593412923.mp3" length="4837127" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463172 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make Meetings Matter: How to Turn Meetings from Status Updates to Remarkable Conversations Author: Paul Axtell Narrator: Marc Cashman Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463172" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463172</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make Meetings Matter: How to Turn Meetings from Status Updates to Remarkable Conversations Author: Paul Axtell Narrator: Marc Cashman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 45 minutes Release date: January 26, 2021 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Turn your meetings from standard status reports into remarkable conversations! Meetings have become a pain point for millions, wasting time, money, and energy. But in reality, meetings are at the heart of effective organizations. In Make Meetings Matter, business consultant Paul Axtell reaffirms the importance of meetings and reimagines them using the vital foundation of conversation. With real-life examples and actionable advice, this revolutionary book will teach you to redesign meetings to achieve results, move projects forward, and build relationships that make remarkable work possible. Based on Paul's award-winning efficiency training, Make Meetings Extraordinary will revolutionize the meeting--moving it from a dreaded obligation to a powerful way to get things done in business and in life.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/2fb4c3352b907247ab91d249d8ae9248.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Negotiating Success: Tips and Tools for Building Rapport and Dissolving Conflict While Still Getting What You Want by Jim Hornickel</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/negotiating-success-tips-and-tools-for-building-rapport-and-dissolving-conflict-while-still-getting-what-you-want-by-jim-hornickel--65130794</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501535" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501535</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Negotiating Success: Tips and Tools for Building Rapport and Dissolving Conflict While Still Getting What You Want Author: Jim Hornickel Narrator: John G. Preston Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 33 minutes Release date: January 24, 2021 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Negotiating Success is a guide to improving strategies,  involvement, and outcomes in negotiating anything in professional  and personal life.   It is an unparalleled blend  of practical and explicit steps to take in negotiations.  With  a constant focus on the mind, body, and spirit of the professional  negotiator as a human being, this easy-to- ready text brings a  holistic approach to the hard and soft skills needed for ethical  negotiations.  The result is a better understanding of how to  negotiate successfully for mutual benefit by all parties. The book  offers tips and tools, such as    Six Principles of Ethical Influence  How to use Positive Psychology to Unite your Team  Emotional Intelligence for Successful Negotiation  How to Minimize  Conflict]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501535</guid><pubDate>Sun, 24 Jan 2021 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130794/9781663702630.mp3" length="1478260" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501535 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Negotiating Success: Tips and Tools for Building Rapport and Dissolving Conflict While Still Getting What You Want Author: Jim Hornickel Narrator: John...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501535" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501535</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Negotiating Success: Tips and Tools for Building Rapport and Dissolving Conflict While Still Getting What You Want Author: Jim Hornickel Narrator: John G. Preston Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 33 minutes Release date: January 24, 2021 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Negotiating Success is a guide to improving strategies,  involvement, and outcomes in negotiating anything in professional  and personal life.   It is an unparalleled blend  of practical and explicit steps to take in negotiations.  With  a constant focus on the mind, body, and spirit of the professional  negotiator as a human being, this easy-to- ready text brings a  holistic approach to the hard and soft skills needed for ethical  negotiations.  The result is a better understanding of how to  negotiate successfully for mutual benefit by all parties. The book  offers tips and tools, such as    Six Principles of Ethical Influence  How to use Positive Psychology to Unite your Team  Emotional Intelligence for Successful Negotiation  How to Minimize  Conflict]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b78c8f44671e631db55891b6137d4841.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Scale Up Millionaire: How To Sell Your Way To A Fast Growth, High Value Enterprise by Gordon McAlpine</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/scale-up-millionaire-how-to-sell-your-way-to-a-fast-growth-high-value-enterprise-by-gordon-mcalpine--65130810</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501716" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501716</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Scale Up Millionaire: How To Sell Your Way To A Fast Growth, High Value Enterprise Author: Gordon McAlpine Narrator: Gordon Mcalpine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 40 minutes Release date: January 19, 2021 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  HOW WOULD IT FEEL TO MASTER SELLING, TAKE CONTROL OF YOUR BUSINESS GROWTH AND BECOME A SCALE UP MILLIONAIRE?  Gordon McAlpine is a self-made, successful entrepreneur who has been there and done it. By starting up, growing and exiting a highly successful global technology company without any funding from investors or the bank, he has personally proved that the organic Scale Up of a business really is an achievable dream. In Scale Up Millionaire he reveals his proven 6-Step Scale Up Process, which shows you how to:   Convert your solid product into a compelling Proposition that will be the equal of the world's leading companies  Channel your Passion and use 'Founder Selling' to inspire prospects to want to buy from you  Focus on building a strong sales Pipeline to fuel your growth and create critical momentum  Build and lead a world-class sales team, centred around positive, driven People who consistently smash their targets  Use the 'SPQ' (Sales Performance Quarters) Model to ensure your team perform in every sales meeting, even under intense pressure  Adopt a Precision mind-set to power up the speed of your Scale Up   Scale Up Millionaire gives you the opportunity to sell your way to a fast growth, high value enterprise, with the potential for a life-changing exit.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501716</guid><pubDate>Tue, 19 Jan 2021 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130810/9781781335598.mp3" length="1478310" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501716 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Scale Up Millionaire: How To Sell Your Way To A Fast Growth, High Value Enterprise Author: Gordon McAlpine Narrator: Gordon Mcalpine Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501716" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501716</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Scale Up Millionaire: How To Sell Your Way To A Fast Growth, High Value Enterprise Author: Gordon McAlpine Narrator: Gordon Mcalpine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 40 minutes Release date: January 19, 2021 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  HOW WOULD IT FEEL TO MASTER SELLING, TAKE CONTROL OF YOUR BUSINESS GROWTH AND BECOME A SCALE UP MILLIONAIRE?  Gordon McAlpine is a self-made, successful entrepreneur who has been there and done it. By starting up, growing and exiting a highly successful global technology company without any funding from investors or the bank, he has personally proved that the organic Scale Up of a business really is an achievable dream. In Scale Up Millionaire he reveals his proven 6-Step Scale Up Process, which shows you how to:   Convert your solid product into a compelling Proposition that will be the equal of the world's leading companies  Channel your Passion and use 'Founder Selling' to inspire prospects to want to buy from you  Focus on building a strong sales Pipeline to fuel your growth and create critical momentum  Build and lead a world-class sales team, centred around positive, driven People who consistently smash their targets  Use the 'SPQ' (Sales Performance Quarters) Model to ensure your team perform in every sales meeting, even under intense pressure  Adopt a Precision mind-set to power up the speed of your Scale Up   Scale Up Millionaire gives you the opportunity to sell your way to a fast growth, high value enterprise, with the potential for a life-changing exit.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b8f370b86d550d7408d74a34ffb70ad2.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Ladies Get Paid by Claire Wasserman</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/ladies-get-paid-by-claire-wasserman--65130910</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386440" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386440</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ladies Get Paid Author: Claire Wasserman Narrator: Claire Wasserman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 40 minutes Release date: January 12, 2021 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  From career coach and founder of the startup Ladies Get Paid—the eponymous organization leading the fight for equality in the workplace—comes a “powerful call to action” (Reshma Saujani, CEO and author of Brave, Not Perfect) that provides the tools you need to strategically navigate the workplace, achieve success, and become a true leader.  Claire Wasserman has one goal for women: Rise up and get paid.    As the founder of Ladies Get Paid, Claire has worked her entire adult life to promote gender equality in the workplace. If you’re looking to navigate a promotion or break the glass ceiling, Ladies Get Paid is your essential toolkit for achieving success.    Filled with straightforward advice and inspiring stories, this book is a transformative “guide to succeeding in your field, even when you feel completely stuck” (Beth Comstock, author of Imagine It Forward), by encouraging self-advocacy and activism. Covering topics as crucial and varied as how to combat imposter syndrome, deal with office politics, and negotiate a raise, Ladies Get Paid is a reminder that you are valuable—both as an individual woman and as part of the female community. And ultimately, it’s about more than your wallet—it’s about your worth.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386440</guid><pubDate>Tue, 12 Jan 2021 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130910/9781797102689.mp3" length="1478376" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386440 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ladies Get Paid Author: Claire Wasserman Narrator: Claire Wasserman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 40 minutes Release date: January 12,...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386440" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386440</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ladies Get Paid Author: Claire Wasserman Narrator: Claire Wasserman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 40 minutes Release date: January 12, 2021 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  From career coach and founder of the startup Ladies Get Paid—the eponymous organization leading the fight for equality in the workplace—comes a “powerful call to action” (Reshma Saujani, CEO and author of Brave, Not Perfect) that provides the tools you need to strategically navigate the workplace, achieve success, and become a true leader.  Claire Wasserman has one goal for women: Rise up and get paid.    As the founder of Ladies Get Paid, Claire has worked her entire adult life to promote gender equality in the workplace. If you’re looking to navigate a promotion or break the glass ceiling, Ladies Get Paid is your essential toolkit for achieving success.    Filled with straightforward advice and inspiring stories, this book is a transformative “guide to succeeding in your field, even when you feel completely stuck” (Beth Comstock, author of Imagine It Forward), by encouraging self-advocacy and activism. Covering topics as crucial and varied as how to combat imposter syndrome, deal with office politics, and negotiate a raise, Ladies Get Paid is a reminder that you are valuable—both as an individual woman and as part of the female community. And ultimately, it’s about more than your wallet—it’s about your worth.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/dbbd36bef82fc78884766cc6fdc00b09.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Human Hacking: Win Friends, Influence People, and Leave Them Better Off for Having Met You by Seth Schulman, Christopher Hadnagy</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/human-hacking-win-friends-influence-people-and-leave-them-better-off-for-having-met-you-by-seth-schulman-christopher-hadnagy--65130876</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430508" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430508</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Human Hacking: Win Friends, Influence People, and Leave Them Better Off for Having Met You Author: Seth Schulman, Christopher Hadnagy Narrator: Christopher Hadnagy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 31 minutes Release date: January  5, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 4   Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  A global security expert draws on psychological insights to help you master the art of social engineering—human hacking. Make friends, influence people, and leave them feeling better for having met you by being more empathetic, generous, and kind. Eroding social conventions, technology, and rapid economic change are making human beings more stressed and socially awkward and isolated than ever. We live in our own bubbles, reluctant to connect, and feeling increasingly powerless, insecure, and apprehensive when communicating with others. A pioneer in the field of social engineering and a master hacker, Christopher Hadnagy specializes in understanding how malicious attackers exploit principles of human communication to access information and resources through manipulation and deceit. Now, he shows you how to use social engineering as a force for good—to help you regain your confidence and control. Human Hacking provides tools that will help you establish rapport with strangers, use body language and verbal cues to your advantage, steer conversations and influence other’s decisions, and protect yourself from manipulators. Ultimately, you’ll become far more self-aware about how you’re presenting yourself—and able to use it to improve your life.  Hadnagy includes lessons and interactive “missions”—exercises spread throughout the book to help you learn the skills, practice them, and master them. With Human Hacking, you’ll soon be winning friends, influencing people, and achieving your goals. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430508</guid><pubDate>Tue, 05 Jan 2021 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130876/9780063001800.mp3" length="2437225" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430508 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Human Hacking: Win Friends, Influence People, and Leave Them Better Off for Having Met You Author: Seth Schulman, Christopher Hadnagy Narrator:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430508" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430508</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Human Hacking: Win Friends, Influence People, and Leave Them Better Off for Having Met You Author: Seth Schulman, Christopher Hadnagy Narrator: Christopher Hadnagy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 31 minutes Release date: January  5, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 4   Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  A global security expert draws on psychological insights to help you master the art of social engineering—human hacking. Make friends, influence people, and leave them feeling better for having met you by being more empathetic, generous, and kind. Eroding social conventions, technology, and rapid economic change are making human beings more stressed and socially awkward and isolated than ever. We live in our own bubbles, reluctant to connect, and feeling increasingly powerless, insecure, and apprehensive when communicating with others. A pioneer in the field of social engineering and a master hacker, Christopher Hadnagy specializes in understanding how malicious attackers exploit principles of human communication to access information and resources through manipulation and deceit. Now, he shows you how to use social engineering as a force for good—to help you regain your confidence and control. Human Hacking provides tools that will help you establish rapport with strangers, use body language and verbal cues to your advantage, steer conversations and influence other’s decisions, and protect yourself from manipulators. Ultimately, you’ll become far more self-aware about how you’re presenting yourself—and able to use it to improve your life.  Hadnagy includes lessons and interactive “missions”—exercises spread throughout the book to help you learn the skills, practice them, and master them. With Human Hacking, you’ll soon be winning friends, influencing people, and achieving your goals. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/391a2d1bf2ee46b045dd734536a54ceb.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - ¡Sí, de acuerdo!: Cómo negociar sin ceder by Bruce Patton, William Ury, Roger Fisher</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-si-de-acuerdo-como-negociar-sin-ceder-by-bruce-patton-william-ury-roger-fisher--65130776</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494191" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494191</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - ¡Sí, de acuerdo!: Cómo negociar sin ceder Author: Bruce Patton, William Ury, Roger Fisher Narrator: Javier Gómez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 46 minutes Release date: December 18, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  ¡Sí, de acuerdo! ofrece una estrategia comprobada, paso a paso,  para llegar a acuerdos aceptables entre las partes en cada tipo de  conflicto. Y brinda a los lectores un método directo y aplicable  universalmente para negociar disputas personales y profesionales sin enojarse ni ser engañados.     Desde hace casi treinta años, ¡Sí, de acuerdo! ha ayudado a  millones de personas a aprender una mejor manera de negociar. Este texto  primordial en el mundo de las organizaciones se basa en el trabajo del Harvard Negotiation Project, un grupo que se ocupa de todos los  niveles de negociación y resolución de conflictos.    Hace una generación, la idea que prevalecía en muchos lugares acerca de  la toma de decisiones era mayormente jerárquica. Se suponía que las que  decidían eran las personas en la cima de la pirámide del poder -en el  trabajo, en la familia, en la política-, y que las personas en la base  obedecían órdenes. Por supuesto, la realidad siempre fue mucho más compleja.  En la actualidad, caracterizado por las organizaciones horizontales, la  innovación más rápida y la explosión de internet, está más claro que  nunca que, al hacer nuestro trabajo y cubrir nuestras necesidades, a  menudo nos apoyamos en una docena, cientos o miles de individuos y  organizaciones sobre las que no ejercemos control directo. Simplemente  no podemos confiar en dar órdenes, ni siquiera cuando tratamos con  empleados o niños. Para conseguir lo que queremos, estamos obligados a negociar.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494191</guid><pubDate>Fri, 18 Dec 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130776/9789501514148.mp3" length="2437184" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494191 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - ¡Sí, de acuerdo!: Cómo negociar sin ceder Author: Bruce Patton, William Ury, Roger Fisher Narrator: Javier Gómez Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494191" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494191</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - ¡Sí, de acuerdo!: Cómo negociar sin ceder Author: Bruce Patton, William Ury, Roger Fisher Narrator: Javier Gómez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 46 minutes Release date: December 18, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  ¡Sí, de acuerdo! ofrece una estrategia comprobada, paso a paso,  para llegar a acuerdos aceptables entre las partes en cada tipo de  conflicto. Y brinda a los lectores un método directo y aplicable  universalmente para negociar disputas personales y profesionales sin enojarse ni ser engañados.     Desde hace casi treinta años, ¡Sí, de acuerdo! ha ayudado a  millones de personas a aprender una mejor manera de negociar. Este texto  primordial en el mundo de las organizaciones se basa en el trabajo del Harvard Negotiation Project, un grupo que se ocupa de todos los  niveles de negociación y resolución de conflictos.    Hace una generación, la idea que prevalecía en muchos lugares acerca de  la toma de decisiones era mayormente jerárquica. Se suponía que las que  decidían eran las personas en la cima de la pirámide del poder -en el  trabajo, en la familia, en la política-, y que las personas en la base  obedecían órdenes. Por supuesto, la realidad siempre fue mucho más compleja.  En la actualidad, caracterizado por las organizaciones horizontales, la  innovación más rápida y la explosión de internet, está más claro que  nunca que, al hacer nuestro trabajo y cubrir nuestras necesidades, a  menudo nos apoyamos en una docena, cientos o miles de individuos y  organizaciones sobre las que no ejercemos control directo. Simplemente  no podemos confiar en dar órdenes, ni siquiera cuando tratamos con  empleados o niños. Para conseguir lo que queremos, estamos obligados a negociar.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/a2d0463a2556f016db0cf3430fd573fb.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Impact: How to be more confident, increase your influence and know what to say under pressure by Dominic Colenso</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/impact-how-to-be-more-confident-increase-your-influence-and-know-what-to-say-under-pressure-by-dominic-colenso--65130769</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494943" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494943</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Impact: How to be more confident, increase your influence and know what to say under pressure Author: Dominic Colenso Narrator: Dominic Colenso Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 19 minutes Release date: December 18, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  When you speak do others listen? Does your message land? Do people act upon your words? In business and in life, great communication is the key to getting exceptional results. If you want to be more persuasive, have more gravitas, and build better relationships this audiobook will show you how. Starting his career as an actor, author Dominic Colenso starred alongside some of the UK's most famous performers. He now works with businesses around the world, helping individuals and teams take centre stage and deliver outstanding performances. In IMPACT, he reveals the six ingredients for communicating effectively in any situation. This audiobook will give you simple tools and techniques to:  Banish your nerves and grow your confidence  Increase your authority and physical presence  Flex your style to suit any audience  Plan what to say without the need for a script  Speak to people's hearts as well as their minds Whether you're just starting out, managing a small team, or leading a large organisation this audiobook will ensure that you always make the right impact.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494943</guid><pubDate>Fri, 18 Dec 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130769/9781781335413.mp3" length="1478280" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494943 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Impact: How to be more confident, increase your influence and know what to say under pressure Author: Dominic Colenso Narrator: Dominic Colenso Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494943" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494943</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Impact: How to be more confident, increase your influence and know what to say under pressure Author: Dominic Colenso Narrator: Dominic Colenso Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 19 minutes Release date: December 18, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  When you speak do others listen? Does your message land? Do people act upon your words? In business and in life, great communication is the key to getting exceptional results. If you want to be more persuasive, have more gravitas, and build better relationships this audiobook will show you how. Starting his career as an actor, author Dominic Colenso starred alongside some of the UK's most famous performers. He now works with businesses around the world, helping individuals and teams take centre stage and deliver outstanding performances. In IMPACT, he reveals the six ingredients for communicating effectively in any situation. This audiobook will give you simple tools and techniques to:  Banish your nerves and grow your confidence  Increase your authority and physical presence  Flex your style to suit any audience  Plan what to say without the need for a script  Speak to people's hearts as well as their minds Whether you're just starting out, managing a small team, or leading a large organisation this audiobook will ensure that you always make the right impact.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/49c2c9159afeed9be1e095f8183ca926.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Reinforcements: How to Get People to Help You by Heidi Grant</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/reinforcements-how-to-get-people-to-help-you-by-heidi-grant--65130860</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454274" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454274</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reinforcements: How to Get People to Help You Author: Heidi Grant Narrator: Randye Kaye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 6 minutes Release date: December 17, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Humans have a natural instinct to help others. Imagine walking up to a stranger on the subway and asking them for their seat. What about asking a random person on the street if you could borrow their phone? If the idea makes you squeamish, you're not alone—social psychologists have found that doing these very things makes most of us almost unbearably uncomfortable. But here's the funny thing: even though we hate to ask for help, most people are wired to be helpful. And that's a good thing, because every day in the modern, uber-collaborative workplace, we all need to know when and how to call in the cavalry. However, asking people for help isn't intuitive; in fact, a lot of our instincts are wrong. As a result, we do a poor job of calling in the reinforcements we need, leaving confused or even offended colleagues in our wake. This pragmatic book explains how to get it right. With humor, insight, and engaging storytelling, Heidi Grant, PhD, describes how to elicit helpful behavior from your friends, family, and colleagues—in a way that leaves them feeling genuinely happy to lend a hand.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454274</guid><pubDate>Thu, 17 Dec 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130860/9781469081731.mp3" length="1478366" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454274 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reinforcements: How to Get People to Help You Author: Heidi Grant Narrator: Randye Kaye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 6 minutes Release...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454274" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454274</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reinforcements: How to Get People to Help You Author: Heidi Grant Narrator: Randye Kaye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 6 minutes Release date: December 17, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Humans have a natural instinct to help others. Imagine walking up to a stranger on the subway and asking them for their seat. What about asking a random person on the street if you could borrow their phone? If the idea makes you squeamish, you're not alone—social psychologists have found that doing these very things makes most of us almost unbearably uncomfortable. But here's the funny thing: even though we hate to ask for help, most people are wired to be helpful. And that's a good thing, because every day in the modern, uber-collaborative workplace, we all need to know when and how to call in the cavalry. However, asking people for help isn't intuitive; in fact, a lot of our instincts are wrong. As a result, we do a poor job of calling in the reinforcements we need, leaving confused or even offended colleagues in our wake. This pragmatic book explains how to get it right. With humor, insight, and engaging storytelling, Heidi Grant, PhD, describes how to elicit helpful behavior from your friends, family, and colleagues—in a way that leaves them feeling genuinely happy to lend a hand.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/50b52f2ce8eae617cc8ab3c1e981a63d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Performing as you: How to have authentic impact in every role you play by Diana Theodores</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/performing-as-you-how-to-have-authentic-impact-in-every-role-you-play-by-diana-theodores--65130784</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492343" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492343</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Performing as you: How to have authentic impact in every role you play Author: Diana Theodores Narrator: Diana Theodores Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 38 minutes Release date: November 30, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  All the world's a stage, and the greatest role you'll ever get to play is you. As the 'Coach in Your Pocket', Diana Theodores shows you how to bring your fuller, authentic self forward to get great results for women at all levels of the career ladder. Whether you need to rouse your team, pitch to the board, influence stakeholders, give feedback, speak to one person or 1000 – you'll discover that you have everything you need to shine in every role you play. A great listen for men too, this uplifting, inspirational book will give you: • An irresistible invitation – to ignite your fire, grow your wings and lift off into your best personal performance • Dynamic tools – for fuller presence and engagement in all your environments • Pointers – to break limiting habits and beliefs • Evidence – transformative results from client case studies • Inspiration – to reclaim your creative powers and upgrade your impact]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492343</guid><pubDate>Mon, 30 Nov 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130784/9781781335185.mp3" length="1478300" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492343 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Performing as you: How to have authentic impact in every role you play Author: Diana Theodores Narrator: Diana Theodores Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492343" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492343</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Performing as you: How to have authentic impact in every role you play Author: Diana Theodores Narrator: Diana Theodores Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 38 minutes Release date: November 30, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  All the world's a stage, and the greatest role you'll ever get to play is you. As the 'Coach in Your Pocket', Diana Theodores shows you how to bring your fuller, authentic self forward to get great results for women at all levels of the career ladder. Whether you need to rouse your team, pitch to the board, influence stakeholders, give feedback, speak to one person or 1000 – you'll discover that you have everything you need to shine in every role you play. A great listen for men too, this uplifting, inspirational book will give you: • An irresistible invitation – to ignite your fire, grow your wings and lift off into your best personal performance • Dynamic tools – for fuller presence and engagement in all your environments • Pointers – to break limiting habits and beliefs • Evidence – transformative results from client case studies • Inspiration – to reclaim your creative powers and upgrade your impact]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/cf9328269115149bd18796a6037aca1a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Authentic Confidence: The Secret to Loving Your Work and Leading an Unstoppable Career by Ben Fauske</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/authentic-confidence-the-secret-to-loving-your-work-and-leading-an-unstoppable-career-by-ben-fauske--65130777</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490457" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490457</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Authentic Confidence: The Secret to Loving Your Work and Leading an Unstoppable Career Author: Ben Fauske Narrator: Ben Fauske Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 39 minutes Release date: November 21, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Within Authentic Confidence, Ben Fauske incorporates successfully proven strategies based on research and real-life stories that guide leaders to a confidence breakthrough. Ego, arrogance and narcissism commonly describe ineffective leadership. Nobody likes a show off, but it also doesn’t work to shrink into the shadows. Ben Fauske had significant confidence issues early in his career and he was miserable. After years of struggle, he discovered a pattern that some of the greatest recording artists have used to overcome confidence issues and find success. He called it Authentic Confidence, and the process dramatically improved his career. Since, Ben has taught thousands of leaders the step-by-step instructions to find and communicate confidence in every situation. He shows readers these instructions and communication strategies in Authentic Confidence. It includes a self-assessment called the Authentic Confidence Quotient along with a career building tool called the Career Confidence Guide. Authentic Confidence has been proven to elevate the influence of leaders and enhance employee engagement at all levels.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490457</guid><pubDate>Sat, 21 Nov 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130777/9781662156632.mp3" length="2437207" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490457 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Authentic Confidence: The Secret to Loving Your Work and Leading an Unstoppable Career Author: Ben Fauske Narrator: Ben Fauske Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490457" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490457</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Authentic Confidence: The Secret to Loving Your Work and Leading an Unstoppable Career Author: Ben Fauske Narrator: Ben Fauske Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 39 minutes Release date: November 21, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Within Authentic Confidence, Ben Fauske incorporates successfully proven strategies based on research and real-life stories that guide leaders to a confidence breakthrough. Ego, arrogance and narcissism commonly describe ineffective leadership. Nobody likes a show off, but it also doesn’t work to shrink into the shadows. Ben Fauske had significant confidence issues early in his career and he was miserable. After years of struggle, he discovered a pattern that some of the greatest recording artists have used to overcome confidence issues and find success. He called it Authentic Confidence, and the process dramatically improved his career. Since, Ben has taught thousands of leaders the step-by-step instructions to find and communicate confidence in every situation. He shows readers these instructions and communication strategies in Authentic Confidence. It includes a self-assessment called the Authentic Confidence Quotient along with a career building tool called the Career Confidence Guide. Authentic Confidence has been proven to elevate the influence of leaders and enhance employee engagement at all levels.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/1e569b8714ec35346b4b10d3f4b4b4ba.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The First-Time Manager by Jim Mccormick</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-first-time-manager-by-jim-mccormick--65130834</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453429" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453429</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The First-Time Manager Author: Jim Mccormick Narrator: Nathan Girard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 39 minutes Release date: November 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 10 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  The trusted management classic and go to guide for anyone facing new responsibilities as a first time manager. Learn to conquer every challenge like a pro with the clear, candid advice in The First-Time Manager. For nearly four decades, this trusted guide has brought newcomers up to speed on the nitty gritty realities of managing people. The updated seventh edition delivers new information that helps you manage across generations, use online performance appraisal tools, persuade with stories, oversee remote employees, build a team dynamic, match a boss’s style, and more. The jump from star employee to new manager is bigger than most people realize -- with opportunities to fail at every step. Stumbling your way through isn’t an option. In The First-Time Manager, you will learn skills including: - leading meetings, - hiring employees, - motivating others, - actively listening, - staying calm under pressure, - overcoming resistance and much more. With little experience or training, a coveted promotion can become a trial by fire. No one needs that. Turn to the book that thousands have relied on to hit the ground running.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453429</guid><pubDate>Tue, 17 Nov 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130834/9781400229345.mp3" length="1477689" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453429 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The First-Time Manager Author: Jim Mccormick Narrator: Nathan Girard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 39 minutes Release date: November 17,...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453429" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453429</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The First-Time Manager Author: Jim Mccormick Narrator: Nathan Girard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 39 minutes Release date: November 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 10 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  The trusted management classic and go to guide for anyone facing new responsibilities as a first time manager. Learn to conquer every challenge like a pro with the clear, candid advice in The First-Time Manager. For nearly four decades, this trusted guide has brought newcomers up to speed on the nitty gritty realities of managing people. The updated seventh edition delivers new information that helps you manage across generations, use online performance appraisal tools, persuade with stories, oversee remote employees, build a team dynamic, match a boss’s style, and more. The jump from star employee to new manager is bigger than most people realize -- with opportunities to fail at every step. Stumbling your way through isn’t an option. In The First-Time Manager, you will learn skills including: - leading meetings, - hiring employees, - motivating others, - actively listening, - staying calm under pressure, - overcoming resistance and much more. With little experience or training, a coveted promotion can become a trial by fire. No one needs that. Turn to the book that thousands have relied on to hit the ground running.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/478a0abd5b4d48922d925629d2ce1679.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Narrative Gym: Introducing the ABT Framework For Messaging and Communication by Randy Olson</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-narrative-gym-introducing-the-abt-framework-for-messaging-and-communication-by-randy-olson--65130782</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/488683" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/488683</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Narrative Gym: Introducing the ABT Framework For Messaging and Communication Author: Randy Olson Narrator: Randy Olson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 40 minutes Release date: November 13, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  The Narrative Gym by Dr. Randy Olson presents a new model for messaging and communication. It's a short, practical guide to the ABT Framework (And, But, Therefore) which needs to be on the desk of everyone crafting a message, essay, strategy, novel, campaign, proposal, presentation, screenplay, argument, joke, ballad, report … pretty much all communication. There is no other book on the ABT Framework. There is no other analytical model for narrative structure like the ABT Framework. This is a new and unique resource. The ABT seems like something from elementary school and at its core is as old as the ancient Greeks, but the formulation only began less than a decade ago. The original insights for this communication model come from Hollywood screenwriting. The importance of the three words (And, But, Therefore) began with legendary screenwriting instructor Frank Daniel of the U.S.C. School of Cinematic Arts who in a 1986 speech first talked of replacing the word “and” with either “but” or “therefore” to strengthen the narrative content of a text. This was propagated by his students, then articulated by the co-creators of the animated series, “South Park,” in a 2011 documentary. Randy Olson formulated the ABT Narrative Template (“  AND   BUT   THEREFORE  ”) in his 2013 TEDMED Talk, and his 2015 book, “Houston, We Have A Narrative.” It is at the heart of how humans have communicated for thousands of years. You can see it in the Gettysburg Address, nursery rhymes, argumentation, comic structure, myths, the billion-viewed “Call Me Maybe” song from Carlie Rae Jepsen, the 1600’s poem “To His Coy Mistress,” blockbuster movies — on and on. It's at the core of everything memorable because it is narrative itself. The bottom line is: You’ve got something to say AND you know it’s important, BUT you’re having trouble boiling it down to its powerful and essential core, THEREFORE you need the ABT Framework.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/488683</guid><pubDate>Fri, 13 Nov 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130782/9781662155659.mp3" length="2437215" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/488683 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Narrative Gym: Introducing the ABT Framework For Messaging and Communication Author: Randy Olson Narrator: Randy Olson Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/488683" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/488683</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Narrative Gym: Introducing the ABT Framework For Messaging and Communication Author: Randy Olson Narrator: Randy Olson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 40 minutes Release date: November 13, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  The Narrative Gym by Dr. Randy Olson presents a new model for messaging and communication. It's a short, practical guide to the ABT Framework (And, But, Therefore) which needs to be on the desk of everyone crafting a message, essay, strategy, novel, campaign, proposal, presentation, screenplay, argument, joke, ballad, report … pretty much all communication. There is no other book on the ABT Framework. There is no other analytical model for narrative structure like the ABT Framework. This is a new and unique resource. The ABT seems like something from elementary school and at its core is as old as the ancient Greeks, but the formulation only began less than a decade ago. The original insights for this communication model come from Hollywood screenwriting. The importance of the three words (And, But, Therefore) began with legendary screenwriting instructor Frank Daniel of the U.S.C. School of Cinematic Arts who in a 1986 speech first talked of replacing the word “and” with either “but” or “therefore” to strengthen the narrative content of a text. This was propagated by his students, then articulated by the co-creators of the animated series, “South Park,” in a 2011 documentary. Randy Olson formulated the ABT Narrative Template (“  AND   BUT   THEREFORE  ”) in his 2013 TEDMED Talk, and his 2015 book, “Houston, We Have A Narrative.” It is at the heart of how humans have communicated for thousands of years. You can see it in the Gettysburg Address, nursery rhymes, argumentation, comic structure, myths, the billion-viewed “Call Me Maybe” song from Carlie Rae Jepsen, the 1600’s poem “To His Coy Mistress,” blockbuster movies — on and on. It's at the core of everything memorable because it is narrative itself. The bottom line is: You’ve got something to say AND you know it’s important, BUT you’re having trouble boiling it down to its powerful and essential core, THEREFORE you need the ABT Framework.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/66f9b0dbe23652941489e9a4ca5b6d7e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Failure to Communicate: How Conversations Go Wrong and What You Can Do to Right Them by Holly Weeks</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/failure-to-communicate-how-conversations-go-wrong-and-what-you-can-do-to-right-them-by-holly-weeks--65130926</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454278" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454278</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Failure to Communicate: How Conversations Go Wrong and What You Can Do to Right Them Author: Holly Weeks Narrator: Rosemary Benson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 31 minutes Release date: November 10, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Your stomach's churning; you're hyperventilating—you're in a badly deteriorating conversation at work. Such exchanges, which run the gamut from firing subordinates to parrying verbal attacks from colleagues, are so loaded with anger, confusion, and fear that most people handle them poorly: they avoid them, clamp down, or give in. But dodging issues, appeasing difficult people, and mishandling tough encounters all carry a high price for managers and companies—in the form of damaged relationships, ruined careers, and intensified problems. In Failure to Communicate, Holly Weeks shows how to master the combat mentality, emotional maelstrom, and confusion that poison difficult conversations. Drawing on her many years as a consultant and coach to leaders and executives, the author explains: why we turn to ineffective tactics when the heat is on; how to avoid the worst pitfalls of difficult conversations, and how to pull yourself out if you fall in; ways to regain your balance and inject respect into stressful conversations, even when you've been confronted, infuriated, or wronged; strategies for mitigating aggression and defensiveness, and for clearing the fog of misconceptions; and how to get through the hardest conversations with your reputation and relationships intact.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454278</guid><pubDate>Tue, 10 Nov 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130926/9781469082059.mp3" length="1478262" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454278 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Failure to Communicate: How Conversations Go Wrong and What You Can Do to Right Them Author: Holly Weeks Narrator: Rosemary Benson Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454278" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454278</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Failure to Communicate: How Conversations Go Wrong and What You Can Do to Right Them Author: Holly Weeks Narrator: Rosemary Benson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 31 minutes Release date: November 10, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Your stomach's churning; you're hyperventilating—you're in a badly deteriorating conversation at work. Such exchanges, which run the gamut from firing subordinates to parrying verbal attacks from colleagues, are so loaded with anger, confusion, and fear that most people handle them poorly: they avoid them, clamp down, or give in. But dodging issues, appeasing difficult people, and mishandling tough encounters all carry a high price for managers and companies—in the form of damaged relationships, ruined careers, and intensified problems. In Failure to Communicate, Holly Weeks shows how to master the combat mentality, emotional maelstrom, and confusion that poison difficult conversations. Drawing on her many years as a consultant and coach to leaders and executives, the author explains: why we turn to ineffective tactics when the heat is on; how to avoid the worst pitfalls of difficult conversations, and how to pull yourself out if you fall in; ways to regain your balance and inject respect into stressful conversations, even when you've been confronted, infuriated, or wronged; strategies for mitigating aggression and defensiveness, and for clearing the fog of misconceptions; and how to get through the hardest conversations with your reputation and relationships intact.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/5c768599ef11ffd890da096090e5aea3.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Communication Skills: Discover The Best Ways To Communicate, Be Charismatic, Use Body Language, Persuade &amp; Be A Great Conversationalist by A</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/communication-skills-discover-the-best-ways-to-communicate-be-charismatic-use-body-language-persuade-be-a-great-conversationalist-by-a--65130796</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487490" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487490</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Communication Skills: Discover The Best Ways To Communicate, Be Charismatic, Use Body Language, Persuade &amp; Be A Great Conversationalist Author: Ace McCloud Narrator: Joshua Mackey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 1 minute Release date: November  3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Do you feel inadequate when it comes to communicating with others? Whether you want to (1) communicate clearly (2) master the art of persuasion, or (3) just be more liked and respected, this is the audio book for you. Do you dread social conversations? You can learn to communicate calmly, confidently, and easily. This is where the true power of communication shows up most clearly. As you learn to take the conversational initiative with grace and aplomb, you will see your influence and enjoyment increase! Use body language to set others at ease. Learn the four easy physical cues you can employ to subconsciously build trust among other people. You will also discover the power of appropriate touch and how to utilize it for maximum effectiveness. Banish the fear of speaking to others. Learn how to turn nervous jitters to your advantage and discover specific strategies that you can use to enter a stressful situation without anxiety. Learn to adjust your communication style to most effectively meet the needs of your hearers. Discover proven practical ways to build rapport with others. Increase your charisma by bringing joy to others. You don’t have to be an extrovert to have charisma. There are specific steps you can take to boost your personal attractiveness. Learn how you can light up those around you, and do it in the best possible way, by being yourself! Life is so much better when you are communicating effectively. Let Your Voice Be Heard: Buy It Now!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487490</guid><pubDate>Tue, 03 Nov 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130796/9781662152955.mp3" length="2437231" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487490 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Communication Skills: Discover The Best Ways To Communicate, Be Charismatic, Use Body Language, Persuade &amp;amp; Be A Great Conversationalist Author: Ace...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487490" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487490</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Communication Skills: Discover The Best Ways To Communicate, Be Charismatic, Use Body Language, Persuade &amp; Be A Great Conversationalist Author: Ace McCloud Narrator: Joshua Mackey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 1 minute Release date: November  3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Do you feel inadequate when it comes to communicating with others? Whether you want to (1) communicate clearly (2) master the art of persuasion, or (3) just be more liked and respected, this is the audio book for you. Do you dread social conversations? You can learn to communicate calmly, confidently, and easily. This is where the true power of communication shows up most clearly. As you learn to take the conversational initiative with grace and aplomb, you will see your influence and enjoyment increase! Use body language to set others at ease. Learn the four easy physical cues you can employ to subconsciously build trust among other people. You will also discover the power of appropriate touch and how to utilize it for maximum effectiveness. Banish the fear of speaking to others. Learn how to turn nervous jitters to your advantage and discover specific strategies that you can use to enter a stressful situation without anxiety. Learn to adjust your communication style to most effectively meet the needs of your hearers. Discover proven practical ways to build rapport with others. Increase your charisma by bringing joy to others. You don’t have to be an extrovert to have charisma. There are specific steps you can take to boost your personal attractiveness. Learn how you can light up those around you, and do it in the best possible way, by being yourself! Life is so much better when you are communicating effectively. Let Your Voice Be Heard: Buy It Now!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f2f5e5bf8c969843bdd9819f4409be49.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Book of Real-World Negotiations: Successful Strategies From Business, Government, and Daily Life by Joshua N. Weiss</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-book-of-real-world-negotiations-successful-strategies-from-business-government-and-daily-life-by-joshua-n-weiss--65130871</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444187" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444187</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Book of Real-World Negotiations: Successful Strategies From Business, Government, and Daily Life Author: Joshua N. Weiss Narrator: Christopher Grove Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 59 minutes Release date: October 13, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 3 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  This unique book can help you change your approach to negotiation by learning key strategies and techniques from actual cases. The Book of Real World Negotiations shines a light on real world negotiation examples and cases, rather than discussing hypothetical scenarios. It reveals what is possible through preparation, persistence, creativity, and taking a strategic approach to your negotiations. Many of us enter negotiations with skepticism and without understanding how to truly negotiate well. Because we lack knowledge and confidence, we may abandon the negotiating process prematurely or agree to deals that leave value on the table.    The Book of Real World Negotiations will change that once and for all by immersing you in these real world scenarios. As a result, you'll be better able to grasp the true power of negotiation to deal with some of the most difficult problems you face or to put together the best deals possible. This book also shares critical insights and lessons for instructors and students of negotiation. Whether you're a student, instructor, or anyone who wants to negotiate successfully, you'll be able to carefully examine real world negotiation situations that will show you how to achieve your objectives in the most challenging of circumstances.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444187</guid><pubDate>Tue, 13 Oct 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130871/9781469083018.mp3" length="1478300" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444187 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Book of Real-World Negotiations: Successful Strategies From Business, Government, and Daily Life Author: Joshua N. Weiss Narrator: Christopher...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444187" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444187</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Book of Real-World Negotiations: Successful Strategies From Business, Government, and Daily Life Author: Joshua N. Weiss Narrator: Christopher Grove Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 59 minutes Release date: October 13, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 3 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  This unique book can help you change your approach to negotiation by learning key strategies and techniques from actual cases. The Book of Real World Negotiations shines a light on real world negotiation examples and cases, rather than discussing hypothetical scenarios. It reveals what is possible through preparation, persistence, creativity, and taking a strategic approach to your negotiations. Many of us enter negotiations with skepticism and without understanding how to truly negotiate well. Because we lack knowledge and confidence, we may abandon the negotiating process prematurely or agree to deals that leave value on the table.    The Book of Real World Negotiations will change that once and for all by immersing you in these real world scenarios. As a result, you'll be better able to grasp the true power of negotiation to deal with some of the most difficult problems you face or to put together the best deals possible. This book also shares critical insights and lessons for instructors and students of negotiation. Whether you're a student, instructor, or anyone who wants to negotiate successfully, you'll be able to carefully examine real world negotiation situations that will show you how to achieve your objectives in the most challenging of circumstances.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/c2aeeaa716701488fa65707f7137413b.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Humour, Seriously: Why Humour Is A Superpower At Work And In Life by Jennifer Aaker, Naomi Bagdonas</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/humour-seriously-why-humour-is-a-superpower-at-work-and-in-life-by-jennifer-aaker-naomi-bagdonas--65130906</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435586" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435586</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Humour, Seriously: Why Humour Is A Superpower At Work And In Life Author: Jennifer Aaker, Naomi Bagdonas Narrator: Naomi Bagdonas, Jennifer Aaker, Fred Sanders, Michael Lewis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 5 minutes Release date: October  8, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  'A smart, funny, brilliant book on how to be smart about being funny, brilliantly' Sarah Cooper 'This book has finally convinced me that joking around can actually be important and powerful' Ed Gamble 'Eye-opening, important and utterly enjoyable. Come for the humour, stay for the insights' Arianna Huffington Humour is a superpower. If you're not using it, the joke's on you. When we're kids we laugh all the time. The average four year-old laughs as many as 300 times a day, while the average forty year-old laughs 300 times every two and a half months! We grow up, start working and suddenly become 'serious and important people', trading laughter for bottom lines, slide decks and mind-dumbing conference calls.   But the benefits of humour for our work and life are huge. Studies have shown that humour makes us appear more competent and confident, strengthens our relationships, unlocks creativity and boosts resilience during difficult times.  Dr. Jennifer Aaker and Naomi Bagdonas are on a mission to help everyone discover the power of humour.  Based on the popular Stanford Business course, this book will show you how to mine your life for material, explore the Four Deadly Humour Myths and help you figure out which style of humour you fall into - The Magnet, The Sweetheart, The Sniper or the Stand Up.  Drawing on behavioural science, advice from world-class comedians and stories from top leaders,  Humour, Seriously will show you how to harness the power of humour every day.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435586</guid><pubDate>Thu, 08 Oct 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130906/9780241991381.mp3" length="2437264" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435586 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Humour, Seriously: Why Humour Is A Superpower At Work And In Life Author: Jennifer Aaker, Naomi Bagdonas Narrator: Naomi Bagdonas, Jennifer Aaker, Fred...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435586" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435586</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Humour, Seriously: Why Humour Is A Superpower At Work And In Life Author: Jennifer Aaker, Naomi Bagdonas Narrator: Naomi Bagdonas, Jennifer Aaker, Fred Sanders, Michael Lewis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 5 minutes Release date: October  8, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  'A smart, funny, brilliant book on how to be smart about being funny, brilliantly' Sarah Cooper 'This book has finally convinced me that joking around can actually be important and powerful' Ed Gamble 'Eye-opening, important and utterly enjoyable. Come for the humour, stay for the insights' Arianna Huffington Humour is a superpower. If you're not using it, the joke's on you. When we're kids we laugh all the time. The average four year-old laughs as many as 300 times a day, while the average forty year-old laughs 300 times every two and a half months! We grow up, start working and suddenly become 'serious and important people', trading laughter for bottom lines, slide decks and mind-dumbing conference calls.   But the benefits of humour for our work and life are huge. Studies have shown that humour makes us appear more competent and confident, strengthens our relationships, unlocks creativity and boosts resilience during difficult times.  Dr. Jennifer Aaker and Naomi Bagdonas are on a mission to help everyone discover the power of humour.  Based on the popular Stanford Business course, this book will show you how to mine your life for material, explore the Four Deadly Humour Myths and help you figure out which style of humour you fall into - The Magnet, The Sweetheart, The Sniper or the Stand Up.  Drawing on behavioural science, advice from world-class comedians and stories from top leaders,  Humour, Seriously will show you how to harness the power of humour every day.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b6f3ba042a12e33da0bc3e41764c3fdb.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>How to be Strategic by Fred Pelard</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-be-strategic-by-fred-pelard--65130863</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456528" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456528</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to be Strategic Author: Fred Pelard Narrator: Jon Glover Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 43 minutes Release date: October  8, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin.  Being strategic is a critical skill. It enables you to solve problems on a day-to-day basis while also keeping an eye on the long term, anticipating and mitigating opportunities and threats along the way. How to be Strategic is your accessible but comprehensive guide to strategic thinking in any situation. Fred Pelard distills 20 years' experience training executives at all levels from leading companies around the world into a range of smartly-illustrated, workable methodologies that will enable you to understand each approach and find your own path to the right solution every time. 'Will help you push through the knotty centre of hard-to-resolve problems. Highly recommended!' Richard Rumelt, author of Good Strategy, Bad Strategy 'A comprehensive, concise, and practical guide that will enable anyone, in any situation, to develop their strategic thinking.' Tiffani Bova, Chief Growth Evangelist, Salesforce - WSJ Bestselling Author, Growth IQ 'A wonderful and inspirational look into wide-ranging frameworks and theories to spark new thinking and strategy - Tom Goodwin, author of Digital Darwinism and Head of Futures and Insight at Publicis Groupe 'Practical and comprehensive'. - Roeland Assenberg, Director, Strategy and Banking, Monitor Deloitte Netherlands © Fred Pelard 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456528</guid><pubDate>Thu, 08 Oct 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130863/9780241992364.mp3" length="2437202" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456528 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to be Strategic Author: Fred Pelard Narrator: Jon Glover Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 43 minutes Release date: October  8, 2020...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456528" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456528</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to be Strategic Author: Fred Pelard Narrator: Jon Glover Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 43 minutes Release date: October  8, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin.  Being strategic is a critical skill. It enables you to solve problems on a day-to-day basis while also keeping an eye on the long term, anticipating and mitigating opportunities and threats along the way. How to be Strategic is your accessible but comprehensive guide to strategic thinking in any situation. Fred Pelard distills 20 years' experience training executives at all levels from leading companies around the world into a range of smartly-illustrated, workable methodologies that will enable you to understand each approach and find your own path to the right solution every time. 'Will help you push through the knotty centre of hard-to-resolve problems. Highly recommended!' Richard Rumelt, author of Good Strategy, Bad Strategy 'A comprehensive, concise, and practical guide that will enable anyone, in any situation, to develop their strategic thinking.' Tiffani Bova, Chief Growth Evangelist, Salesforce - WSJ Bestselling Author, Growth IQ 'A wonderful and inspirational look into wide-ranging frameworks and theories to spark new thinking and strategy - Tom Goodwin, author of Digital Darwinism and Head of Futures and Insight at Publicis Groupe 'Practical and comprehensive'. - Roeland Assenberg, Director, Strategy and Banking, Monitor Deloitte Netherlands © Fred Pelard 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/d539728cedfb13532795779b1b72aadc.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>You First: Inspire Your Team to Grow Up, Get Along, and Get Stuff Done by Liane Davey</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/you-first-inspire-your-team-to-grow-up-get-along-and-get-stuff-done-by-liane-davey--65130827</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487212" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487212</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You First: Inspire Your Team to Grow Up, Get Along, and Get Stuff Done Author: Liane Davey Narrator: Janet Metzger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 24 minutes Release date: October  8, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Team dysfunctions are discouragingly prevalent throughout most  businesses as there are so many ways a team can go wrong. Sometimes  the results of team dysfunction are relatively innocuous. The team  might just be a little slower or a little less rewarding than you  would like.  But in too many teams, the problems are more  severe.  People find themselves dreading a job they used to  enjoy because their teammates are bickering, or rejecting new  ideas, or simply not pulling their weight.    This book presents new ideas and processes for increasing team  effectiveness. The author proposes that a healthy team needs two  basic things: first, team members need to bring diverse talents and  perspectives into alignment around the unique value they can add  for the organization. Second, they need to trust each other enough  to engage in productive conflict.    The book addresses the 5 most common ways in which teams become  toxic  and destroy any chance of creating the value the  organization is counting on them to produce.  Then, it spells  out the antidotes to those dysfunctions that will protect teams  from self-destructing.  Finally, it concludes by instructing  team members on the language they can use to begin to change their  team.  Designed for front line employees, middle managers,  executives teams, or anyone who works regularly in teams, the book  helps you figure out how to make your team more  productive.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487212</guid><pubDate>Thu, 08 Oct 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130827/9781663702470.mp3" length="1478121" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487212 to listen full audiobooks. Title: You First: Inspire Your Team to Grow Up, Get Along, and Get Stuff Done Author: Liane Davey Narrator: Janet Metzger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487212" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487212</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You First: Inspire Your Team to Grow Up, Get Along, and Get Stuff Done Author: Liane Davey Narrator: Janet Metzger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 24 minutes Release date: October  8, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Team dysfunctions are discouragingly prevalent throughout most  businesses as there are so many ways a team can go wrong. Sometimes  the results of team dysfunction are relatively innocuous. The team  might just be a little slower or a little less rewarding than you  would like.  But in too many teams, the problems are more  severe.  People find themselves dreading a job they used to  enjoy because their teammates are bickering, or rejecting new  ideas, or simply not pulling their weight.    This book presents new ideas and processes for increasing team  effectiveness. The author proposes that a healthy team needs two  basic things: first, team members need to bring diverse talents and  perspectives into alignment around the unique value they can add  for the organization. Second, they need to trust each other enough  to engage in productive conflict.    The book addresses the 5 most common ways in which teams become  toxic  and destroy any chance of creating the value the  organization is counting on them to produce.  Then, it spells  out the antidotes to those dysfunctions that will protect teams  from self-destructing.  Finally, it concludes by instructing  team members on the language they can use to begin to change their  team.  Designed for front line employees, middle managers,  executives teams, or anyone who works regularly in teams, the book  helps you figure out how to make your team more  productive.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/e1c7742e43e40938307d112d6b14178a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Zukunft verpasst?: Warum Deutschland die Digitalisierung verschlafen hat. Und wie uns die Krise hilft, den Anschluss doch noch zu</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-zukunft-verpasst-warum-deutschland-die-digitalisierung-verschlafen-hat-und-wie-uns-die-krise-hilft-den-anschluss-doch-noch-zu--65130781</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476089" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476089</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Zukunft verpasst?: Warum Deutschland die Digitalisierung verschlafen hat. Und wie uns die Krise hilft, den Anschluss doch noch zu schaffen. Author: Thomas Middelhoff, Cornelius Boersch Narrator: Dominic Kolb Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 23 minutes Release date: October  6, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Die Corona-Krise hat es gezeigt – Deutschland kann plötzlich doch digital: Homeoffice, eLearning, Videokonferenzen, virtuelle Konzerte. Und das ist nur die Spitze des Eisbergs an Chancen und Möglichkeiten der Digitalisierung. Doch kommt dieser Schub nicht viel zu spät? Thomas Middelhoff und Cornelius Boersch, beide Vorreiter in der Tech-Szene, rütteln in ihrem topaktuellen Buch wach: Deutschland hat in Sachen Digitalisierung den internationalen Anschluss verloren. Politik und Wirtschaftselite haben in den letzten Jahren die weltweite Entwicklung verschlafen. Doch die Autoren entwickeln auch eine große Vision: Noch können wir es trotz aller Versäumnisse schaffen, Deutschland bis 2030 zur führenden digitalen Wissensnation dieser Welt zu machen – wenn wir endlich die richtigen Weichen stellen.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476089</guid><pubDate>Tue, 06 Oct 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130781/9783863342869.mp3" length="1478296" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476089 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Zukunft verpasst?: Warum Deutschland die Digitalisierung verschlafen hat. Und wie uns die Krise hilft, den Anschluss doch noch zu schaffen....</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476089" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476089</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Zukunft verpasst?: Warum Deutschland die Digitalisierung verschlafen hat. Und wie uns die Krise hilft, den Anschluss doch noch zu schaffen. Author: Thomas Middelhoff, Cornelius Boersch Narrator: Dominic Kolb Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 23 minutes Release date: October  6, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Die Corona-Krise hat es gezeigt – Deutschland kann plötzlich doch digital: Homeoffice, eLearning, Videokonferenzen, virtuelle Konzerte. Und das ist nur die Spitze des Eisbergs an Chancen und Möglichkeiten der Digitalisierung. Doch kommt dieser Schub nicht viel zu spät? Thomas Middelhoff und Cornelius Boersch, beide Vorreiter in der Tech-Szene, rütteln in ihrem topaktuellen Buch wach: Deutschland hat in Sachen Digitalisierung den internationalen Anschluss verloren. Politik und Wirtschaftselite haben in den letzten Jahren die weltweite Entwicklung verschlafen. Doch die Autoren entwickeln auch eine große Vision: Noch können wir es trotz aller Versäumnisse schaffen, Deutschland bis 2030 zur führenden digitalen Wissensnation dieser Welt zu machen – wenn wir endlich die richtigen Weichen stellen.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/16ab48651fe4c1df91d489be4d2db5c4.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Start with No: The Negotiating Tools That the Pros Don't Want You to Know by Jim Camp</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/start-with-no-the-negotiating-tools-that-the-pros-don-t-want-you-to-know-by-jim-camp--65130916</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408980" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408980</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Start with No: The Negotiating Tools That the Pros Don't Want You to Know Author: Jim Camp Narrator: Robert Jordan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 58 minutes Release date: September 29, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 8   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Start with No offers a  contrarian, counterintuitive system for  negotiating any kind of deal in any kind  of situation—the purchase of a  new house, a multimillion-dollar business deal, or  where to take the  kids for dinner. Think a win-win solution is the best way to make the deal? Think again.   For years now, win-win has been the paradigm for business negotiation. But today, win-win is just the seductive  mantra used by the toughest negotiators to get the other side to compromise unnecessarily,  early, and often. Win-win negotiations play to your emotions and take advantage of your instinct  and desire to make the deal.  Start with No introduces a system of decision-based negotiation that teaches you how to understand and control  these emotions. It teaches you how to ignore the siren call of the final result,  which you can’t really control, and how to focus instead on the activities and behavior  that you can and must control in order to successfully negotiate with the pros.  The best negotiators:  * aren’t interested in “yes”—they prefer “no”   * never, ever rush to close, but always  let the other side feel comfortable and secure  * are never needy; they take advantage  of the other party’s neediness  * create a “blank slate” to ensure they ask questions  and listen to the answers, to make sure they have no assumptions and expectations  * always have a mission and purpose that guides their decisions  * don’t send so much  as an e-mail without an agenda for what they want to accomplish  * know the four “budgets”  for themselves and for the other side: time, energy, money, and emotion  * never  waste time with people who don’t really make the decision Start with No is full of dozens of business as well as personal  stories illustrating each point of the system. It will change your life as a negotiator.  If you put to good use the principles and practices revealed here, you will become  an immeasurably better negotiator.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408980</guid><pubDate>Tue, 29 Sep 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130916/9780593287088.mp3" length="4837095" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408980 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Start with No: The Negotiating Tools That the Pros Don't Want You to Know Author: Jim Camp Narrator: Robert Jordan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408980" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408980</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Start with No: The Negotiating Tools That the Pros Don't Want You to Know Author: Jim Camp Narrator: Robert Jordan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 58 minutes Release date: September 29, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 8   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Start with No offers a  contrarian, counterintuitive system for  negotiating any kind of deal in any kind  of situation—the purchase of a  new house, a multimillion-dollar business deal, or  where to take the  kids for dinner. Think a win-win solution is the best way to make the deal? Think again.   For years now, win-win has been the paradigm for business negotiation. But today, win-win is just the seductive  mantra used by the toughest negotiators to get the other side to compromise unnecessarily,  early, and often. Win-win negotiations play to your emotions and take advantage of your instinct  and desire to make the deal.  Start with No introduces a system of decision-based negotiation that teaches you how to understand and control  these emotions. It teaches you how to ignore the siren call of the final result,  which you can’t really control, and how to focus instead on the activities and behavior  that you can and must control in order to successfully negotiate with the pros.  The best negotiators:  * aren’t interested in “yes”—they prefer “no”   * never, ever rush to close, but always  let the other side feel comfortable and secure  * are never needy; they take advantage  of the other party’s neediness  * create a “blank slate” to ensure they ask questions  and listen to the answers, to make sure they have no assumptions and expectations  * always have a mission and purpose that guides their decisions  * don’t send so much  as an e-mail without an agenda for what they want to accomplish  * know the four “budgets”  for themselves and for the other side: time, energy, money, and emotion  * never  waste time with people who don’t really make the decision Start with No is full of dozens of business as well as personal  stories illustrating each point of the system. It will change your life as a negotiator.  If you put to good use the principles and practices revealed here, you will become  an immeasurably better negotiator.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/baf5425a021b11103fd0c698a90a8860.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>IIMA: Economic Sutra by Satish Y. Deodhar</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/iima-economic-sutra-by-satish-y-deodhar--65130770</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486903" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486903</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: IIMA: Economic Sutra Author: Satish Y. Deodhar Narrator: Prateek Sharma Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 23 minutes Release date: September 29, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  A general perception exists that ancient Indian literature on economic matters is fatalistic and an admixture of sacred and secular thoughts. Economic Sutra provides a comprehensive perspective on the elements of Indian economic thought leading up to and after the Arthashastra. Economic Sutra is a perception-correction initiative to distil the Indian mind in the realm of economic thoughts and behaviour as brought out by the ancient Indian authors. It highlights the broader spread of economic ideas both prior to and sometime after Kautilya, giving insights into the purpose, actions and vision of our forefathers.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486903</guid><pubDate>Tue, 29 Sep 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130770/9780143497356.mp3" length="4837071" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486903 to listen full audiobooks. Title: IIMA: Economic Sutra Author: Satish Y. Deodhar Narrator: Prateek Sharma Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 23 minutes Release date: September...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486903" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486903</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: IIMA: Economic Sutra Author: Satish Y. Deodhar Narrator: Prateek Sharma Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 23 minutes Release date: September 29, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  A general perception exists that ancient Indian literature on economic matters is fatalistic and an admixture of sacred and secular thoughts. Economic Sutra provides a comprehensive perspective on the elements of Indian economic thought leading up to and after the Arthashastra. Economic Sutra is a perception-correction initiative to distil the Indian mind in the realm of economic thoughts and behaviour as brought out by the ancient Indian authors. It highlights the broader spread of economic ideas both prior to and sometime after Kautilya, giving insights into the purpose, actions and vision of our forefathers.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/0db6c2046ac0763dc65a5ff2bf671513.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - La forma más sencilla de analizar a las personas: Aprende a leer a las personas, entender su lenguaje corporal y descubre lo que</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-la-forma-mas-sencilla-de-analizar-a-las-personas-aprende-a-leer-a-las-personas-entender-su-lenguaje-corporal-y-descubre-lo-que--65130839</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460516" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460516</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La forma más sencilla de analizar a las personas: Aprende a leer a las personas, entender su lenguaje corporal y descubre lo que siempre te perdiste en las conversaciones Author: Leticia Caballero Narrator: Sandra Corredor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 22 minutes Release date: September 25, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Descubre cómo leer a las personas con facilidad, predisponer bien a todo el mundo y no volver a creerle a mentirosos...  Si quieres saber quién miente en una conversación, construir una imagen personal positiva y de autoridad o averiguar qué pasó esa vez que te rechazaron sin darte oportunidad de exponer tu argumento, ahora puedes hacerlo de manera fácil y rápida. Los grandes líderes y las personas con el don social son grandes lectores del lenguaje no verbal, saben entenderlo y lo usan constantemente a su favor.  En “La forma fácil de analizar a las personas” encontrarás:  • Un enfoque fresco y dinámico del lenguaje no verbal • ¡Técnicas para convertirte en un rápido y eficaz lector de personas! • Nuevas formas de relacionarte y técnicas para mejorar tu imagen profesional y personal  • ¡Los principales errores al leer a las personas y los principales errores al construir una primera impresión!  • La forma de influenciar a tu favor a cualquier persona y ganar (o empatar) cualquier discusión • Cómo identificar a los mentirosos y no ser engañado ni manipulado • Irradiar confianza y asertividad • ¡Y eso apenas está rascando la superficie! Tendrás todas las herramientas necesarias para lograr tu meta de aprender a leer a las personas con más claridad que en ningún otro lado, ejercicios de práctica, experiencias personales y mucho más.  Leer a las personas no es solo una habilidad útil, es una habilidad indispensable para manejarse más efectivamente en las relaciones de pareja, laborales y/o familiares.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460516</guid><pubDate>Fri, 25 Sep 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130839/9781662144233.mp3" length="2437257" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460516 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La forma más sencilla de analizar a las personas: Aprende a leer a las personas, entender su lenguaje corporal y descubre lo que siempre te...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460516" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460516</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La forma más sencilla de analizar a las personas: Aprende a leer a las personas, entender su lenguaje corporal y descubre lo que siempre te perdiste en las conversaciones Author: Leticia Caballero Narrator: Sandra Corredor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 22 minutes Release date: September 25, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Descubre cómo leer a las personas con facilidad, predisponer bien a todo el mundo y no volver a creerle a mentirosos...  Si quieres saber quién miente en una conversación, construir una imagen personal positiva y de autoridad o averiguar qué pasó esa vez que te rechazaron sin darte oportunidad de exponer tu argumento, ahora puedes hacerlo de manera fácil y rápida. Los grandes líderes y las personas con el don social son grandes lectores del lenguaje no verbal, saben entenderlo y lo usan constantemente a su favor.  En “La forma fácil de analizar a las personas” encontrarás:  • Un enfoque fresco y dinámico del lenguaje no verbal • ¡Técnicas para convertirte en un rápido y eficaz lector de personas! • Nuevas formas de relacionarte y técnicas para mejorar tu imagen profesional y personal  • ¡Los principales errores al leer a las personas y los principales errores al construir una primera impresión!  • La forma de influenciar a tu favor a cualquier persona y ganar (o empatar) cualquier discusión • Cómo identificar a los mentirosos y no ser engañado ni manipulado • Irradiar confianza y asertividad • ¡Y eso apenas está rascando la superficie! Tendrás todas las herramientas necesarias para lograr tu meta de aprender a leer a las personas con más claridad que en ningún otro lado, ejercicios de práctica, experiencias personales y mucho más.  Leer a las personas no es solo una habilidad útil, es una habilidad indispensable para manejarse más efectivamente en las relaciones de pareja, laborales y/o familiares.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/8c2aa103ff85245138037d1edc180b52.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Starting A Business by Ryan Rayner</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/starting-a-business-by-ryan-rayner--65130846</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462276" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462276</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Starting A Business Author: Ryan Rayner Narrator: Grant Mikaelson, Tim Clements Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 43 minutes Release date: September 22, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Despite whatever else, I have to thank and praise you for downloading this book!  What we will cover inside this book are the 7 affinities for astoundingly appropriate people that licenses them to continue with their own one of a kind wonderful presence plan, and to accomplish the notable results they need on a predicted reason.  Review that a journey of a thousand miles begins with the concealed turn of events. Take every fondness along these lines, and progressively start covering them after a short time. This is a basic partition race not a run, so be in this to the degree might be feasible.  Right when you have a solid handle and key perception on one, meld the going with, and so on to your life. Progressively watch as your life changes, and your wealth, thriving, affiliations and rapture close to it.  People down the track may regardless, beginning commenting on the aggregate you changed or paralyzed at the development you made. This is the spot you are truly living by model being a guide of light moving others to fulfill their inert cutoff.  Thinking about everything, at long last, I have to thank you and salute you a little while later for deciding to download this book, and we should start taking massive bounces towards building an extraordinary life!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462276</guid><pubDate>Tue, 22 Sep 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130846/9781662144356.mp3" length="2437179" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462276 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Starting A Business Author: Ryan Rayner Narrator: Grant Mikaelson, Tim Clements Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 43 minutes Release date:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462276" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462276</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Starting A Business Author: Ryan Rayner Narrator: Grant Mikaelson, Tim Clements Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 43 minutes Release date: September 22, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Despite whatever else, I have to thank and praise you for downloading this book!  What we will cover inside this book are the 7 affinities for astoundingly appropriate people that licenses them to continue with their own one of a kind wonderful presence plan, and to accomplish the notable results they need on a predicted reason.  Review that a journey of a thousand miles begins with the concealed turn of events. Take every fondness along these lines, and progressively start covering them after a short time. This is a basic partition race not a run, so be in this to the degree might be feasible.  Right when you have a solid handle and key perception on one, meld the going with, and so on to your life. Progressively watch as your life changes, and your wealth, thriving, affiliations and rapture close to it.  People down the track may regardless, beginning commenting on the aggregate you changed or paralyzed at the development you made. This is the spot you are truly living by model being a guide of light moving others to fulfill their inert cutoff.  Thinking about everything, at long last, I have to thank you and salute you a little while later for deciding to download this book, and we should start taking massive bounces towards building an extraordinary life!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/7e74e3ef6754e1353e1cb66d6fdecc00.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Be the Best at What Matters Most: The Only Strategy You will Ever Need by Joe Calloway</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/be-the-best-at-what-matters-most-the-only-strategy-you-will-ever-need-by-joe-calloway--65130865</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464912" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464912</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Be the Best at What Matters Most: The Only Strategy You will Ever Need Author: Joe Calloway Narrator: Noah Michael Levine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 35 minutes Release date: September 17, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Be the Best at What Matters Most is about simplifying how  you think and go about your business. Most businesses of today are  more focused on the newest gimmicks and tricks of the trade that  they believe can save the day. This book focuses on the view that  success is a result of quality, consistency of performance, and  relentless improvement on those things that matter most and not  about the wow factor provided by flashy tricks. It  will teach companies to be so good at the basics that they are  cutting edge.  Questions, activities, and action steps will be built into every  section of the book.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464912</guid><pubDate>Thu, 17 Sep 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130865/9781663701916.mp3" length="1478181" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464912 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Be the Best at What Matters Most: The Only Strategy You will Ever Need Author: Joe Calloway Narrator: Noah Michael Levine Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464912" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464912</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Be the Best at What Matters Most: The Only Strategy You will Ever Need Author: Joe Calloway Narrator: Noah Michael Levine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 35 minutes Release date: September 17, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Be the Best at What Matters Most is about simplifying how  you think and go about your business. Most businesses of today are  more focused on the newest gimmicks and tricks of the trade that  they believe can save the day. This book focuses on the view that  success is a result of quality, consistency of performance, and  relentless improvement on those things that matter most and not  about the wow factor provided by flashy tricks. It  will teach companies to be so good at the basics that they are  cutting edge.  Questions, activities, and action steps will be built into every  section of the book.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/d9834842fe4183c141f4a669307ad78f.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Schlagfertigkeit: Kontern wie ein Profi - Wie Du mit den wirkungsvollsten Techniken Manipulation und Killerphrasen erfolgreich ab</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-schlagfertigkeit-kontern-wie-ein-profi-wie-du-mit-den-wirkungsvollsten-techniken-manipulation-und-killerphrasen-erfolgreich-ab--65130862</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456965" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456965</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Schlagfertigkeit: Kontern wie ein Profi - Wie Du mit den wirkungsvollsten Techniken Manipulation und Killerphrasen erfolgreich abwehrst und siegreich zum Gegenschlag ausholst (ungekürzt) Author: Sebastian Loos Narrator: Max Hoffmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 37 minutes Release date: September  4, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Gestern warst du noch deinem cholerischen Chef ausgeliefert und dank dieses praktischen Leitfadens wirst du ihn schon bald mit dem richtigen Konter zum Schweigen bringen. Dieses Buch ist dein idealer Ratgeber, um dumme Sprüche, sprachliche Manipulation und Killerphrasen in Zukunft abzuwehren und sanft zum Gegenschlag auszuholen. Neben dem Thema Schlagfertigkeit rücken auch die Möglichkeiten für deine Konter in Form einer plausiblen und strukturierten Argumentation in den Vordergrund. Mit meinem Buch wirst du nicht nur die Schlagfertigkeit in Person, sondern du lernst auch die jahrtausendealte Kunst der Argumentation - aus dieser Kombination ergibt sich eine selbstbewusste Persönlichkeit und Respektsperson, der bald schon niemand mehr auf den Schlips treten wird.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456965</guid><pubDate>Fri, 04 Sep 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130862/4251703569905.mp3" length="1478290" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456965 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Schlagfertigkeit: Kontern wie ein Profi - Wie Du mit den wirkungsvollsten Techniken Manipulation und Killerphrasen erfolgreich abwehrst und...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456965" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456965</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Schlagfertigkeit: Kontern wie ein Profi - Wie Du mit den wirkungsvollsten Techniken Manipulation und Killerphrasen erfolgreich abwehrst und siegreich zum Gegenschlag ausholst (ungekürzt) Author: Sebastian Loos Narrator: Max Hoffmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 37 minutes Release date: September  4, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Gestern warst du noch deinem cholerischen Chef ausgeliefert und dank dieses praktischen Leitfadens wirst du ihn schon bald mit dem richtigen Konter zum Schweigen bringen. Dieses Buch ist dein idealer Ratgeber, um dumme Sprüche, sprachliche Manipulation und Killerphrasen in Zukunft abzuwehren und sanft zum Gegenschlag auszuholen. Neben dem Thema Schlagfertigkeit rücken auch die Möglichkeiten für deine Konter in Form einer plausiblen und strukturierten Argumentation in den Vordergrund. Mit meinem Buch wirst du nicht nur die Schlagfertigkeit in Person, sondern du lernst auch die jahrtausendealte Kunst der Argumentation - aus dieser Kombination ergibt sich eine selbstbewusste Persönlichkeit und Respektsperson, der bald schon niemand mehr auf den Schlips treten wird.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/89ca71711f25c97e94707ee394a4ef77.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Skills That Succeed by Russell Collins</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/skills-that-succeed-by-russell-collins--65130833</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462286" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462286</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Skills That Succeed Author: Russell Collins Narrator: Russell Collins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 20 minutes Release date: September  2, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  With over 40 years' experience in the industry, Russell Collins knows that the top professional advisers are successful because of their persuasive talents. Through the exercise of these talents, they encourage people to reach decisions that they know are best, but about which they would prefer to procrastinate. Russell also believes that there is a major flaw in the training of new advisers entering the industry. Within the training process, there is an over-emphasis on product and technical knowledge and a severe under-emphasis on communication skills. Skills that Succeed is about the basics of selling risk insurance, especially life insurance. The common denominator in each of these basics is 'communication,' especially as it relates to: • The importance of preparation: how can you separate yourself from your competitors from the outset? • The fact-finding meeting: What do you say after you say, 'Hello?' • The importance of the file note, and what to do with the information in the file note. • How to assemble and make great presentations. • How to get the case through underwriting. • Specific sales concepts for both the personal and business owner markets. There is a danger that many who are new to the industry may believe that the more qualifications an adviser possesses, the more successful they will become. But this is not the case. Success is based on communication, which is an art, not a science.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462286</guid><pubDate>Wed, 02 Sep 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130833/9781662144646.mp3" length="2437169" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462286 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Skills That Succeed Author: Russell Collins Narrator: Russell Collins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 20 minutes Release date: September...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462286" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462286</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Skills That Succeed Author: Russell Collins Narrator: Russell Collins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 20 minutes Release date: September  2, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  With over 40 years' experience in the industry, Russell Collins knows that the top professional advisers are successful because of their persuasive talents. Through the exercise of these talents, they encourage people to reach decisions that they know are best, but about which they would prefer to procrastinate. Russell also believes that there is a major flaw in the training of new advisers entering the industry. Within the training process, there is an over-emphasis on product and technical knowledge and a severe under-emphasis on communication skills. Skills that Succeed is about the basics of selling risk insurance, especially life insurance. The common denominator in each of these basics is 'communication,' especially as it relates to: • The importance of preparation: how can you separate yourself from your competitors from the outset? • The fact-finding meeting: What do you say after you say, 'Hello?' • The importance of the file note, and what to do with the information in the file note. • How to assemble and make great presentations. • How to get the case through underwriting. • Specific sales concepts for both the personal and business owner markets. There is a danger that many who are new to the industry may believe that the more qualifications an adviser possesses, the more successful they will become. But this is not the case. Success is based on communication, which is an art, not a science.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/2b075ebe9d711289906c61eee97f3440.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Think One Team: An Inspiring Fable and Practical Guide for Managers, Employees and Jelly Bean Lovers by Graham Winter</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/think-one-team-an-inspiring-fable-and-practical-guide-for-managers-employees-and-jelly-bean-lovers-by-graham-winter--65130804</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465771" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465771</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Think One Team: An Inspiring Fable and Practical Guide for Managers, Employees and Jelly Bean Lovers Series: #1 of Jossey-Bass Leadership Series - Australia Author: Graham Winter Narrator: Meadows Mark Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 35 minutes Release date: August 20, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Graham Winter weaves a fascinating and entertaining business story  that reveals an engagingly simple and powerful model to free  organisations of 'silo thinking' and empower them to fulfil the  possibilities that come from thinking and acting as one team.   In an increasingly networked world, there is much to be said for  giving business units the sort of focus that comes from being a  silo, however few if any, can genuinely succeed  without the ability to open the doors and windows of their silo to  collaborate with others on problems and opportunities.  Think One Team has been specifically designed to help  readers, and everyone in their organisation to create and sustain  the teamwork across boundaries that will enable them to experience  the rewards of working as one team.  Beginning with the fable of the big jelly bean team the  readers join one companys engaging, enlightening and at  times funny journey from silo-afflicted to one team. From their  experiences you will learn the five practices that define the  difference between think silos and think one  team, and see what these practices mean for leaders and  employees across an organization.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465771</guid><pubDate>Thu, 20 Aug 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130804/9781663702333.mp3" length="1478133" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465771 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Think One Team: An Inspiring Fable and Practical Guide for Managers, Employees and Jelly Bean Lovers Series: #1 of Jossey-Bass Leadership Series -...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465771" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465771</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Think One Team: An Inspiring Fable and Practical Guide for Managers, Employees and Jelly Bean Lovers Series: #1 of Jossey-Bass Leadership Series - Australia Author: Graham Winter Narrator: Meadows Mark Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 35 minutes Release date: August 20, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Graham Winter weaves a fascinating and entertaining business story  that reveals an engagingly simple and powerful model to free  organisations of 'silo thinking' and empower them to fulfil the  possibilities that come from thinking and acting as one team.   In an increasingly networked world, there is much to be said for  giving business units the sort of focus that comes from being a  silo, however few if any, can genuinely succeed  without the ability to open the doors and windows of their silo to  collaborate with others on problems and opportunities.  Think One Team has been specifically designed to help  readers, and everyone in their organisation to create and sustain  the teamwork across boundaries that will enable them to experience  the rewards of working as one team.  Beginning with the fable of the big jelly bean team the  readers join one companys engaging, enlightening and at  times funny journey from silo-afflicted to one team. From their  experiences you will learn the five practices that define the  difference between think silos and think one  team, and see what these practices mean for leaders and  employees across an organization.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/bc8e99f5c0d0e2c7af5399fe7b053977.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Doesn't Hurt to Ask: Using the Power of Questions to Communicate, Connect, and Persuade by Trey Gowdy</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/doesn-t-hurt-to-ask-using-the-power-of-questions-to-communicate-connect-and-persuade-by-trey-gowdy--65130935</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419450" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419450</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Doesn't Hurt to Ask: Using the Power of Questions to Communicate, Connect, and Persuade Author: Trey Gowdy Narrator: Trey Gowdy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 52 minutes Release date: August 18, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.32 of Total 56   Ratings of Narrator: 4.85 of Total 13 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • Former congressman and prosecutor Trey Gowdy teaches you how to effectively communicate and persuade on the issues that matter most to you, drawing on his experience in the courtroom and the halls of Congress.  “A must-read for people who want to learn how best to succeed.”—Dana Perino, Fox News host and bestselling author of Everything Will Be Okay You do not need to be in a courtroom to advocate for others. You do not need to be in Congress to champion a cause. From the boardroom to the kitchen table, opportunities to make your case abound, and Doesn’t Hurt to Ask shows you how to seize them. By blending gripping case studies from nearly two decades in a courtroom and four terms in national politics with personal stories and practical advice, Trey Gowdy walks you through the tools and the mindset needed to effectively communicate your message. Along the way, Gowdy reflects on the moments in his life when he learned the most about how to argue and convince. He recounts his missteps during his first murder trial, the conversation that changed his view on criminal justice reform, and what he learned while questioning James Comey and Secretary Hillary Clinton. Sharing the techniques he perfected advocating in law and politics, Gowdy helps you identify your objective, understand your personal jury, and engage in the art of questioning so you can be heard, be understood, and, ultimately, move others. Whether it’s getting a boss to take a chance on your idea, convincing someone to support your cause, or urging a child to invest more effort in an important task, movement requires persuasion. Doesn’t Hurt to Ask shows you how to persuade, no matter the jury and no matter the cause.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419450</guid><pubDate>Tue, 18 Aug 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130935/9780593289297.mp3" length="4837141" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419450 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Doesn't Hurt to Ask: Using the Power of Questions to Communicate, Connect, and Persuade Author: Trey Gowdy Narrator: Trey Gowdy Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419450" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419450</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Doesn't Hurt to Ask: Using the Power of Questions to Communicate, Connect, and Persuade Author: Trey Gowdy Narrator: Trey Gowdy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 52 minutes Release date: August 18, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.32 of Total 56   Ratings of Narrator: 4.85 of Total 13 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • Former congressman and prosecutor Trey Gowdy teaches you how to effectively communicate and persuade on the issues that matter most to you, drawing on his experience in the courtroom and the halls of Congress.  “A must-read for people who want to learn how best to succeed.”—Dana Perino, Fox News host and bestselling author of Everything Will Be Okay You do not need to be in a courtroom to advocate for others. You do not need to be in Congress to champion a cause. From the boardroom to the kitchen table, opportunities to make your case abound, and Doesn’t Hurt to Ask shows you how to seize them. By blending gripping case studies from nearly two decades in a courtroom and four terms in national politics with personal stories and practical advice, Trey Gowdy walks you through the tools and the mindset needed to effectively communicate your message. Along the way, Gowdy reflects on the moments in his life when he learned the most about how to argue and convince. He recounts his missteps during his first murder trial, the conversation that changed his view on criminal justice reform, and what he learned while questioning James Comey and Secretary Hillary Clinton. Sharing the techniques he perfected advocating in law and politics, Gowdy helps you identify your objective, understand your personal jury, and engage in the art of questioning so you can be heard, be understood, and, ultimately, move others. Whether it’s getting a boss to take a chance on your idea, convincing someone to support your cause, or urging a child to invest more effort in an important task, movement requires persuasion. Doesn’t Hurt to Ask shows you how to persuade, no matter the jury and no matter the cause.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ed98f8b6e394c25704bb0dc3069391cf.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>People-Centric Skills: Interpersonal and Communication Skills for Financial Professionals, 2nd Edition by Danny M. Goldberg</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/people-centric-skills-interpersonal-and-communication-skills-for-financial-professionals-2nd-edition-by-danny-m-goldberg--65130927</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440540" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440540</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: People-Centric Skills: Interpersonal and Communication Skills for Financial Professionals, 2nd Edition Author: Danny M. Goldberg Narrator: David Marantz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 37 minutes Release date: August 18, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Embark on a journey to further develop your career when you listen to People-Centric Skills: Interpersonal and Communication Skills for Financial Professionals, 2nd Edition. Business leaders consider employee communication skills and critical thinking abilities as essential elements for success. In their work, all professionals must communicate clearly and rely on their interpersonal skills to be successful. This second edition of People-Centric Skills shares the fictional story of Dalton Zimmer, executive coach and public speaker. Dalton, all the while juggling his business, kids, and social life, provides coaching and communication strategies for handling challenging situations faced by his clients. This insightful narrative will help you expand communication and soft skills as a CPA, auditor, financial planner, or other financial professional. As Generation Z is entering the work force, the communication gap between Z and Boomers or Generation X is widening significantly. New to the second edition, you'll find a discussion of communication between generations and how to bridge them as a financial professional.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440540</guid><pubDate>Tue, 18 Aug 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130927/9781469083131.mp3" length="1478268" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440540 to listen full audiobooks. Title: People-Centric Skills: Interpersonal and Communication Skills for Financial Professionals, 2nd Edition Author: Danny M. Goldberg Narrator: David...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440540" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440540</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: People-Centric Skills: Interpersonal and Communication Skills for Financial Professionals, 2nd Edition Author: Danny M. Goldberg Narrator: David Marantz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 37 minutes Release date: August 18, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Embark on a journey to further develop your career when you listen to People-Centric Skills: Interpersonal and Communication Skills for Financial Professionals, 2nd Edition. Business leaders consider employee communication skills and critical thinking abilities as essential elements for success. In their work, all professionals must communicate clearly and rely on their interpersonal skills to be successful. This second edition of People-Centric Skills shares the fictional story of Dalton Zimmer, executive coach and public speaker. Dalton, all the while juggling his business, kids, and social life, provides coaching and communication strategies for handling challenging situations faced by his clients. This insightful narrative will help you expand communication and soft skills as a CPA, auditor, financial planner, or other financial professional. As Generation Z is entering the work force, the communication gap between Z and Boomers or Generation X is widening significantly. New to the second edition, you'll find a discussion of communication between generations and how to bridge them as a financial professional.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/41c08df4cecd3b4713d020b351bb0743.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Humanocracy: Creating Organizations as Amazing as the People Inside Them by Michele Zanini, Gary Hamel</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/humanocracy-creating-organizations-as-amazing-as-the-people-inside-them-by-michele-zanini-gary-hamel--65130866</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424886" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424886</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Humanocracy: Creating Organizations as Amazing as the People Inside Them Author: Michele Zanini, Gary Hamel Narrator: Graham Halstead Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 14 minutes Release date: August 18, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.13 of Total 52   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 6 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  In a world of unrelenting change and unprecedented challenges, we need organizations that are resilient and daring.Unfortunately, most organizations, overburdened by bureaucracy, are sluggish and timid. In the age of upheaval, top-down power structures and rule-choked management systems are a liability. They crush creativity and stifle initiative. As leaders, employees, investors, and citizens, we deserve better. We need organizations that are bold, entrepreneurial, and as nimble as change itself. Hence this book.In Humanocracy, Gary Hamel and Michele Zanini make a passionate, data-driven argument for excising bureaucracy and replacing it with something better. Drawing on more than a decade of research and packed with practical examples, Humanocracy lays out a detailed blueprint for creating organizations that are as inspired and ingenious as the human beings inside them.Critical building blocks include:Motivation: Rallying colleagues to the challenge of busting bureaucracyModels: Leveraging the experience of organizations that have profitably challenged the bureaucratic status quoMindsets: Escaping the industrial age thinking that frustrates progressMobilization: Activating a pro-change coalition to hack outmoded management systems and processesMigration: Embedding the principles of humanocracy—ownership, markets, meritocracy, community, openness, experimentation, and paradox—in your organization's DNAIf you've finally run out of patience with bureaucratic bullshit . . .If you want to build an organization that can outrun change . . .If you're committed to giving every team member the chance to learn, grow, and contribute . . .. . . then this book's for you.Whatever your role or title, Humanocracy will show you how to launch an unstoppable movement to equip and empower everyone in your organization to be their best and to do their best. The ultimate prize: an organization that's fit for the future and fit for human beings.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424886</guid><pubDate>Tue, 18 Aug 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130866/9781980090946.mp3" length="2437194" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424886 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Humanocracy: Creating Organizations as Amazing as the People Inside Them Author: Michele Zanini, Gary Hamel Narrator: Graham Halstead Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424886" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424886</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Humanocracy: Creating Organizations as Amazing as the People Inside Them Author: Michele Zanini, Gary Hamel Narrator: Graham Halstead Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 14 minutes Release date: August 18, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.13 of Total 52   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 6 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  In a world of unrelenting change and unprecedented challenges, we need organizations that are resilient and daring.Unfortunately, most organizations, overburdened by bureaucracy, are sluggish and timid. In the age of upheaval, top-down power structures and rule-choked management systems are a liability. They crush creativity and stifle initiative. As leaders, employees, investors, and citizens, we deserve better. We need organizations that are bold, entrepreneurial, and as nimble as change itself. Hence this book.In Humanocracy, Gary Hamel and Michele Zanini make a passionate, data-driven argument for excising bureaucracy and replacing it with something better. Drawing on more than a decade of research and packed with practical examples, Humanocracy lays out a detailed blueprint for creating organizations that are as inspired and ingenious as the human beings inside them.Critical building blocks include:Motivation: Rallying colleagues to the challenge of busting bureaucracyModels: Leveraging the experience of organizations that have profitably challenged the bureaucratic status quoMindsets: Escaping the industrial age thinking that frustrates progressMobilization: Activating a pro-change coalition to hack outmoded management systems and processesMigration: Embedding the principles of humanocracy—ownership, markets, meritocracy, community, openness, experimentation, and paradox—in your organization's DNAIf you've finally run out of patience with bureaucratic bullshit . . .If you want to build an organization that can outrun change . . .If you're committed to giving every team member the chance to learn, grow, and contribute . . .. . . then this book's for you.Whatever your role or title, Humanocracy will show you how to launch an unstoppable movement to equip and empower everyone in your organization to be their best and to do their best. The ultimate prize: an organization that's fit for the future and fit for human beings.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/29b518d09636a4aea96123e863f84d53.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>I Have Something to Say: Mastering the Art of Public Speaking in an Age of Disconnection by John Bowe</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/i-have-something-to-say-mastering-the-art-of-public-speaking-in-an-age-of-disconnection-by-john-bowe--65130858</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439509" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439509</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Have Something to Say: Mastering the Art of Public Speaking in an Age of Disconnection Author: John Bowe Narrator: Mark Feuerstein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes Release date: August 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  A veteran journalist discovers an ancient system of speech techniques for overcoming the fear of public speaking—and reveals how they can profoundly change our lives. In 2010, award-winning journalist John Bowe learned that his cousin Bill, a longtime extreme recluse living in his parents’ basement, had, at the age of fifty-nine, overcome a lifetime of shyness and isolation—and gotten happily married. Bill credited his turnaround to Toastmasters, the world's largest organization devoted to teaching the art of public speaking. Fascinated by the possibility that speech training could foster the kind of psychological well-being more commonly sought through psychiatric treatment, and intrigued by the notion that words can serve as medicine, Bowe set out to discover the origins of speech training—and to learn for himself how to speak better in public. From the birth of democracy in Ancient Greece until two centuries ago, education meant, in addition to reading and writing, years of learning specific, easily taught language techniques for interacting with others. Nowadays, absent such education, the average American speaks 16,000 to 20,000 words every day, but 74 percent of us suffer from speech anxiety. As he joins Toastmasters and learns, step-by-step, to successfully overcome his own speech anxiety, Bowe muses upon our record levels of loneliness, social isolation, and political divisiveness. What would it mean for Americans to learn once again the simple art of talking to one another? Bowe shows that learning to speak in public means more than giving a decent speech without nervousness (or a total meltdown). Learning to connect with others bestows upon us an enhanced sense of freedom, power, and belonging.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439509</guid><pubDate>Tue, 11 Aug 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130858/9780593393161.mp3" length="4837148" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439509 to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Have Something to Say: Mastering the Art of Public Speaking in an Age of Disconnection Author: John Bowe Narrator: Mark Feuerstein Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439509" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439509</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Have Something to Say: Mastering the Art of Public Speaking in an Age of Disconnection Author: John Bowe Narrator: Mark Feuerstein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes Release date: August 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  A veteran journalist discovers an ancient system of speech techniques for overcoming the fear of public speaking—and reveals how they can profoundly change our lives. In 2010, award-winning journalist John Bowe learned that his cousin Bill, a longtime extreme recluse living in his parents’ basement, had, at the age of fifty-nine, overcome a lifetime of shyness and isolation—and gotten happily married. Bill credited his turnaround to Toastmasters, the world's largest organization devoted to teaching the art of public speaking. Fascinated by the possibility that speech training could foster the kind of psychological well-being more commonly sought through psychiatric treatment, and intrigued by the notion that words can serve as medicine, Bowe set out to discover the origins of speech training—and to learn for himself how to speak better in public. From the birth of democracy in Ancient Greece until two centuries ago, education meant, in addition to reading and writing, years of learning specific, easily taught language techniques for interacting with others. Nowadays, absent such education, the average American speaks 16,000 to 20,000 words every day, but 74 percent of us suffer from speech anxiety. As he joins Toastmasters and learns, step-by-step, to successfully overcome his own speech anxiety, Bowe muses upon our record levels of loneliness, social isolation, and political divisiveness. What would it mean for Americans to learn once again the simple art of talking to one another? Bowe shows that learning to speak in public means more than giving a decent speech without nervousness (or a total meltdown). Learning to connect with others bestows upon us an enhanced sense of freedom, power, and belonging.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/023cc14486b3a800fe52c442990afddd.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Dealmaking: The New Strategy of Negotiauctions (Second Edition) by Guhan Subramanian</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/dealmaking-the-new-strategy-of-negotiauctions-second-edition-by-guhan-subramanian--65130884</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428428" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428428</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dealmaking: The New Strategy of Negotiauctions (Second Edition) Author: Guhan Subramanian Narrator: David H. Lawrence Xvii Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 5 minutes Release date: August  4, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  “Packed with transformative insights, Dealmaking will help a new generation of business leaders get to yes.”—William Ury, coauthor of Getting to Yes  Informed by meticulous research, field experience, and classroom-tested strategies, Dealmaking offers essential insights for anyone involved in buying or selling everything from cars to corporations. Leading business scholar Guhan Subramanian provides a lively tour of both negotiation and auction theory, then takes an in-depth look at his own hybrid theory, outlining three specific strategies readers can use in complex dealmaking situations. Along the way, he examines case studies as diverse as buying a house, haggling over the rights to a TV show, and participating in the auction of a multimillion-dollar company. Based on broad research and detailed case studies, Dealmaking brings together negotiation and auction strategies for the first time, providing the jargon-free, empirically sound advice professionals need to close the deal. Originally published in hardcover under the title Negotiauctions. This audiobook includes a downloadable PDF that contains charts and graphs from the book.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428428</guid><pubDate>Tue, 04 Aug 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130884/9780593343029.mp3" length="4837118" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428428 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dealmaking: The New Strategy of Negotiauctions (Second Edition) Author: Guhan Subramanian Narrator: David H. Lawrence Xvii Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428428" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428428</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dealmaking: The New Strategy of Negotiauctions (Second Edition) Author: Guhan Subramanian Narrator: David H. Lawrence Xvii Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 5 minutes Release date: August  4, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  “Packed with transformative insights, Dealmaking will help a new generation of business leaders get to yes.”—William Ury, coauthor of Getting to Yes  Informed by meticulous research, field experience, and classroom-tested strategies, Dealmaking offers essential insights for anyone involved in buying or selling everything from cars to corporations. Leading business scholar Guhan Subramanian provides a lively tour of both negotiation and auction theory, then takes an in-depth look at his own hybrid theory, outlining three specific strategies readers can use in complex dealmaking situations. Along the way, he examines case studies as diverse as buying a house, haggling over the rights to a TV show, and participating in the auction of a multimillion-dollar company. Based on broad research and detailed case studies, Dealmaking brings together negotiation and auction strategies for the first time, providing the jargon-free, empirically sound advice professionals need to close the deal. Originally published in hardcover under the title Negotiauctions. This audiobook includes a downloadable PDF that contains charts and graphs from the book.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/7dd1af6871b0016eb7f4782495c26aaf.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Effective Communication at Work: Speaking and Writing Well in the Modern Workplace by Vicki Mcleod</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/effective-communication-at-work-speaking-and-writing-well-in-the-modern-workplace-by-vicki-mcleod--65130870</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436139" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436139</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Effective Communication at Work: Speaking and Writing Well in the Modern Workplace Author: Vicki Mcleod Narrator: Eva Wilhelm Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 17 minutes Release date: July 31, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  In the digital age, as workers increasingly go remote, the ability to communicate clearly and effectively is—now more than ever—a highly desirable skill. Whether you talk, text, or email, Effective Communication at Work has everything you need to help boost your workplace performance and productivity. From honing listening to polishing speaking and writing skills, this essential guide delivers simple, powerful strategies and timely tips that can help you increase the impact of your business communication and correspondence both online and offline. Learn how to build stronger relationships and advance your career by mastering the art of effective communication. Effective Communication at Work includes: ● Expert advice—Get the latest tips for working and communicating in the digital world. ● Clarity is king—Discover a variety of effective communication styles and formats, including writing and speaking, with simplicity and accuracy. ● Cultivating relationships—Learn best practices for becoming a better human while working with others in an office environment. ● Gain a competitive edge by harnessing the power of effective communication.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436139</guid><pubDate>Fri, 31 Jul 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130870/9781705251126.mp3" length="14437214" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436139 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Effective Communication at Work: Speaking and Writing Well in the Modern Workplace Author: Vicki Mcleod Narrator: Eva Wilhelm Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436139" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436139</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Effective Communication at Work: Speaking and Writing Well in the Modern Workplace Author: Vicki Mcleod Narrator: Eva Wilhelm Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 17 minutes Release date: July 31, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  In the digital age, as workers increasingly go remote, the ability to communicate clearly and effectively is—now more than ever—a highly desirable skill. Whether you talk, text, or email, Effective Communication at Work has everything you need to help boost your workplace performance and productivity. From honing listening to polishing speaking and writing skills, this essential guide delivers simple, powerful strategies and timely tips that can help you increase the impact of your business communication and correspondence both online and offline. Learn how to build stronger relationships and advance your career by mastering the art of effective communication. Effective Communication at Work includes: ● Expert advice—Get the latest tips for working and communicating in the digital world. ● Clarity is king—Discover a variety of effective communication styles and formats, including writing and speaking, with simplicity and accuracy. ● Cultivating relationships—Learn best practices for becoming a better human while working with others in an office environment. ● Gain a competitive edge by harnessing the power of effective communication.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/7e12a28310064705f768e03f6ea343dc.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Fearless Facilitation: The Ultimate Field Guide to Engaging (and Involving!) Your Audience by Kevin O'connor, Cyndi Maxey</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/fearless-facilitation-the-ultimate-field-guide-to-engaging-and-involving-your-audience-by-kevin-o-connor-cyndi-maxey--65130920</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464908" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464908</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fearless Facilitation: The Ultimate Field Guide to Engaging (and Involving!) Your Audience Author: Kevin O'connor, Cyndi Maxey Narrator: A. Savalas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 15 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  This book will help the reader plan  every meeting with AUDIENCE MINDSET top of mind, begin every  meeting with an IMMEDIATELY INVOLVING ACTIVITY or discussion that  unifies the group, locate the KEY POINTS in the meeting to  FACILITATE and INVOLVE, rather than lecture and present  information, USE EASY-TO-IMPLEMENT facilitative techniques with ANY  TYPE OF PARTICIPANT (job roles, levels, backgrounds, gender,  culture, attitude, and FOLLOW UP to every intervention with clarity  and speed.       TABLE OF CONTENTS  I.                     HEARD  ON THE STREETS (and from their seats)  Why todays  meetings are so bad and what to do about it. Why involve? Why ask?  Who cares? The psychology and group-ology of  involvement; the benefits of skilled facilitation for todays  meeting and for todays leader.  II.                  ORGANIC  FACILITATION  How to be comfortable with this new skill, how  to make it look easy, and how to be useful to the audience. Like  organic food, its less known, healthier, and takes time to  perfect, but it is the result that makes it most  valuable.  III.                THE  FOURTH WALL  To borrow from a theatrical term, allowing the  fourth wall (that invisible wall that separates the  audience from the actors). This wall also exists between presenters  and their audiences unless it is opened up through dialogue, doing  so early and often, and setting up the entire meeting for  success.  IV.               HAVE  FUN ONE BY ONE AND ONE HUNDREDUsing the experts and the  expertise among you to achieve more than before. Include and  connect and you will engage memory and action for results unheard  of in ordinary meetings.  V.                  DIALOGUE  NOT MONOLOGUE (or worse, DUALOGUE)  The accent is on how  conversation and facilitation skills intertwine, how to keep our  largely introverted professional population involved in the  conversation of the meeting purpose, and, of course, what to do  when they do talk, contribute, and even argue.  VI.               THE  SET UP  How to set up discussion topics and activities  gently, so people really do them instead of  complaining or going silent! What groups of 6 and 600 have in  common when it comes to getting involved with you. Every member of  your audience and team is a value interpreter and as such they are  the sole experts on your meeting skills and are the  ones to take the message and do something with itor  not!  VII.             LISTEN  LIVE - How to borrow from the best talk show hosts  to really listen one on one and among the group with or  without a microphone and with or without being seen.  VIII.          GO  WITH IT - As the improvisation artist learns, go with the flow   what they give you in the form of response  and feedback; how not to over-think your answers; the power of the  facilitators listening skills; the mindset of the  facilitative leader with results in mind.  IX.               ITS  ABOUT THE AUDIENCE, ALWAYS! What a 91 year old nursing home  resident knows about audience needs, and in fact what we all know  from our audience seat. Its just that we forget it all when  we step to the front of the room. How to operate from a mindset of  experience not content, how to keep the falicy of  perfection from infecting a great meeting, and how to avoid  death by committee when planning a meaningful  experience.  X.                  YIKES!  A WHOLE ROOM FULL OF  Special strategies for audiences of  one type: volunteers, one gender, culture, job role, age group, and  professional introverts!  TWO SPECIAL SECTIONS THROUGHOUT THE  BOOK:  1.       THE  COACH COMMENTS. Throughout the book a personalized  coach helps the reader with answers to common  questions, specific scenarios, and nightmare experiences from the  past. The coach is accustomed to these Ya,  but type questions and helps to clarify the text,  calm the fear, and allow the reader to take the next right step.  The coach will guide, reassure, help, and  detail.  2.       INTERVIEWS  WITH FEARLESS FACILITATORS.Peppered throughout the book are real  interviews with masters of the craft who are just like the readers  of this book - leaders in their fields who have come to the other  side of meetings, presentations, and teaching: they know what works  and they arent going back! Their wisdom is a crucial part of  the reading and the learning.  APPENDICES:  SURE THINGS - 8 ACTIVITIES  THAT NEVER FAIL. To be truly fearless youll need some  specialized tools on your belt that work every time with every  audience guaranteed!  TEN TIPS FOR SUCCESS   10 simple recaps of each chapter for a quick review so the book  becomes a workbook for use as well as a book to  read.  FOUR KEYS TO MAKING IT  EASIER  More on the mindset, the approach, the skill  and the follow up that makes skilled facilitators more impactful  and more memorable than slide deck presenters  only.  MOMENTUM MAGIC  How  to keep things going especially when they are going very well, and  knowing when to stop just in the knick of time before too much is  too much.  OOPS: WHEN MEETINGS DONT  GO SO WELL  10 STRATEGIES AS TO HOW TO RECOVER QUICKLY AND  COMPLETELY]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464908</guid><pubDate>Mon, 20 Jul 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130920/9781663701831.mp3" length="1478282" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464908 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fearless Facilitation: The Ultimate Field Guide to Engaging (and Involving!) Your Audience Author: Kevin O'connor, Cyndi Maxey Narrator: A. Savalas...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464908" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464908</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fearless Facilitation: The Ultimate Field Guide to Engaging (and Involving!) Your Audience Author: Kevin O'connor, Cyndi Maxey Narrator: A. Savalas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 15 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  This book will help the reader plan  every meeting with AUDIENCE MINDSET top of mind, begin every  meeting with an IMMEDIATELY INVOLVING ACTIVITY or discussion that  unifies the group, locate the KEY POINTS in the meeting to  FACILITATE and INVOLVE, rather than lecture and present  information, USE EASY-TO-IMPLEMENT facilitative techniques with ANY  TYPE OF PARTICIPANT (job roles, levels, backgrounds, gender,  culture, attitude, and FOLLOW UP to every intervention with clarity  and speed.       TABLE OF CONTENTS  I.                     HEARD  ON THE STREETS (and from their seats)  Why todays  meetings are so bad and what to do about it. Why involve? Why ask?  Who cares? The psychology and group-ology of  involvement; the benefits of skilled facilitation for todays  meeting and for todays leader.  II.                  ORGANIC  FACILITATION  How to be comfortable with this new skill, how  to make it look easy, and how to be useful to the audience. Like  organic food, its less known, healthier, and takes time to  perfect, but it is the result that makes it most  valuable.  III.                THE  FOURTH WALL  To borrow from a theatrical term, allowing the  fourth wall (that invisible wall that separates the  audience from the actors). This wall also exists between presenters  and their audiences unless it is opened up through dialogue, doing  so early and often, and setting up the entire meeting for  success.  IV.               HAVE  FUN ONE BY ONE AND ONE HUNDREDUsing the experts and the  expertise among you to achieve more than before. Include and  connect and you will engage memory and action for results unheard  of in ordinary meetings.  V.                  DIALOGUE  NOT MONOLOGUE (or worse, DUALOGUE)  The accent is on how  conversation and facilitation skills intertwine, how to keep our  largely introverted professional population involved in the  conversation of the meeting purpose, and, of course, what to do  when they do talk, contribute, and even argue.  VI.               THE  SET UP  How to set up discussion topics and activities  gently, so people really do them instead of  complaining or going silent! What groups of 6 and 600 have in  common when it comes to getting involved with you. Every member of  your audience and team is a value interpreter and as such they are  the sole experts on your meeting skills and are the  ones to take the message and do something with itor  not!  VII.             LISTEN  LIVE - How to borrow from the best talk show hosts  to really listen one on one and among the group with or  without a microphone and with or without being seen.  VIII.          GO  WITH IT - As the improvisation artist learns, go with the flow   what they give you in the form of response  and feedback; how not to over-think your answers; the power of the  facilitators listening skills; the mindset of the  facilitative leader with results in mind.  IX.               ITS  ABOUT THE AUDIENCE, ALWAYS! What a 91 year old nursing home  resident knows about audience needs, and in fact what we all know  from our audience seat. Its just that we forget it all when  we step to the front of the room. How to operate from a mindset of  experience not content, how to keep the falicy of  perfection from infecting a great meeting, and how to avoid  death by committee when planning a meaningful  experience.  X.                  YIKES!  A WHOLE ROOM FULL OF  Special strategies for audiences of  one type: volunteers, one gender, culture, job role, age...]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/0a6e1c701a2e5d9b9e8d78fecf69f856.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Influence Without Authority, 2nd Edition by Allan R. Cohen, David L. Bradford</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/influence-without-authority-2nd-edition-by-allan-r-cohen-david-l-bradford--65130908</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465837" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465837</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Influence Without Authority, 2nd Edition Author: Allan R. Cohen, David L. Bradford Narrator: Victor Bevine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 52 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  A classic guide to getting what you need from your colleagues, as relevant now as when it was first published. Faced with shifting business environments and mounting layoffs, professionals and managers today often experience great increases in responsibility without parallel increases in authority. Influence Without Authority 2E offers a time-tested 'influence model' for attaining cooperation from those who command the resources, information, or potential support you need. The book breaks down the process of negotiating exchanges, with a focus on thinking in terms of the interests of colleagues and learning to deal in the 'currencies' they value. Other topics covered include: how to 'manage' your boss so that both of you reach maximum effectiveness; when and how to claim responsibility; how to attract challenging projects, and how to cultivate positive work conditions.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465837</guid><pubDate>Mon, 20 Jul 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130908/9781663704511.mp3" length="1478350" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465837 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Influence Without Authority, 2nd Edition Author: Allan R. Cohen, David L. Bradford Narrator: Victor Bevine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465837" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465837</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Influence Without Authority, 2nd Edition Author: Allan R. Cohen, David L. Bradford Narrator: Victor Bevine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 52 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  A classic guide to getting what you need from your colleagues, as relevant now as when it was first published. Faced with shifting business environments and mounting layoffs, professionals and managers today often experience great increases in responsibility without parallel increases in authority. Influence Without Authority 2E offers a time-tested 'influence model' for attaining cooperation from those who command the resources, information, or potential support you need. The book breaks down the process of negotiating exchanges, with a focus on thinking in terms of the interests of colleagues and learning to deal in the 'currencies' they value. Other topics covered include: how to 'manage' your boss so that both of you reach maximum effectiveness; when and how to claim responsibility; how to attract challenging projects, and how to cultivate positive work conditions.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/fb95ef3fddabf09d9909df206428bfe9.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Pin Drop Principle: Captivate, Influence, and Communicate Better Using the Time-Tested Methods of Professional Performers by David Lewis</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-pin-drop-principle-captivate-influence-and-communicate-better-using-the-time-tested-methods-of-professional-performers-by-david-lewis--65130896</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465905" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465905</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Pin Drop Principle: Captivate, Influence, and Communicate Better Using the Time-Tested Methods of Professional Performers Author: David Lewis, G. Riley Mills Narrator: Karen Saltus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 13 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Sixty to eighty percent of our first impression of another person  speaking is solidified within the first 4 minutes of their  communication. In fact, studies have shown that up to 93% of our  perception of that speaker is based solely on the delivery of their  message, with the words being secondary. The Pin Drop  Principle is a step-by-step master class for managers at all  level wishing to become a more confident, credible and engaging  communicator-no matter the audience, no matter the message.  Authored by founders of one the of the most groundbreaking  communication skills training firms in the world-Pinnacle  Performance Company-The Pin Drop Principle introduces  readers to the same set of performance-based delivery techniques  relating to body language, vocal quality and intention that  professional actors (and great communicators) have used  successfully for centuries, and which Pinnacle teaches to more than  3,000 professionals every year.   The Pin Drop Principle and the Pinnacle Method approaches  the concept of effective communication from a unique angle: it  focuses on the importance of putting passion and purpose behind  your words by using the actor and presenter's secret weapons:  objective and intention. The only way to be truly engaging when you  are communicating is to clearly identify your objective and  activate your intention to give your message meaning and relevance  for the recipient--so that they walk away knowing why your message  is important and what is in it for them. The more proficient  communicators are at focusing on objective and intention the more  successful they will be when communicating-in business and in life.  Using each of its chapters as individual 'building blocks,' The  Pin Drop Principle empowers managers with the essential tools  required for effective communication. Topics include vocal  dynamics, gestures and movements, storytelling, and other  cornerstones of communicating well.   Accessible to anyone who routinely needs to present their ideas,  convey feedback effectively, conduct difficult conversations, and  persuade others--from first level managers to seasoned  executives-The Pin Drop Principle is a must-read.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465905</guid><pubDate>Mon, 20 Jul 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130896/9781663708311.mp3" length="1478288" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465905 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Pin Drop Principle: Captivate, Influence, and Communicate Better Using the Time-Tested Methods of Professional Performers Author: David Lewis, G....</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465905" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465905</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Pin Drop Principle: Captivate, Influence, and Communicate Better Using the Time-Tested Methods of Professional Performers Author: David Lewis, G. Riley Mills Narrator: Karen Saltus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 13 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Sixty to eighty percent of our first impression of another person  speaking is solidified within the first 4 minutes of their  communication. In fact, studies have shown that up to 93% of our  perception of that speaker is based solely on the delivery of their  message, with the words being secondary. The Pin Drop  Principle is a step-by-step master class for managers at all  level wishing to become a more confident, credible and engaging  communicator-no matter the audience, no matter the message.  Authored by founders of one the of the most groundbreaking  communication skills training firms in the world-Pinnacle  Performance Company-The Pin Drop Principle introduces  readers to the same set of performance-based delivery techniques  relating to body language, vocal quality and intention that  professional actors (and great communicators) have used  successfully for centuries, and which Pinnacle teaches to more than  3,000 professionals every year.   The Pin Drop Principle and the Pinnacle Method approaches  the concept of effective communication from a unique angle: it  focuses on the importance of putting passion and purpose behind  your words by using the actor and presenter's secret weapons:  objective and intention. The only way to be truly engaging when you  are communicating is to clearly identify your objective and  activate your intention to give your message meaning and relevance  for the recipient--so that they walk away knowing why your message  is important and what is in it for them. The more proficient  communicators are at focusing on objective and intention the more  successful they will be when communicating-in business and in life.  Using each of its chapters as individual 'building blocks,' The  Pin Drop Principle empowers managers with the essential tools  required for effective communication. Topics include vocal  dynamics, gestures and movements, storytelling, and other  cornerstones of communicating well.   Accessible to anyone who routinely needs to present their ideas,  convey feedback effectively, conduct difficult conversations, and  persuade others--from first level managers to seasoned  executives-The Pin Drop Principle is a must-read.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/a7adfe3cfa20637275afbc7ae5872786.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Power Questions: Build Relationships, Win New Business, and Influence Others by Jerold Panas, Andrew Sobel</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/power-questions-build-relationships-win-new-business-and-influence-others-by-jerold-panas-andrew-sobel--65130895</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465942" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465942</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Power Questions: Build Relationships, Win New Business, and Influence Others Author: Jerold Panas, Andrew Sobel Narrator: Jerold Panas, Andrew Sobel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 52 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Great leaders, influencers, and teachers have long used thoughtful  questions to connect with other, challenge conventional wisdom, and  shed light on our toughest problems.   Power Questions sets out a series of strategic questions  that can turn around a conversation and transform the other  persons thinking.  Each question will be presented  within a real, engaging conversation to highlight its impact.   Andrew and Jerry also describe how to develop new types of  questions to suit every business and personal situation, and  include tactical questions to help professionals handle most any  type of meeting with a client, colleague or friend.  Examples  of Powerful Questions include:      Whats the most important thing we should be discussing  today?      I understand its possible.  But what would  make it possible?      How are you going to make your decision?       How do you think that is going to develop?      What dont you know about this?]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465942</guid><pubDate>Mon, 20 Jul 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130895/9781663709271.mp3" length="1478189" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465942 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Power Questions: Build Relationships, Win New Business, and Influence Others Author: Jerold Panas, Andrew Sobel Narrator: Jerold Panas, Andrew Sobel...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465942" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465942</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Power Questions: Build Relationships, Win New Business, and Influence Others Author: Jerold Panas, Andrew Sobel Narrator: Jerold Panas, Andrew Sobel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 52 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Great leaders, influencers, and teachers have long used thoughtful  questions to connect with other, challenge conventional wisdom, and  shed light on our toughest problems.   Power Questions sets out a series of strategic questions  that can turn around a conversation and transform the other  persons thinking.  Each question will be presented  within a real, engaging conversation to highlight its impact.   Andrew and Jerry also describe how to develop new types of  questions to suit every business and personal situation, and  include tactical questions to help professionals handle most any  type of meeting with a client, colleague or friend.  Examples  of Powerful Questions include:      Whats the most important thing we should be discussing  today?      I understand its possible.  But what would  make it possible?      How are you going to make your decision?       How do you think that is going to develop?      What dont you know about this?]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/d40b91fb1a6b352e0f148b9dc84efb02.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Brainfluence: 100 Ways to Persuade and Convince Consumers with Neuromarketing by Roger Dooley</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/brainfluence-100-ways-to-persuade-and-convince-consumers-with-neuromarketing-by-roger-dooley--65130885</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465941" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465941</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brainfluence: 100 Ways to Persuade and Convince Consumers with Neuromarketing Author: Roger Dooley Narrator: Mark Ashby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 14 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Neuromarketing studies the way the brain responds to various  cognitive and sensory marketing stimuli. Analysts use this to  measure a consumer's preference, what a customer reacts to, and why  consumers make certain decisions. This scientific approach to  marketing has helped many brands and companies determine how to  best market their products to different demographics and consumer  groups.   Brainfluence explains how to practically apply  neuroscience and behavior research to everyday marketing problems.  This book is designed to be a practical guide with quick and easy  takeaways offered in 60 short chapters, each containing one key  strategy.  The chapters are organized into major groups,  mainly by application: in-person sales, Web marketing, print  advertising, and many others. The book explains several key  concepts, including:    New insights into what makes people buy  Ways for brands to form emotional bonds with  customers  Short, easy to digest ideas that can be accessed in any  order  Techniques for all types of businesses, including small  businesses and non-profits    This book contains practical, easy-to-understand ways to improve  marketing, advertising, and sales efforts.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465941</guid><pubDate>Mon, 20 Jul 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130885/9781663709257.mp3" length="1478125" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465941 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brainfluence: 100 Ways to Persuade and Convince Consumers with Neuromarketing Author: Roger Dooley Narrator: Mark Ashby Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465941" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465941</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brainfluence: 100 Ways to Persuade and Convince Consumers with Neuromarketing Author: Roger Dooley Narrator: Mark Ashby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 14 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Neuromarketing studies the way the brain responds to various  cognitive and sensory marketing stimuli. Analysts use this to  measure a consumer's preference, what a customer reacts to, and why  consumers make certain decisions. This scientific approach to  marketing has helped many brands and companies determine how to  best market their products to different demographics and consumer  groups.   Brainfluence explains how to practically apply  neuroscience and behavior research to everyday marketing problems.  This book is designed to be a practical guide with quick and easy  takeaways offered in 60 short chapters, each containing one key  strategy.  The chapters are organized into major groups,  mainly by application: in-person sales, Web marketing, print  advertising, and many others. The book explains several key  concepts, including:    New insights into what makes people buy  Ways for brands to form emotional bonds with  customers  Short, easy to digest ideas that can be accessed in any  order  Techniques for all types of businesses, including small  businesses and non-profits    This book contains practical, easy-to-understand ways to improve  marketing, advertising, and sales efforts.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/c5dacf89a44cfc764eb1e403a1e6d2a4.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Zennovation: An East-West Approach to Business Success by Tomio Taki, Adam Taki, Mortimer R. Feinberg</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/zennovation-an-east-west-approach-to-business-success-by-tomio-taki-adam-taki-mortimer-r-feinberg--65130861</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465898" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465898</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Zennovation: An East-West Approach to Business Success Author: Tomio Taki, Adam Taki, Mortimer R. Feinberg Narrator: Christopher Robin Miller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  As an entrepreneur, manager,  and problem-solver, Tomio Taki has shared discourse and advice with  business persons ranging from those managing mom-and- pop shops to  high-powered executives from across the globe. And while he is no  anthropologist or sociologist, Taki has found that language has  become less of an obstacle across borders; instead, cultural  differences are what propel or vitiate communication amongst  business persons. However, as Taki will share, there are certain  fundamental aspects of business and life that cross latitudinal and  longitudinal lines.   The Innovation  Instinct showcases the  authors breadth of life experience and illustrates how the  principles of Eastern and Western business practices can be meshed  together as a source of power for success. Lessons range from the  benefits of asking the simple questions to the importance of  establishing oneself and knowing when to go against the  grain.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465898</guid><pubDate>Mon, 20 Jul 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130861/9781663708175.mp3" length="1478211" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465898 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Zennovation: An East-West Approach to Business Success Author: Tomio Taki, Adam Taki, Mortimer R. Feinberg Narrator: Christopher Robin Miller Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465898" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465898</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Zennovation: An East-West Approach to Business Success Author: Tomio Taki, Adam Taki, Mortimer R. Feinberg Narrator: Christopher Robin Miller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  As an entrepreneur, manager,  and problem-solver, Tomio Taki has shared discourse and advice with  business persons ranging from those managing mom-and- pop shops to  high-powered executives from across the globe. And while he is no  anthropologist or sociologist, Taki has found that language has  become less of an obstacle across borders; instead, cultural  differences are what propel or vitiate communication amongst  business persons. However, as Taki will share, there are certain  fundamental aspects of business and life that cross latitudinal and  longitudinal lines.   The Innovation  Instinct showcases the  authors breadth of life experience and illustrates how the  principles of Eastern and Western business practices can be meshed  together as a source of power for success. Lessons range from the  benefits of asking the simple questions to the importance of  establishing oneself and knowing when to go against the  grain.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/e334e4ee035ba240c323d021eade766a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>At Your Service: How to Attract New Customers, Increase Sales, and Grow Your Business Using Simple Customer Service Techniques by Frank Elia</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/at-your-service-how-to-attract-new-customers-increase-sales-and-grow-your-business-using-simple-customer-service-techniques-by-frank-elia--65130856</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465951</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: At Your Service: How to Attract New Customers, Increase Sales, and Grow Your Business Using Simple Customer Service Techniques Author: Frank Eliason Narrator: Nicholas Tichovsky Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  This book relates to everyone who has ever been frustrated by  Customer service, or the lack of focus on employees and Customers  over the years.  Ultimately, this book will appeal to CEOs,  business owners, customer service professionals, or anyone who is  trying to learn more about why their own organization is not  functioning as they envision.        Not since the second industrial revolution has business seen  such change going on at once.  In the past 30 years we have  seen the technology revolution, but today we have a poor economy,  worker frustration, social media and the millennial generation  impacting business in new ways. There is an external power shift  happening in business as customers are taking companies' brand  messages away from marketing and PR. Trust of businesses is at or  near an all time low. Internally, CEOs seek to understand their  customers at all levels as they have a workforce who not only wants  to provide that understanding, they are demanding it.  There is change in the air. This book provides insights into how  customers are changing the landscape of business and what  businesses needs to do to respond in today's business world. We  will review the current state of business, then provide answers to  the new world we will experience.  Whether we realize it or  not, the revolution in business is upon us.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465951</guid><pubDate>Mon, 20 Jul 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130856/9781663709455.mp3" length="1478147" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465951 to listen full audiobooks. Title: At Your Service: How to Attract New Customers, Increase Sales, and Grow Your Business Using Simple Customer Service Techniques Author: Frank Eliason...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465951</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: At Your Service: How to Attract New Customers, Increase Sales, and Grow Your Business Using Simple Customer Service Techniques Author: Frank Eliason Narrator: Nicholas Tichovsky Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  This book relates to everyone who has ever been frustrated by  Customer service, or the lack of focus on employees and Customers  over the years.  Ultimately, this book will appeal to CEOs,  business owners, customer service professionals, or anyone who is  trying to learn more about why their own organization is not  functioning as they envision.        Not since the second industrial revolution has business seen  such change going on at once.  In the past 30 years we have  seen the technology revolution, but today we have a poor economy,  worker frustration, social media and the millennial generation  impacting business in new ways. There is an external power shift  happening in business as customers are taking companies' brand  messages away from marketing and PR. Trust of businesses is at or  near an all time low. Internally, CEOs seek to understand their  customers at all levels as they have a workforce who not only wants  to provide that understanding, they are demanding it.  There is change in the air. This book provides insights into how  customers are changing the landscape of business and what  businesses needs to do to respond in today's business world. We  will review the current state of business, then provide answers to  the new world we will experience.  Whether we realize it or  not, the revolution in business is upon us.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/fb9c0451e41384b5c850bd04ed010247.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Influence Game: 50 Insider Tactics from the Washington D.C. Lobbying World that Will Get You to Yes by Stephanie Vance</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-influence-game-50-insider-tactics-from-the-washington-d-c-lobbying-world-that-will-get-you-to-yes-by-stephanie-vance--65130837</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465902" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465902</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Influence Game: 50 Insider Tactics from the Washington D.C. Lobbying World that Will Get You to Yes Author: Stephanie Vance Narrator: Tiffany Morgan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 9 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Imagine a world where you are offered every job you really want;  every business venture you undertake is successful; and every  potential customer you approach buys your product. Now imagine that  all of this can be achieved--ethically and honestly--all you need  is the help of one battle-tested guide, The Persuasion Game.    A former Washington, D.C. lobbyist author Stephanie Vance  dispense everything she's learned about effective (and, believe it  or not, honest) persuasion. Readers will learn how to apply this  power to any persuasion situation by using D.C. 'insider' influence  strategies and applying a step-by-step, easy-to-understand process  for success that includes developing and articulating effective  goals, structuring both long and short-term persuasion efforts,  identifying and researching primary and secondary audiences, and  crafting those all important personal stories.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465902</guid><pubDate>Mon, 20 Jul 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130837/9781663708250.mp3" length="1478260" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465902 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Influence Game: 50 Insider Tactics from the Washington D.C. Lobbying World that Will Get You to Yes Author: Stephanie Vance Narrator: Tiffany...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465902" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465902</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Influence Game: 50 Insider Tactics from the Washington D.C. Lobbying World that Will Get You to Yes Author: Stephanie Vance Narrator: Tiffany Morgan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 9 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Imagine a world where you are offered every job you really want;  every business venture you undertake is successful; and every  potential customer you approach buys your product. Now imagine that  all of this can be achieved--ethically and honestly--all you need  is the help of one battle-tested guide, The Persuasion Game.    A former Washington, D.C. lobbyist author Stephanie Vance  dispense everything she's learned about effective (and, believe it  or not, honest) persuasion. Readers will learn how to apply this  power to any persuasion situation by using D.C. 'insider' influence  strategies and applying a step-by-step, easy-to-understand process  for success that includes developing and articulating effective  goals, structuring both long and short-term persuasion efforts,  identifying and researching primary and secondary audiences, and  crafting those all important personal stories.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/e4e45f465ddd48c31d2a979793acdead.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Influencing Up by David L. Bradford, Allan R. Cohen</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/influencing-up-by-david-l-bradford-allan-r-cohen--65130822</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465921" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465921</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Influencing Up Author: David L. Bradford, Allan R. Cohen Narrator: Phillip Dubois Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 42 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  A remarkable proportion of  people who work have complaints about their boss.  The problem  of getting any attention or guidance from the boss is increasingly  frequent under current lean organizational conditions.  On the  other hand, bosses are often too overbearing, too restrictive,  vague about expectations but judgmental about performance, self  protective, self promoting, afraid or unwilling to do necessary  aspects of their jobs, uninterested in what matters to the  subordinate, or occasionally not technically competent to do the  job.  Fearful of retaliation or a career limiting move, or  just unclear as to how to go about trying to change the boss's  behavior, people get paralyzed into inaction.  Yet for many  people, their boss is the organization, and their commitment and  satisfaction depends on this critical  relationship.         In their classic book,  Influence Without Authority, Allan Cohen and David Bradford  provided a universal model of how to influence someone you don't  control.  This new book will build on those ideas but provide  many examples of problematic bosses and how to approach building a  satisfying partnership with them, along with examples of what a  great partnership with your boss can do for your career - and your  mental health!  It  offers a new model of manager  subordinate relationships,  and a lot of practical advice about how to bring the relationship  into more of a partnership in which both parties  benefit.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465921</guid><pubDate>Mon, 20 Jul 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130822/9781663708656.mp3" length="1478300" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465921 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Influencing Up Author: David L. Bradford, Allan R. Cohen Narrator: Phillip Dubois Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 42 minutes Release date:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465921" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465921</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Influencing Up Author: David L. Bradford, Allan R. Cohen Narrator: Phillip Dubois Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 42 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  A remarkable proportion of  people who work have complaints about their boss.  The problem  of getting any attention or guidance from the boss is increasingly  frequent under current lean organizational conditions.  On the  other hand, bosses are often too overbearing, too restrictive,  vague about expectations but judgmental about performance, self  protective, self promoting, afraid or unwilling to do necessary  aspects of their jobs, uninterested in what matters to the  subordinate, or occasionally not technically competent to do the  job.  Fearful of retaliation or a career limiting move, or  just unclear as to how to go about trying to change the boss's  behavior, people get paralyzed into inaction.  Yet for many  people, their boss is the organization, and their commitment and  satisfaction depends on this critical  relationship.         In their classic book,  Influence Without Authority, Allan Cohen and David Bradford  provided a universal model of how to influence someone you don't  control.  This new book will build on those ideas but provide  many examples of problematic bosses and how to approach building a  satisfying partnership with them, along with examples of what a  great partnership with your boss can do for your career - and your  mental health!  It  offers a new model of manager  subordinate relationships,  and a lot of practical advice about how to bring the relationship  into more of a partnership in which both parties  benefit.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/a0980eacd3bcfd06b9051dcae31c22e3.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>How to Give a Pretty Good Presentation: A Speaking Survival Guide for the Rest of Us by T. J. Walker</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-give-a-pretty-good-presentation-a-speaking-survival-guide-for-the-rest-of-us-by-t-j-walker--65130818</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/481855" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/481855</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Give a Pretty Good Presentation: A Speaking Survival Guide for the Rest of Us Author: T. J. Walker Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 15 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Shelves are crowded with books on how to be an exceptional  presenter, and promise to produce brilliant, standing-ovation  speakers. But what about a presentation resource for the rest of  us? There are so many of us regular folk who, for one good reason  or another, need to know the basicsthe nuts and  boltsof how to make a presentation. How to Make a Pretty  Good Presentation will give readers the fastest, shortest,  simplest ways for giving a presentaion. Period.   Based on his years of training, TJ has distilled the  most important and least time-consuming tips to make readers better  presenters. By following the straightforward lessons TJ has laid  out, readers will be able to eliminate the fear of giving an awful  presentation and avoid the pain of dozens of hours of rehearsal.  Readers will learn:      The most common blunders in every speaking situation that  plague most presenters;      The difficult and time-consuming advanced techniques that  professional speakers use THAT YOU WONT HAVE TO USE;      The simple, easy, fast way to give your presentation better  than 80 percent of your colleagues so that you can sit down and get  on with the rest of your busy life.      Although this book doesn't promise the moon, How to  Give a Pretty Good Presentation will walk readers through  the process from how to write, rehearse, and deliver a pretty good  presentation with confidence, clarity and content every time.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/481855</guid><pubDate>Mon, 20 Jul 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130818/9781705259887.mp3" length="2437178" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/481855 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Give a Pretty Good Presentation: A Speaking Survival Guide for the Rest of Us Author: T. J. Walker Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/481855" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/481855</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Give a Pretty Good Presentation: A Speaking Survival Guide for the Rest of Us Author: T. J. Walker Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 15 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Shelves are crowded with books on how to be an exceptional  presenter, and promise to produce brilliant, standing-ovation  speakers. But what about a presentation resource for the rest of  us? There are so many of us regular folk who, for one good reason  or another, need to know the basicsthe nuts and  boltsof how to make a presentation. How to Make a Pretty  Good Presentation will give readers the fastest, shortest,  simplest ways for giving a presentaion. Period.   Based on his years of training, TJ has distilled the  most important and least time-consuming tips to make readers better  presenters. By following the straightforward lessons TJ has laid  out, readers will be able to eliminate the fear of giving an awful  presentation and avoid the pain of dozens of hours of rehearsal.  Readers will learn:      The most common blunders in every speaking situation that  plague most presenters;      The difficult and time-consuming advanced techniques that  professional speakers use THAT YOU WONT HAVE TO USE;      The simple, easy, fast way to give your presentation better  than 80 percent of your colleagues so that you can sit down and get  on with the rest of your busy life.      Although this book doesn't promise the moon, How to  Give a Pretty Good Presentation will walk readers through  the process from how to write, rehearse, and deliver a pretty good  presentation with confidence, clarity and content every time.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/3f46933e486c5735b5b3dd82e7280741.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Talk to Strangers: How Everyday, Random Encounters Can Expand Your Business, Career, Income, and Life by David Topus</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/talk-to-strangers-how-everyday-random-encounters-can-expand-your-business-career-income-and-life-by-david-topus--65130811</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/481868" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/481868</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Talk to Strangers: How Everyday, Random Encounters Can Expand Your Business, Career, Income, and Life Author: David Topus Narrator: David Topus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 39 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  By bringing in hundreds of thousands--maybe millions--of dollars of  sales, speaking engagements and other opportunities through  meetings with remarkable influential men and women author David  Tupos has learned firsthand how every day, random encounters really  do change lives; that is, if you know how to make them happen the  right way and monetize the connection at the other end.   From the moment you walk out your door in the morning, there is  a world of opportunity waiting for you  if you know how to  access it. As readers will learn in order to stand out and maximize  the potential of others within and even outside traditional sphere  of influence, you must take notice of who is standing alongside you  on the bank line, the latte pickup point, or the dryer at the  Laundromat. David Topus' life-changing message is that we must  'always connect,' and that means breaking out of the Matrix-like  web of virtual, yet often impersonal, reality to real life  encounters with the outside world in meaningful exchanges that have  unlimited potential to supercharge income, accelerate careers and  enrich readers' livesforever.  Readers will learn    Why there is opportunity for you wherever you go  New places to connect and build your pipeline  The four beliefs of successful random connectors  Opening statements that lead to productive conversations  Techniques for creating comfort and trust quickly  Ways to create high perceived value for yourself and what you  offer  How to optimize and monetize your newly-established  contacts]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/481868</guid><pubDate>Mon, 20 Jul 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130811/9781705263006.mp3" length="2437153" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/481868 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Talk to Strangers: How Everyday, Random Encounters Can Expand Your Business, Career, Income, and Life Author: David Topus Narrator: David Topus Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/481868" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/481868</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Talk to Strangers: How Everyday, Random Encounters Can Expand Your Business, Career, Income, and Life Author: David Topus Narrator: David Topus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 39 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  By bringing in hundreds of thousands--maybe millions--of dollars of  sales, speaking engagements and other opportunities through  meetings with remarkable influential men and women author David  Tupos has learned firsthand how every day, random encounters really  do change lives; that is, if you know how to make them happen the  right way and monetize the connection at the other end.   From the moment you walk out your door in the morning, there is  a world of opportunity waiting for you  if you know how to  access it. As readers will learn in order to stand out and maximize  the potential of others within and even outside traditional sphere  of influence, you must take notice of who is standing alongside you  on the bank line, the latte pickup point, or the dryer at the  Laundromat. David Topus' life-changing message is that we must  'always connect,' and that means breaking out of the Matrix-like  web of virtual, yet often impersonal, reality to real life  encounters with the outside world in meaningful exchanges that have  unlimited potential to supercharge income, accelerate careers and  enrich readers' livesforever.  Readers will learn    Why there is opportunity for you wherever you go  New places to connect and build your pipeline  The four beliefs of successful random connectors  Opening statements that lead to productive conversations  Techniques for creating comfort and trust quickly  Ways to create high perceived value for yourself and what you  offer  How to optimize and monetize your newly-established  contacts]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/5bf2f2fe3970ae7459b5b47fb27031de.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Beyond Dealmaking: Five Steps to Negotiating Profitable Relationships by Melanie Billings-Yun</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/beyond-dealmaking-five-steps-to-negotiating-profitable-relationships-by-melanie-billings-yun--65130807</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464805" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464805</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beyond Dealmaking: Five Steps to Negotiating Profitable Relationships Author: Melanie Billings-Yun Narrator: Jo Anna Perrin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 27 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Getting to yes is not the same as getting results. The  business landscape of the 21st century has fundamentally changed.  As our choice of suppliers, markets, employers, and partners has  proliferated, businesses can no longer stay on top by negotiating  short-term victories. Nor can any organization hope to navigate  this complex economy by pursuing an endless cycle of zero-sum  transactions. The key to winning unbeatable, long-term results is  to negotiate solid long-term relationships.   Until now, even the most enlightened negotiation books have  focused on the signed agreement as their ultimate goal. But  yes is often the easiest place to get. The other  party will say yes to be polite or to make you go away when they  feel cornered by forceful analytical arguments. The difficulty is  in getting those same people to carry out their promise, fully,  willingly and consistently. In short, unless you have built a  mutually satisfying relationship you may never move beyond yes.  Traditionally, negotiation has been approached as an isolated  activity, separate from the business relationship or even from  implementation. However, businesses that focus only on getting the  deal often find their victory doesnt translate into profits.  In two decades as an international negotiator and mediator, Melanie  Billings-Yun, Ph.D. has seen hundreds of disputes arise and deals  collapse because the negotiation process left a bitter taste in one  partys mouth, because one side felt forced or tricked into  unfair terms, or because those terms were too rigid to cope with  the changes that inevitably occur. From that extensive experience  she developed a model of relationship negotiation  that has already won thousands of adherents around the world. The  GRASP method has five clear steps:      Understand the Goals of all parties, beyond the  immediate deal.      Develop Routes to maximize mutual benefit and promote  synergy among the parties.      Build openness, trust and common understanding through valid  Arguments.      Benchmark Substitutes to keep relationships from  growing stale or one-sided.      Increase your Persuasion through empathetic  communication and genuine care.      Through narrative lessons and stories, readers will learn how  fairness, honesty, empathy, flexibility and mutual problem-solving  will take them out of the punishing transactional grind and enable  them to achieve sustainable success. By following the simple but  powerful five-step GRASP negotiation process and drawing on the  lessons at the end of each chapter, readers will find that  negotiation becomes positive, exciting and rewarding instead of  painful and punishing. Most important, they will see how they  personally can profit from the central lesson of the 20th century:  the greatest victories come not through fighting battles, but  through building alliances.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464805</guid><pubDate>Mon, 20 Jul 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130807/9781469084190.mp3" length="1477677" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464805 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beyond Dealmaking: Five Steps to Negotiating Profitable Relationships Author: Melanie Billings-Yun Narrator: Jo Anna Perrin Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464805" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464805</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beyond Dealmaking: Five Steps to Negotiating Profitable Relationships Author: Melanie Billings-Yun Narrator: Jo Anna Perrin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 27 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Getting to yes is not the same as getting results. The  business landscape of the 21st century has fundamentally changed.  As our choice of suppliers, markets, employers, and partners has  proliferated, businesses can no longer stay on top by negotiating  short-term victories. Nor can any organization hope to navigate  this complex economy by pursuing an endless cycle of zero-sum  transactions. The key to winning unbeatable, long-term results is  to negotiate solid long-term relationships.   Until now, even the most enlightened negotiation books have  focused on the signed agreement as their ultimate goal. But  yes is often the easiest place to get. The other  party will say yes to be polite or to make you go away when they  feel cornered by forceful analytical arguments. The difficulty is  in getting those same people to carry out their promise, fully,  willingly and consistently. In short, unless you have built a  mutually satisfying relationship you may never move beyond yes.  Traditionally, negotiation has been approached as an isolated  activity, separate from the business relationship or even from  implementation. However, businesses that focus only on getting the  deal often find their victory doesnt translate into profits.  In two decades as an international negotiator and mediator, Melanie  Billings-Yun, Ph.D. has seen hundreds of disputes arise and deals  collapse because the negotiation process left a bitter taste in one  partys mouth, because one side felt forced or tricked into  unfair terms, or because those terms were too rigid to cope with  the changes that inevitably occur. From that extensive experience  she developed a model of relationship negotiation  that has already won thousands of adherents around the world. The  GRASP method has five clear steps:      Understand the Goals of all parties, beyond the  immediate deal.      Develop Routes to maximize mutual benefit and promote  synergy among the parties.      Build openness, trust and common understanding through valid  Arguments.      Benchmark Substitutes to keep relationships from  growing stale or one-sided.      Increase your Persuasion through empathetic  communication and genuine care.      Through narrative lessons and stories, readers will learn how  fairness, honesty, empathy, flexibility and mutual problem-solving  will take them out of the punishing transactional grind and enable  them to achieve sustainable success. By following the simple but  powerful five-step GRASP negotiation process and drawing on the  lessons at the end of each chapter, readers will find that  negotiation becomes positive, exciting and rewarding instead of  painful and punishing. Most important, they will see how they  personally can profit from the central lesson of the 20th century:  the greatest victories come not through fighting battles, but  through building alliances.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/46137ad8e2cbfe3f60a5636fe09ec35d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Pushback: How Smart Women Ask--and Stand Up--for What They Want by Selena Rezvani, Lois P. Frankel, Ph.D.</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/pushback-how-smart-women-ask-and-stand-up-for-what-they-want-by-selena-rezvani-lois-p-frankel-ph-d--65130805</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/481909" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/481909</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pushback: How Smart Women Ask--and Stand Up--for What They Want Author: Selena Rezvani, Lois P. Frankel, Ph.D. Narrator: Vanessa Hart Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 45 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  'Pushback'--the art of making a firm request-and then holding one's  own in a contentious conversation--is a leadership necessity. And  yet, women initiate negotiations four times less often than their  male counterparts, resulting in getting less of what they want,  more notably missed advancement opportunities, fewer plum  assignments, and lower pay. In Pushback, top  leadership consultant Selena Rezvani argues that self-advocacy is  critical to success and teaches women the essential art of asking  for what they want and of pushing back to get it.   Rezvani believes that successful women who have made it to top  echelons serve as the single most important resource for women  coming up the leadership ranks. Since many useful pushback  strategies go unspoken and unshared, Pushback shines  a light on the real rules of holding your own and asking for what  you want, straight from the women executives who have successfully  implemented them. Through actionable tips from interviews with top  business leaders such as Margaret Loesch, CEO of Hasbro/Discovery  Communications; Karen Katz, CEO of Neiman Marcus Group; Cynthia  Egan, President of T. Rowe Price; and Laura Alber, CEO of Williams  Sonoma; among many others, readers will learn the unedited truth  about how women have asked their way to the top and triumphed. The  book will answer professional women's most pressing questions:    What strategies exist for confronting an issue head-on--without  decimating the relationship?   If I want to advocate fervently about an issue, how far do I  push?  What's the best way to take a firm position when my needs  aren't being met or if I disagree?  How can I negotiate my own career advancement?    Young women are eager for resources that will help them leverage  their skills, promote themselves effectively, and move up  professionally. Pushback will fill this void. Written  in a 'from-me-to-you' style similar to that of a mentor giving  candid advice and filled with poignant personal anecdotes from  successful female executives, Pushback will be  buttressed by compelling facts and research from the world of  psychology and leadership.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/481909</guid><pubDate>Mon, 20 Jul 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130805/9781705262924.mp3" length="2437110" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/481909 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pushback: How Smart Women Ask--and Stand Up--for What They Want Author: Selena Rezvani, Lois P. Frankel, Ph.D. Narrator: Vanessa Hart Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/481909" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/481909</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pushback: How Smart Women Ask--and Stand Up--for What They Want Author: Selena Rezvani, Lois P. Frankel, Ph.D. Narrator: Vanessa Hart Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 45 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  'Pushback'--the art of making a firm request-and then holding one's  own in a contentious conversation--is a leadership necessity. And  yet, women initiate negotiations four times less often than their  male counterparts, resulting in getting less of what they want,  more notably missed advancement opportunities, fewer plum  assignments, and lower pay. In Pushback, top  leadership consultant Selena Rezvani argues that self-advocacy is  critical to success and teaches women the essential art of asking  for what they want and of pushing back to get it.   Rezvani believes that successful women who have made it to top  echelons serve as the single most important resource for women  coming up the leadership ranks. Since many useful pushback  strategies go unspoken and unshared, Pushback shines  a light on the real rules of holding your own and asking for what  you want, straight from the women executives who have successfully  implemented them. Through actionable tips from interviews with top  business leaders such as Margaret Loesch, CEO of Hasbro/Discovery  Communications; Karen Katz, CEO of Neiman Marcus Group; Cynthia  Egan, President of T. Rowe Price; and Laura Alber, CEO of Williams  Sonoma; among many others, readers will learn the unedited truth  about how women have asked their way to the top and triumphed. The  book will answer professional women's most pressing questions:    What strategies exist for confronting an issue head-on--without  decimating the relationship?   If I want to advocate fervently about an issue, how far do I  push?  What's the best way to take a firm position when my needs  aren't being met or if I disagree?  How can I negotiate my own career advancement?    Young women are eager for resources that will help them leverage  their skills, promote themselves effectively, and move up  professionally. Pushback will fill this void. Written  in a 'from-me-to-you' style similar to that of a mentor giving  candid advice and filled with poignant personal anecdotes from  successful female executives, Pushback will be  buttressed by compelling facts and research from the world of  psychology and leadership.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9d3a177d7999cfafab676dd27a5d6ab6.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Trump-Style Negotiation: Powerful Strategies and Tactics for Mastering Every Deal by George H. Ross</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/trump-style-negotiation-powerful-strategies-and-tactics-for-mastering-every-deal-by-george-h-ross--65130803</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/481947" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/481947</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trump-Style Negotiation: Powerful Strategies and Tactics for Mastering Every Deal Author: George H. Ross Narrator: Milton Bagby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 17 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Trump became the worlds most famous negotiator with the publication of his million-copy seller, The Art of the Deal. That book told great stories, but it didnt explain how to negotiate like Trump. In Trump-Style Negotiation, George Ross explains how anyone can implement the tactics and strategies Trump used to rise to the top of the business world. Its full of stories from Trumps biggest deals, as well as lessons from other top New York  real estate titans such as Helmsley, Zeckendorf, and Sol Goldman. Trump-Style Negotiation is not a book of stories, but a practical playbook that can be easily used by the average person effectively in all types of business and personal situations. Ross demonstrates the proven Trump style business tactics for negotiation success in an easy-to-follow and easy-to-read format. Importantly, he offers his own strategic insights, real world cases, and savvy personal advice, arising from the breadth of 50-years of his sharply defined negotiation skills.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/481947</guid><pubDate>Mon, 20 Jul 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130803/9781705261682.mp3" length="2437163" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/481947 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trump-Style Negotiation: Powerful Strategies and Tactics for Mastering Every Deal Author: George H. Ross Narrator: Milton Bagby Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/481947" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/481947</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trump-Style Negotiation: Powerful Strategies and Tactics for Mastering Every Deal Author: George H. Ross Narrator: Milton Bagby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 17 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Trump became the worlds most famous negotiator with the publication of his million-copy seller, The Art of the Deal. That book told great stories, but it didnt explain how to negotiate like Trump. In Trump-Style Negotiation, George Ross explains how anyone can implement the tactics and strategies Trump used to rise to the top of the business world. Its full of stories from Trumps biggest deals, as well as lessons from other top New York  real estate titans such as Helmsley, Zeckendorf, and Sol Goldman. Trump-Style Negotiation is not a book of stories, but a practical playbook that can be easily used by the average person effectively in all types of business and personal situations. Ross demonstrates the proven Trump style business tactics for negotiation success in an easy-to-follow and easy-to-read format. Importantly, he offers his own strategic insights, real world cases, and savvy personal advice, arising from the breadth of 50-years of his sharply defined negotiation skills.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/588627616531f384b53de8f0f63b9e8a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>How the Way We Talk Can Change the Way We Work: Seven Languages for Transformation by Robert Kegan, Lisa Laskow Lahey</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-the-way-we-talk-can-change-the-way-we-work-seven-languages-for-transformation-by-robert-kegan-lisa-laskow-lahey--65130797</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485657" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485657</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How the Way We Talk Can Change the Way We Work: Seven Languages for Transformation Author: Robert Kegan, Lisa Laskow Lahey Narrator: Mo Egen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 49 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  A whole new approach to business communication by two brilliant, Harvard-based educators, trainers and consultants. Kegan and Lahey show us how the way we talk in the workplace can be understood as seven different types of speaking, seven languages that reveal our attitudes, expectations, corporate culture, hidden agendas, emotional baggage, motivation and other crucial characteristics and issues. They show how all managers and executives are actually leading 'language communities' wherein certain ways of talking are encouraged and others made apparentlly (but not actually) 'impossible'. And most importantly the provide the organizational analysis, workshieets, and sample dialogues which provide a revolutionary new technology for long-lasting positive change, showing everyone who works how to:   * Convert compaining into an honest statement of underlying belief and mission   * Stop blaming and take responsibility   * Convert traditional myths about the organization into realistic progress   * Replace flattery and artifical rewards with ongoing regard   * Change 'contructive criticism' to courageous dialogue from differeng perspectives.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485657</guid><pubDate>Mon, 20 Jul 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130797/9781663706515.mp3" length="1478334" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485657 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How the Way We Talk Can Change the Way We Work: Seven Languages for Transformation Author: Robert Kegan, Lisa Laskow Lahey Narrator: Mo Egen Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485657" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485657</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How the Way We Talk Can Change the Way We Work: Seven Languages for Transformation Author: Robert Kegan, Lisa Laskow Lahey Narrator: Mo Egen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 49 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  A whole new approach to business communication by two brilliant, Harvard-based educators, trainers and consultants. Kegan and Lahey show us how the way we talk in the workplace can be understood as seven different types of speaking, seven languages that reveal our attitudes, expectations, corporate culture, hidden agendas, emotional baggage, motivation and other crucial characteristics and issues. They show how all managers and executives are actually leading 'language communities' wherein certain ways of talking are encouraged and others made apparentlly (but not actually) 'impossible'. And most importantly the provide the organizational analysis, workshieets, and sample dialogues which provide a revolutionary new technology for long-lasting positive change, showing everyone who works how to:   * Convert compaining into an honest statement of underlying belief and mission   * Stop blaming and take responsibility   * Convert traditional myths about the organization into realistic progress   * Replace flattery and artifical rewards with ongoing regard   * Change 'contructive criticism' to courageous dialogue from differeng perspectives.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b1259728ad502b85042d2f27f1c64f38.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Stop Complainers and Energy Drainers: How to Negotiate Work Drama to Get More Done by Linda Byars Swindling</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/stop-complainers-and-energy-drainers-how-to-negotiate-work-drama-to-get-more-done-by-linda-byars-swindling--65130789</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/481871" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/481871</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stop Complainers and Energy Drainers: How to Negotiate Work Drama to Get More Done Author: Linda Byars Swindling Narrator: Linda Byars Swindling Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 48 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Workplaces are demanding. Constant complainers take up  resources, time and mental bandwidth. When you change your culture  of complainers to one of contributors, you boost morale, increase  productivity and promote effective communication. In short, you can  get more done with less drama. Author Linda Swindling is an expert  in negotiating tough situations in the workplace. The book looks at  how to influence others to accomplish your purpose.  Stop Complainers and Energy Drainers uses short  scenarios, engaging questions, survey results and provides tips  that can be implemented immediately. Readers are shown how to spot  complainers and time drainers. The book provides forms to help  prepare for discussions, suggested language to show up powerfully  and encouragement to apply strategies.  Stop Complainers and Energy Drainers is research-driven  and focused on how to identify as well as manage conversations with  venters, complainers, whiners and energy drainers.  The book offers concrete phrases and strategies to refocus a  complainer and end unproductive conversations. Readers will receive  phrases and conversation outlines to use for powerful results,  improved relationships and increased confidence.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/481871</guid><pubDate>Mon, 20 Jul 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130789/9781705260647.mp3" length="2437192" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/481871 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stop Complainers and Energy Drainers: How to Negotiate Work Drama to Get More Done Author: Linda Byars Swindling Narrator: Linda Byars Swindling...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/481871" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/481871</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stop Complainers and Energy Drainers: How to Negotiate Work Drama to Get More Done Author: Linda Byars Swindling Narrator: Linda Byars Swindling Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 48 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Workplaces are demanding. Constant complainers take up  resources, time and mental bandwidth. When you change your culture  of complainers to one of contributors, you boost morale, increase  productivity and promote effective communication. In short, you can  get more done with less drama. Author Linda Swindling is an expert  in negotiating tough situations in the workplace. The book looks at  how to influence others to accomplish your purpose.  Stop Complainers and Energy Drainers uses short  scenarios, engaging questions, survey results and provides tips  that can be implemented immediately. Readers are shown how to spot  complainers and time drainers. The book provides forms to help  prepare for discussions, suggested language to show up powerfully  and encouragement to apply strategies.  Stop Complainers and Energy Drainers is research-driven  and focused on how to identify as well as manage conversations with  venters, complainers, whiners and energy drainers.  The book offers concrete phrases and strategies to refocus a  complainer and end unproductive conversations. Readers will receive  phrases and conversation outlines to use for powerful results,  improved relationships and increased confidence.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/d60fd116c977597c73956bbe8c2b522e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>World Class Communication: How Great CEOs Win with the Public, Shareholders, Employees, and the Media by Virgil Scudder, Ken Scudder, Irene</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/world-class-communication-how-great-ceos-win-with-the-public-shareholders-employees-and-the-media-by-virgil-scudder-ken-scudder-irene--65130787</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/481921" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/481921</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: World Class Communication: How Great CEOs Win with the Public, Shareholders, Employees, and the Media Author: Virgil Scudder, Ken Scudder, Irene B. Rosenfeld Narrator: Brett Barry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 20 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  This book details the communication responsibilities of the  C-suite, including public speaking, media appearances, internal  communication, and investor relations.  It provides examples  of good and bad handling of such situations and expert instruction  on how to manage them successfully.  It would stress the  essentiality and means of communicating well to various  constituencies and forums, including: shareholders, board of  directors, media, employees, vendors, customers, local communities,  and the media.   The reader will get a clear understanding of why all of them are  important, and get tips on how to prepare and execute a successful  approach to each.  Some of the topics to be covered are: Keys  to successful shareholder communication; How to win in the  mediaevery time out; Developing powerful public speaking  techniques; How thought leadership forums can help the bottom line;  and Rallying employee support and performance through  communication.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/481921</guid><pubDate>Mon, 20 Jul 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130787/9781705260562.mp3" length="2437136" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/481921 to listen full audiobooks. Title: World Class Communication: How Great CEOs Win with the Public, Shareholders, Employees, and the Media Author: Virgil Scudder, Ken Scudder, Irene B....</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/481921" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/481921</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: World Class Communication: How Great CEOs Win with the Public, Shareholders, Employees, and the Media Author: Virgil Scudder, Ken Scudder, Irene B. Rosenfeld Narrator: Brett Barry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 20 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  This book details the communication responsibilities of the  C-suite, including public speaking, media appearances, internal  communication, and investor relations.  It provides examples  of good and bad handling of such situations and expert instruction  on how to manage them successfully.  It would stress the  essentiality and means of communicating well to various  constituencies and forums, including: shareholders, board of  directors, media, employees, vendors, customers, local communities,  and the media.   The reader will get a clear understanding of why all of them are  important, and get tips on how to prepare and execute a successful  approach to each.  Some of the topics to be covered are: Keys  to successful shareholder communication; How to win in the  mediaevery time out; Developing powerful public speaking  techniques; How thought leadership forums can help the bottom line;  and Rallying employee support and performance through  communication.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/d9e33cb22d0ec6f9fb176ef3c3ad11c6.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Covert Persuasion: Psychological Tactics and Tricks to Win the Game by James Speakman, Kevin Hogan</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/covert-persuasion-psychological-tactics-and-tricks-to-win-the-game-by-james-speakman-kevin-hogan--65130783</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487252" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487252</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Covert Persuasion: Psychological Tactics and Tricks to Win the Game Author: James Speakman, Kevin Hogan Narrator: A. T. Chandler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 5 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  How do you persuade an individual to buy or try your product or service, contribute to your cause or vote for your candidate?   The answer is Covert Persuasion, a system of persuasion that will get anyone to say Yes! without them even being aware what they said.  It happens like the no reaction we instinctively have to all requests.except the opposite. Presented in a simple, easily accessible format, this book combines the latest research on the field of influence along with illustrative case studies to help anyone persuade others more consistently and more effectively.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487252</guid><pubDate>Mon, 20 Jul 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130783/9781705263129.mp3" length="2437172" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487252 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Covert Persuasion: Psychological Tactics and Tricks to Win the Game Author: James Speakman, Kevin Hogan Narrator: A. T. Chandler Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487252" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487252</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Covert Persuasion: Psychological Tactics and Tricks to Win the Game Author: James Speakman, Kevin Hogan Narrator: A. T. Chandler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 5 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  How do you persuade an individual to buy or try your product or service, contribute to your cause or vote for your candidate?   The answer is Covert Persuasion, a system of persuasion that will get anyone to say Yes! without them even being aware what they said.  It happens like the no reaction we instinctively have to all requests.except the opposite. Presented in a simple, easily accessible format, this book combines the latest research on the field of influence along with illustrative case studies to help anyone persuade others more consistently and more effectively.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/372ab39fce7b94205ccc3c68c1308015.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Negotiating the Sweet Spot: The Art of Leaving Nothing on the Table by Leigh Thompson</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/negotiating-the-sweet-spot-the-art-of-leaving-nothing-on-the-table-by-leigh-thompson--65130900</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409928" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409928</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Negotiating the Sweet Spot: The Art of Leaving Nothing on the Table Author: Leigh Thompson Narrator: Leigh Thompson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 41 minutes Release date: July 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Everybody negotiates at various points every day, be it in life or business, and it’s important to get it right. On average, people leave about 20% of potential mutual gains untapped in any negotiation. This is akin to taking 20% of the value in any deal and dumping it into a garbage canister. Finding that hidden 20%, the “sweet spot,” is a skill that takes practice but is also one that anybody can learn. Leigh Thompson offers best practices and tools within this book to use in daily negotiations and conflict situations. She calls these strategies “hacks” because they work but don’t require a lot of investment, training, expense, and time. You don’t have to be a CEO, senior VP, or regional brand manager to learn how to find the sweet spot in life’s negotiations. In Negotiating the Sweet Spot, benefits include learning the following: - Understanding where the sweet spot is in the deals you negotiate - Adopting a big-picture mind-set when approaching any negotiation - Seeing negotiations less as win-lose battles and more as opportunities to use problem-solving skills - Utilizing a tool kit of “hacks” that will work in any negotiation and have been proven effective by a top expert in the field Negotiating the Sweet Spot walks people of all skill and experience levels through simple and proven techniques that are sure to result in better outcomes for all parties and that uncover the hidden value that exists in any negotiation.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409928</guid><pubDate>Tue, 14 Jul 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130900/9781400217458.mp3" length="1477691" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409928 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Negotiating the Sweet Spot: The Art of Leaving Nothing on the Table Author: Leigh Thompson Narrator: Leigh Thompson Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409928" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409928</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Negotiating the Sweet Spot: The Art of Leaving Nothing on the Table Author: Leigh Thompson Narrator: Leigh Thompson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 41 minutes Release date: July 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Everybody negotiates at various points every day, be it in life or business, and it’s important to get it right. On average, people leave about 20% of potential mutual gains untapped in any negotiation. This is akin to taking 20% of the value in any deal and dumping it into a garbage canister. Finding that hidden 20%, the “sweet spot,” is a skill that takes practice but is also one that anybody can learn. Leigh Thompson offers best practices and tools within this book to use in daily negotiations and conflict situations. She calls these strategies “hacks” because they work but don’t require a lot of investment, training, expense, and time. You don’t have to be a CEO, senior VP, or regional brand manager to learn how to find the sweet spot in life’s negotiations. In Negotiating the Sweet Spot, benefits include learning the following: - Understanding where the sweet spot is in the deals you negotiate - Adopting a big-picture mind-set when approaching any negotiation - Seeing negotiations less as win-lose battles and more as opportunities to use problem-solving skills - Utilizing a tool kit of “hacks” that will work in any negotiation and have been proven effective by a top expert in the field Negotiating the Sweet Spot walks people of all skill and experience levels through simple and proven techniques that are sure to result in better outcomes for all parties and that uncover the hidden value that exists in any negotiation.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/0443a1fc01d8fba95295ef7fb309569e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>2600 Phrases for Effective Performance Reviews: Ready-to-Use Words and Phrases That Really Get Results by Paul Falcone</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/2600-phrases-for-effective-performance-reviews-ready-to-use-words-and-phrases-that-really-get-results-by-paul-falcone--65130891</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438086" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438086</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 2600 Phrases for Effective Performance Reviews: Ready-to-Use Words and Phrases That Really Get Results Author: Paul Falcone Narrator: John Behrens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 33 minutes Release date: July  7, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  This trusted reference puts thousands of ready-to-use words, phrases, descriptions, and action items right at your fingertips — perfect for review time, creating development plans, and monitoring performance year-round. Whether you're an HR professional or a manager, chances are there's one task you really dislike: giving performance reviews. Even if you know the basic points you want to get across, finding the right words and committing them to paper is about as much fun as a trip to the dentist. This phrasebook puts the right words in your hands with phrases that managers, supervisors, and HR professionals can use to help them properly evaluate performance and make the whole process much smoother. In 2600 Phrases for Effective Performance Reviews, renowned career expert Paul Falcone covers the 25 most commonly-rated performance factors including: - productivity, - time management, - teamwork, - decision making, and more! Falcone also shares job-specific parameters that apply in sales, customer service, finance, and many other areas and industries. 2600 Phrases for Effective Performance Reviews is useful not just for review time but will also be instrumental in creating job descriptions and development plans as well as monitoring performance, progress, and problems year-round.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438086</guid><pubDate>Tue, 07 Jul 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130891/9781400225446.mp3" length="1477827" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438086 to listen full audiobooks. Title: 2600 Phrases for Effective Performance Reviews: Ready-to-Use Words and Phrases That Really Get Results Author: Paul Falcone Narrator: John Behrens...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438086" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438086</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 2600 Phrases for Effective Performance Reviews: Ready-to-Use Words and Phrases That Really Get Results Author: Paul Falcone Narrator: John Behrens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 33 minutes Release date: July  7, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  This trusted reference puts thousands of ready-to-use words, phrases, descriptions, and action items right at your fingertips — perfect for review time, creating development plans, and monitoring performance year-round. Whether you're an HR professional or a manager, chances are there's one task you really dislike: giving performance reviews. Even if you know the basic points you want to get across, finding the right words and committing them to paper is about as much fun as a trip to the dentist. This phrasebook puts the right words in your hands with phrases that managers, supervisors, and HR professionals can use to help them properly evaluate performance and make the whole process much smoother. In 2600 Phrases for Effective Performance Reviews, renowned career expert Paul Falcone covers the 25 most commonly-rated performance factors including: - productivity, - time management, - teamwork, - decision making, and more! Falcone also shares job-specific parameters that apply in sales, customer service, finance, and many other areas and industries. 2600 Phrases for Effective Performance Reviews is useful not just for review time but will also be instrumental in creating job descriptions and development plans as well as monitoring performance, progress, and problems year-round.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/e94d29ad8ce168b392d35836270147cc.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Effective Communication: Two Manuscript Best Way to Improve Communication Skills and Tips to Improve Communication Skills. by David Levering</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/effective-communication-two-manuscript-best-way-to-improve-communication-skills-and-tips-to-improve-communication-skills-by-david-levering--65130883</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445709" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445709</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Effective Communication: Two Manuscript Best Way to Improve Communication Skills and Tips to Improve Communication Skills. Author: David Levering Lewis Narrator: Russell Newton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 49 minutes Release date: July  5, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Communications form the core of human relationships. The way you communicate to people in your family, workplace, and society at large goes a long way in determining how they perceive you, and in turn how they relate with you. Each one of us needs to make an effort to master the art of conversation.  This book contains: Ways to improve communication skills in life. Communication skills basics. Developing communication skills. Objectives of having good communication skills. Disadvantages of poor communication. Group workplace communication. Communicating with difficult people. Listening without judgement. How to interact with others in the workplace. Techniques to develop and display open-mindedness, empathy, and respect in workplace communication Workplace communication techniques Why effective communication matters in the workplace In organisations, good communication isn't just about resolving conflict. Good communication is an important element in client relationships, profitability, team effectiveness, and employee engagement. A major part of this is understanding your own personal communication style, how you can influence other people, and how to use your communication style to create an effective business relationship, and it isn't just about being able to more accurately speaking and concisely present your thought and ideas.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445709</guid><pubDate>Sun, 05 Jul 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130883/9781662125669.mp3" length="2437164" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445709 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Effective Communication: Two Manuscript Best Way to Improve Communication Skills and Tips to Improve Communication Skills. Author: David Levering Lewis...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445709" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445709</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Effective Communication: Two Manuscript Best Way to Improve Communication Skills and Tips to Improve Communication Skills. Author: David Levering Lewis Narrator: Russell Newton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 49 minutes Release date: July  5, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Communications form the core of human relationships. The way you communicate to people in your family, workplace, and society at large goes a long way in determining how they perceive you, and in turn how they relate with you. Each one of us needs to make an effort to master the art of conversation.  This book contains: Ways to improve communication skills in life. Communication skills basics. Developing communication skills. Objectives of having good communication skills. Disadvantages of poor communication. Group workplace communication. Communicating with difficult people. Listening without judgement. How to interact with others in the workplace. Techniques to develop and display open-mindedness, empathy, and respect in workplace communication Workplace communication techniques Why effective communication matters in the workplace In organisations, good communication isn't just about resolving conflict. Good communication is an important element in client relationships, profitability, team effectiveness, and employee engagement. A major part of this is understanding your own personal communication style, how you can influence other people, and how to use your communication style to create an effective business relationship, and it isn't just about being able to more accurately speaking and concisely present your thought and ideas.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/d41920416e045aa2f221754a2f862d06.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Business Communication: Two Manuscript Why Communication is Important and Communication in the Workplace-the Importance of Strong Business C</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/business-communication-two-manuscript-why-communication-is-important-and-communication-in-the-workplace-the-importance-of-strong-business-c--65130874</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445719" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445719</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Business Communication: Two Manuscript Why Communication is Important and Communication in the Workplace-the Importance of Strong Business Communication Skills Author: David Levering Lewis, Mary G Lewis Narrator: Shawntay Fields, Russell Newton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: July  5, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Communication truly is one of the most important things that we learn in our lives. Unfortunately, not everyone learns how to use communication effectively. By educating yourself now and employing these skills right away, you give yourself an advantage that many fail to acquire, i.e. a strong ability to convey your message, to be heard, and to get results. This type of ability is what impresses your employers and bosses and shows you are capable of taking on leadership roles. As a result, you maximise your success since you are likely to be chosen over your competition who may be ineffective at communicating with others. The book also helps you understand the finer nuances needed for communicating effectively with people, including developing empathy and listening skills, as opposed to simply building your speaking skills.  This book will show you: -Why Effective Communication Matters -Why We Don’t Communicate Right -How to Develop Good Communication Skills -Strategies to Develop Confidence and Self-Worth -How to Engage with Colleagues -Strategies to Improve Your Communication and Conversations -Overcoming the Fear of Being Judged -How to Communicate with Your Boss -How to Make People Want to Listen to Your Public Presentation -The Role of Communication in Conflict Resolution in the Workplace -Listening Skills in the Workplace -Charismatic Body Language -Workplace Communication Techniques -How to Give and Receive Criticism -Improving Charisma and Likeability -Why You Need to Build A Powerful Business Network -How to Deal with Difficult People in the Workplace -Leadership and Communication -Teamwork Leads to Effective Communication -Persuading -How to Improve Communication Skills -Enhancing Social Skills at Work -Giving and Receiving Feedback -Communication with Customers]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445719</guid><pubDate>Sun, 05 Jul 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130874/9781662125294.mp3" length="2437194" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445719 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Business Communication: Two Manuscript Why Communication is Important and Communication in the Workplace-the Importance of Strong Business...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445719" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445719</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Business Communication: Two Manuscript Why Communication is Important and Communication in the Workplace-the Importance of Strong Business Communication Skills Author: David Levering Lewis, Mary G Lewis Narrator: Shawntay Fields, Russell Newton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: July  5, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Communication truly is one of the most important things that we learn in our lives. Unfortunately, not everyone learns how to use communication effectively. By educating yourself now and employing these skills right away, you give yourself an advantage that many fail to acquire, i.e. a strong ability to convey your message, to be heard, and to get results. This type of ability is what impresses your employers and bosses and shows you are capable of taking on leadership roles. As a result, you maximise your success since you are likely to be chosen over your competition who may be ineffective at communicating with others. The book also helps you understand the finer nuances needed for communicating effectively with people, including developing empathy and listening skills, as opposed to simply building your speaking skills.  This book will show you: -Why Effective Communication Matters -Why We Don’t Communicate Right -How to Develop Good Communication Skills -Strategies to Develop Confidence and Self-Worth -How to Engage with Colleagues -Strategies to Improve Your Communication and Conversations -Overcoming the Fear of Being Judged -How to Communicate with Your Boss -How to Make People Want to Listen to Your Public Presentation -The Role of Communication in Conflict Resolution in the Workplace -Listening Skills in the Workplace -Charismatic Body Language -Workplace Communication Techniques -How to Give and Receive Criticism -Improving Charisma and Likeability -Why You Need to Build A Powerful Business Network -How to Deal with Difficult People in the Workplace -Leadership and Communication -Teamwork Leads to Effective Communication -Persuading -How to Improve Communication Skills -Enhancing Social Skills at Work -Giving and Receiving Feedback -Communication with Customers]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/7b790180e62cb44bd2aeeeccb22d4ed9.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Why communication is important: How Important is Communication in Small Groups and Within the Business and Learn How You Can Improve It by M</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/why-communication-is-important-how-important-is-communication-in-small-groups-and-within-the-business-and-learn-how-you-can-improve-it-by-m--65130855</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445700" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445700</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why communication is important: How Important is Communication in Small Groups and Within the Business and Learn How You Can Improve It Author: Mary G. Lewis Narrator: Shawntay Fields Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 40 minutes Release date: July  5, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Do you want to know how to effectively communicate with colleagues in the workplace? Do you want to know how to communicate with your boss? Do you want to know how to communicate with customers and increase sales? If you answered YES to all the questions, then this is the right book for you. Communication is a tricky subject that I feel can greatly inhibit people’s success in life. Without a deep understanding of the main communication techniques and processes, many problems can arise in your day-to-day life since you don't have the right tools to express your needs or set yourself up for success. I want to help you overcome these potential problems by strengthening your communication and I would like this process to start today. Effective communication is fundamental and if you learn how to master it properly, you will have the key to succeed in both your business and personal life. In this book, I would like to show you the main techniques you can use to improve your communication skills, providing you with effective and easy-to-understand strategies. This will allow you to improve your social and business skills and to become an effective communicator. This book is designed to be your definitive resource for practical business communication skills. It combines the concepts of many other works in the fields of communication, negotiation, body language, sales techniques, and human influence into a one-stop resource designed to give you the practical skills you need to know and master. Each chapter provides a tool set of key skills for mastering an area of communication as well as practical examples to help you practice and develop each skill.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445700</guid><pubDate>Sun, 05 Jul 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130855/9781662125270.mp3" length="2437172" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445700 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why communication is important: How Important is Communication in Small Groups and Within the Business and Learn How You Can Improve It Author: Mary G....</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445700" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445700</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why communication is important: How Important is Communication in Small Groups and Within the Business and Learn How You Can Improve It Author: Mary G. Lewis Narrator: Shawntay Fields Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 40 minutes Release date: July  5, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Do you want to know how to effectively communicate with colleagues in the workplace? Do you want to know how to communicate with your boss? Do you want to know how to communicate with customers and increase sales? If you answered YES to all the questions, then this is the right book for you. Communication is a tricky subject that I feel can greatly inhibit people’s success in life. Without a deep understanding of the main communication techniques and processes, many problems can arise in your day-to-day life since you don't have the right tools to express your needs or set yourself up for success. I want to help you overcome these potential problems by strengthening your communication and I would like this process to start today. Effective communication is fundamental and if you learn how to master it properly, you will have the key to succeed in both your business and personal life. In this book, I would like to show you the main techniques you can use to improve your communication skills, providing you with effective and easy-to-understand strategies. This will allow you to improve your social and business skills and to become an effective communicator. This book is designed to be your definitive resource for practical business communication skills. It combines the concepts of many other works in the fields of communication, negotiation, body language, sales techniques, and human influence into a one-stop resource designed to give you the practical skills you need to know and master. Each chapter provides a tool set of key skills for mastering an area of communication as well as practical examples to help you practice and develop each skill.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ad52973a2de2f4bc08b4a256b9917582.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Find Your Voice: The Secret to Talking with Confidence in Any Situation by Caroline Goyder</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/find-your-voice-the-secret-to-talking-with-confidence-in-any-situation-by-caroline-goyder--65130880</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423726" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423726</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Find Your Voice: The Secret to Talking with Confidence in Any Situation Author: Caroline Goyder Narrator: Caroline Goyder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 20 minutes Release date: July  2, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. ‘This book is brilliant! It will change lives.’ - Suzy Walker, Editor-in-Chief, Psychologies 'A fantastic guide to speaking up and overcoming insecurities by the best voice coach ever.' - Viv Groskop, author of How to Own the Room Speak up and stand out Whether you want more social confidence in your day-to-day life, are hosting an event or appearing on a podcast, Find Your Voice will empower you to be bold, be present and captivate any audience. Based on decades of helping broadcasters, celebrities, teachers and top level professionals speak effortlessly in front of others, renowned voice teacher and communication expert Caroline Goyder will show you how to: · Harness the full potential of your body, breath and voice · Genuinely connect to others in a dizzyingly distracted world · Stand out as calm speaker whatever the situation © Caroline Goyder 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423726</guid><pubDate>Thu, 02 Jul 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130880/9781473583740.mp3" length="2437217" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423726 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Find Your Voice: The Secret to Talking with Confidence in Any Situation Author: Caroline Goyder Narrator: Caroline Goyder Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423726" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423726</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Find Your Voice: The Secret to Talking with Confidence in Any Situation Author: Caroline Goyder Narrator: Caroline Goyder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 20 minutes Release date: July  2, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. ‘This book is brilliant! It will change lives.’ - Suzy Walker, Editor-in-Chief, Psychologies 'A fantastic guide to speaking up and overcoming insecurities by the best voice coach ever.' - Viv Groskop, author of How to Own the Room Speak up and stand out Whether you want more social confidence in your day-to-day life, are hosting an event or appearing on a podcast, Find Your Voice will empower you to be bold, be present and captivate any audience. Based on decades of helping broadcasters, celebrities, teachers and top level professionals speak effortlessly in front of others, renowned voice teacher and communication expert Caroline Goyder will show you how to: · Harness the full potential of your body, breath and voice · Genuinely connect to others in a dizzyingly distracted world · Stand out as calm speaker whatever the situation © Caroline Goyder 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f34a4b30e2d2c135ebf23286ae3c2025.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Remote Facilitator's Pocket Guide by Jay-Allen Morris, Kirsten Clacey</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-remote-facilitator-s-pocket-guide-by-jay-allen-morris-kirsten-clacey--65130882</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441001" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441001</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Remote Facilitator's Pocket Guide Author: Jay-Allen Morris, Kirsten Clacey Narrator: Ana Clements Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 8 minutes Release date: June 30, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  This approach to remote facilitation makes virtual meetings powerful means of collaboration using proven techniques to accommodate a diversity of cultures, locations, and personalities. Many people struggle with remote meetings: a cocktail of factors, such as technical barriers and invisible group norms, increase the uncertainty and risk of the already vulnerable task of collaborating and sharing ideas. When remote meetings go badly, they go really badly. Few things feel as lonely and intimidating as speaking to a screen with unreadable faces staring back in silence. This book will help you improve the quality of your remote meetings. With a little awareness, some planning, and some practice, you can make your remote meetings an effective, engaging, and powerful mechanism for collaboration within your organization. This little guide is chock-full of practical, down-to-earth remote facilitation techniques built to accommodate all cultures and personality types. Apply a few of them judiciously and you'll be surprised to be hearing more from your far-flung employees than you ever heard even from your in-person team.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441001</guid><pubDate>Tue, 30 Jun 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130882/9781663740601.mp3" length="1477681" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441001 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Remote Facilitator's Pocket Guide Author: Jay-Allen Morris, Kirsten Clacey Narrator: Ana Clements Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 8...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441001" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441001</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Remote Facilitator's Pocket Guide Author: Jay-Allen Morris, Kirsten Clacey Narrator: Ana Clements Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 8 minutes Release date: June 30, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  This approach to remote facilitation makes virtual meetings powerful means of collaboration using proven techniques to accommodate a diversity of cultures, locations, and personalities. Many people struggle with remote meetings: a cocktail of factors, such as technical barriers and invisible group norms, increase the uncertainty and risk of the already vulnerable task of collaborating and sharing ideas. When remote meetings go badly, they go really badly. Few things feel as lonely and intimidating as speaking to a screen with unreadable faces staring back in silence. This book will help you improve the quality of your remote meetings. With a little awareness, some planning, and some practice, you can make your remote meetings an effective, engaging, and powerful mechanism for collaboration within your organization. This little guide is chock-full of practical, down-to-earth remote facilitation techniques built to accommodate all cultures and personality types. Apply a few of them judiciously and you'll be surprised to be hearing more from your far-flung employees than you ever heard even from your in-person team.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/1e4fb000ce1e52f9e93eeafdec338fb3.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - PREMIUM-BUNDLE: Rhetorik, Kommunikation, Selbstbewusstsein, Schlagfertigkeit, Überzeugungskraft: Das Große 4 in 1 Hörbuch der Bes</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-premium-bundle-rhetorik-kommunikation-selbstbewusstsein-schlagfertigkeit-uberzeugungskraft-das-grosse-4-in-1-horbuch-der-bes--65130806</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475628" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475628</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - PREMIUM-BUNDLE: Rhetorik, Kommunikation, Selbstbewusstsein, Schlagfertigkeit, Überzeugungskraft: Das Große 4 in 1 Hörbuch der Bestseller-Autoren Ingo Hoppe und Patrick Lynen Author: Ingo Hoppe, Patrick Lynen Narrator: Ingo Hoppe, Patrick Lynen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 50 minutes Release date: June 26, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  PREMIUM-BUNDLE: Rhetorik, Kommunikation, Smalltalk, Körpersprache, Selbstbewusstsein, Schlagfertigkeit, Souveränität, Überzeugungskraft  Das Große 4 in 1 Hörbuch der Bestseller-Autoren Ingo Hoppe und Patrick Lynen!  Ob Barack Obama, Martin Luther King oder Steve Jobs - sie sind allesamt einflussreiche Persönlichkeiten, die vor allem durch ihr rhetorisches Geschick von sich reden machten. Wer sich in der heutigen Welt behaupten möchte, muss die Kunst der Kommunikation beherrschen und sollte unbedingt selbstbewusst auftreten! Mit Charisma und einer guten Rhetorik kann man fast alle Menschen für sich gewinnen und seine Ziele besser erreichen. Die Bestseller-Autoren Ingo Hoppe und Patrick Lynen zeigen in diesem Premium-Bundle wirkungsvolle Mechanismen für erfolgreiche Beziehungsarbeit auf. Vom ersten Kennenlernen über das Etablieren von Kontakten bis hin zu ausgefeilten Techniken, neue Freunde zu gewinnen. Zuverlässige Strategien, wie Sie ...  die eigene Schüchternheit überwinden,  aus SMALL TALK im Handumdrehen BIG TALK machen,  über Optik und Körpersprache punkten,  stehen, gehen, reden wie ein Promi,  neue Freunde gewinnen und sich nachhaltig beliebt machen,  im Beruf erfolgreicher agieren und (z.B. Ihr Gehalt) besser verhandeln,  packende Reden halten wie ein Profi,  mit Überzeugungskraft, Schlagfertigkeit und Selbstbewusstsein jede Situation souverän meistern,  selbstbewusst auftreten und zu einer durchsetzungsstarken Persönlichkeit werden. Bewährte Techniken für anstrengende Meetings, langweilige Firmenfeiern, wichtige Events oder neue Freundschaften. Es geht um Smalltalk, Selbstbewusstsein, Schlagfertigkeit, Körpersprache, Überzeugungskraft und selbstbewusstes Auftreten. Schritt für Schritt erlernen Sie die Grundlagen erfolgreicher Rhetorik und Kommunikation, bekommen psychologisches Fachwissen für die Praxis an die Hand, wertvolle Tools für den perfekten Auftritt, bewährte Techniken gegen Lampenfieber und jede Menge rhetorische Spezialeffekte.  Patrick Lynen und Ingo Hoppe (bekannt aus ARD, ZDF, RTL, VOX, rbb, SWR3, WDR, hr, SRF, ORF) sind führende Experten in den Bereichen Rhetorik, Kommunikation und Persönlichkeitsentwicklung. Mit ihrem Wissen und ihren Strategien haben sie bereits Hunderttausenden von Menschen geholfen, ihr Selbstbewusstsein und ihre Redekünste nachhaltig zu verbessern.  Dieses Premium-Bundle umfasst vier Hörbuch-Dauer-Bestseller:  1. Meisterkurs Rhetorik &amp; Kommunikation  2. Wie Sie mit jedem ins Gespräch kommen und neue Freunde finden  3. Exakt diese Worte  4. Rhetorik. Persönlichkeit. Klarheit. Essenzielle Erfolgsstrategien werden punktgenau gebündelt und ungekürzt in vollem Umfang wiedergegeben. Damit können Sie das ganze Paket der Persönlichkeitsentwicklung für mehr Einfluss, mehr Wirkung &amp; mehr Erfolg aus einer einzigen Quelle beziehen und dabei kostengünstig auf wertvolles Praxis-Wissen zugreifen! Profitieren Sie noch heute von über 300 bewährten Methoden und Praxis-Tipps aus dem echten Leben. Sie erlernen die Grundlagen der Rhetorik, bekommen bewährte Techniken und hilfreiche Gesprächsverläufe für aufregenden Smalltalk an die Hand. Außerdem erhalten Sie nützliche Tipps für Schlagfertigkeit und ein starkes Selbstvertrauen. Unzählige Beispiele aus der Praxis und erstklassige Ratschläge garantieren Ihren persönlichen Erfolg.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475628</guid><pubDate>Fri, 26 Jun 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130806/4064066639884.mp3" length="1478296" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475628 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - PREMIUM-BUNDLE: Rhetorik, Kommunikation, Selbstbewusstsein, Schlagfertigkeit, Überzeugungskraft: Das Große 4 in 1 Hörbuch der...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475628" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475628</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - PREMIUM-BUNDLE: Rhetorik, Kommunikation, Selbstbewusstsein, Schlagfertigkeit, Überzeugungskraft: Das Große 4 in 1 Hörbuch der Bestseller-Autoren Ingo Hoppe und Patrick Lynen Author: Ingo Hoppe, Patrick Lynen Narrator: Ingo Hoppe, Patrick Lynen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 50 minutes Release date: June 26, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  PREMIUM-BUNDLE: Rhetorik, Kommunikation, Smalltalk, Körpersprache, Selbstbewusstsein, Schlagfertigkeit, Souveränität, Überzeugungskraft  Das Große 4 in 1 Hörbuch der Bestseller-Autoren Ingo Hoppe und Patrick Lynen!  Ob Barack Obama, Martin Luther King oder Steve Jobs - sie sind allesamt einflussreiche Persönlichkeiten, die vor allem durch ihr rhetorisches Geschick von sich reden machten. Wer sich in der heutigen Welt behaupten möchte, muss die Kunst der Kommunikation beherrschen und sollte unbedingt selbstbewusst auftreten! Mit Charisma und einer guten Rhetorik kann man fast alle Menschen für sich gewinnen und seine Ziele besser erreichen. Die Bestseller-Autoren Ingo Hoppe und Patrick Lynen zeigen in diesem Premium-Bundle wirkungsvolle Mechanismen für erfolgreiche Beziehungsarbeit auf. Vom ersten Kennenlernen über das Etablieren von Kontakten bis hin zu ausgefeilten Techniken, neue Freunde zu gewinnen. Zuverlässige Strategien, wie Sie ...  die eigene Schüchternheit überwinden,  aus SMALL TALK im Handumdrehen BIG TALK machen,  über Optik und Körpersprache punkten,  stehen, gehen, reden wie ein Promi,  neue Freunde gewinnen und sich nachhaltig beliebt machen,  im Beruf erfolgreicher agieren und (z.B. Ihr Gehalt) besser verhandeln,  packende Reden halten wie ein Profi,  mit Überzeugungskraft, Schlagfertigkeit und Selbstbewusstsein jede Situation souverän meistern,  selbstbewusst auftreten und zu einer durchsetzungsstarken Persönlichkeit werden. Bewährte Techniken für anstrengende Meetings, langweilige Firmenfeiern, wichtige Events oder neue Freundschaften. Es geht um Smalltalk, Selbstbewusstsein, Schlagfertigkeit, Körpersprache, Überzeugungskraft und selbstbewusstes Auftreten. Schritt für Schritt erlernen Sie die Grundlagen erfolgreicher Rhetorik und Kommunikation, bekommen psychologisches Fachwissen für die Praxis an die Hand, wertvolle Tools für den perfekten Auftritt, bewährte Techniken gegen Lampenfieber und jede Menge rhetorische Spezialeffekte.  Patrick Lynen und Ingo Hoppe (bekannt aus ARD, ZDF, RTL, VOX, rbb, SWR3, WDR, hr, SRF, ORF) sind führende Experten in den Bereichen Rhetorik, Kommunikation und Persönlichkeitsentwicklung. Mit ihrem Wissen und ihren Strategien haben sie bereits Hunderttausenden von Menschen geholfen, ihr Selbstbewusstsein und ihre Redekünste nachhaltig zu verbessern.  Dieses Premium-Bundle umfasst vier Hörbuch-Dauer-Bestseller:  1. Meisterkurs Rhetorik &amp; Kommunikation  2. Wie Sie mit jedem ins Gespräch kommen und neue Freunde finden  3. Exakt diese Worte  4. Rhetorik. Persönlichkeit. Klarheit. Essenzielle Erfolgsstrategien werden punktgenau gebündelt und ungekürzt in vollem Umfang wiedergegeben. Damit können Sie das ganze Paket der Persönlichkeitsentwicklung für mehr Einfluss, mehr Wirkung &amp; mehr Erfolg aus einer einzigen Quelle beziehen und dabei kostengünstig auf wertvolles Praxis-Wissen zugreifen! Profitieren Sie noch heute von über 300 bewährten Methoden und Praxis-Tipps aus dem echten Leben. Sie erlernen die Grundlagen der Rhetorik, bekommen bewährte Techniken und hilfreiche Gesprächsverläufe für aufregenden Smalltalk an die Hand. Außerdem erhalten Sie nützliche Tipps für Schlagfertigkeit und ein starkes Selbstvertrauen. Unzählige Beispiele aus der Praxis und erstklassige Ratschläge garantieren Ihren persönlichen Erfolg.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>berzeugungskraft</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/7f0ea8e65e53da5cc80c350a445fbe0b.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Business English Writing: Effective Business Writing Tips and Tricks That Will Help You Write Better and More Effectively at Work by Mary G.</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/business-english-writing-effective-business-writing-tips-and-tricks-that-will-help-you-write-better-and-more-effectively-at-work-by-mary-g--65130924</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443000" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443000</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Business English Writing: Effective Business Writing Tips and Tricks That Will Help You Write Better and More Effectively at Work Author: Mary G. Lewis Narrator: Shawntay Fields Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 23 minutes Release date: June 21, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Everyone wants to know the “who-what-when-where-why-how-how much” immediately, in the first sentence.  They need to make decisions. When they read documents, they want to know the important things immediately.  They want to know objectives, means of measurement, costs, and returns on those investments.  They want to see that information in the first sentences. Good business writing is more about clear thinking than it is about writing style. Writing can only be as good as the thinking that precedes it. You must know what you want to say, what your objective is in saying it, and why it’s important for your audience to read it. Organizing a writing project is very similar to organizing a presentation. The good writer is just as aware of his/her audience as a good public speaker is. After you have organized and outlined the subject of your memo, report, or letter, you should have a clear idea of your main focus. Focus in your business report or memo is your objective—it is the “why” of why you are bothering to write at all. Most business writing has its purpose buried. There is no focus, no goal, no call for action, and no desired end result. If you do not provide the focus, you force your reader to ask questions about your message which you should have answered before sitting down at your word processor. Knowing your audience will help you to organize your material so that it has the best chance of being read and understood. Put yourself in your reader’s shoes—listen, and you will be better received.  This book will show you how to write business messages clearly, concisely and simply.  It will encourage you to write conversationally, the way you talk, and to write with humanity; that is, from one person to another.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443000</guid><pubDate>Sun, 21 Jun 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130924/9781662123122.mp3" length="2437166" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443000 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Business English Writing: Effective Business Writing Tips and Tricks That Will Help You Write Better and More Effectively at Work Author: Mary G. Lewis...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443000" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443000</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Business English Writing: Effective Business Writing Tips and Tricks That Will Help You Write Better and More Effectively at Work Author: Mary G. Lewis Narrator: Shawntay Fields Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 23 minutes Release date: June 21, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Everyone wants to know the “who-what-when-where-why-how-how much” immediately, in the first sentence.  They need to make decisions. When they read documents, they want to know the important things immediately.  They want to know objectives, means of measurement, costs, and returns on those investments.  They want to see that information in the first sentences. Good business writing is more about clear thinking than it is about writing style. Writing can only be as good as the thinking that precedes it. You must know what you want to say, what your objective is in saying it, and why it’s important for your audience to read it. Organizing a writing project is very similar to organizing a presentation. The good writer is just as aware of his/her audience as a good public speaker is. After you have organized and outlined the subject of your memo, report, or letter, you should have a clear idea of your main focus. Focus in your business report or memo is your objective—it is the “why” of why you are bothering to write at all. Most business writing has its purpose buried. There is no focus, no goal, no call for action, and no desired end result. If you do not provide the focus, you force your reader to ask questions about your message which you should have answered before sitting down at your word processor. Knowing your audience will help you to organize your material so that it has the best chance of being read and understood. Put yourself in your reader’s shoes—listen, and you will be better received.  This book will show you how to write business messages clearly, concisely and simply.  It will encourage you to write conversationally, the way you talk, and to write with humanity; that is, from one person to another.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/547e0fbb45d15193c6163248e9522cc3.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Don't Take Yes for an Answer: Using Authority, Warmth, and Energy to Get Exceptional Results by Steve Herz</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/don-t-take-yes-for-an-answer-using-authority-warmth-and-energy-to-get-exceptional-results-by-steve-herz--65130893</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394083" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394083</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Don't Take Yes for an Answer: Using Authority, Warmth, and Energy to Get Exceptional Results Author: Steve Herz Narrator: Adam Zucker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 51 minutes Release date: June 16, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  One of the nation's premier talent agents and career advisors shows you how to catapult  your career and your life forward with three key communication strategies—Authority, Warmth, and Energy. A self-empowerment guide to achieving your fullest professional and personal potential, Don’t Take YES for An Answer explains why positive feedback limits personal and professional growth and then teaches you how to embrace hard truths and critical feedback to escape mediocrity and break away from the pack. To stand out, to attract the attention of those who can raise your profile, to protect yourself during lean times, or to gain the interest of future employers, you must harness three critical communication traits that human beings respond to most: AWE: A—Authority. W—Warmth. E—Energy. When all else is equal—education, work ethic, intelligence, experience, ambition—the single biggest factor in winning business, promotions, friendships, or followers hinges on our ability to communicate and connect. Mastering AWE gives you an unparalleled advantage over the competition, no matter your field.   Herz, who has represented and coached dozens of sports, media, and entertainment leaders over the course of nearly three decades, delivers a step-by-step program that helps you understand and hone your AWE skills. Packed with inspiring success stories, grounded in the latest social psychology and scientific research, and featuring ''insider'' anecdotes from some of the most popular entrepreneurs and professionals in broadcasting, sports, and the corporate world—many personally coached by Herz—Don’t Take YES for An Answer provides invaluable suggestions and practical techniques for “upping” your AWE in every aspect of your life.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394083</guid><pubDate>Tue, 16 Jun 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130893/9780062932792.mp3" length="2437208" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394083 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Don't Take Yes for an Answer: Using Authority, Warmth, and Energy to Get Exceptional Results Author: Steve Herz Narrator: Adam Zucker Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394083" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394083</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Don't Take Yes for an Answer: Using Authority, Warmth, and Energy to Get Exceptional Results Author: Steve Herz Narrator: Adam Zucker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 51 minutes Release date: June 16, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  One of the nation's premier talent agents and career advisors shows you how to catapult  your career and your life forward with three key communication strategies—Authority, Warmth, and Energy. A self-empowerment guide to achieving your fullest professional and personal potential, Don’t Take YES for An Answer explains why positive feedback limits personal and professional growth and then teaches you how to embrace hard truths and critical feedback to escape mediocrity and break away from the pack. To stand out, to attract the attention of those who can raise your profile, to protect yourself during lean times, or to gain the interest of future employers, you must harness three critical communication traits that human beings respond to most: AWE: A—Authority. W—Warmth. E—Energy. When all else is equal—education, work ethic, intelligence, experience, ambition—the single biggest factor in winning business, promotions, friendships, or followers hinges on our ability to communicate and connect. Mastering AWE gives you an unparalleled advantage over the competition, no matter your field.   Herz, who has represented and coached dozens of sports, media, and entertainment leaders over the course of nearly three decades, delivers a step-by-step program that helps you understand and hone your AWE skills. Packed with inspiring success stories, grounded in the latest social psychology and scientific research, and featuring ''insider'' anecdotes from some of the most popular entrepreneurs and professionals in broadcasting, sports, and the corporate world—many personally coached by Herz—Don’t Take YES for An Answer provides invaluable suggestions and practical techniques for “upping” your AWE in every aspect of your life.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/0bcd53bc2a6fedb22e90b1ec7cf26909.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Persuasión by María Del Carmen Madero</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-persuasion-by-maria-del-carmen-madero--65130851</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434226" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434226</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Persuasión Author: María Del Carmen Madero Narrator: Ayari Rivera Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 17 minutes Release date: May 21, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  La persuasión es una de las habilidades más efectivas para construir relaciones personales exitosas y alcanzar lo que deseamos en la vida, con efectos a largo plazo.     Convence. Inspira. Seduce.  Las técnicas incluidas en este libro son poderosas y eficaces: Influencia, Carisma, Empatía, Magnetismo y Confiabilidad, ¿a quién no le agradaríadesarrollar una personalidad con estas características? En Persuasión, sustentado en una amplia investigación y con ejercicios fáciles de aplicar, descubriremos:  - Cómo aprender a comunicarnos con intención.  - importancia de cuidar nuestra mente y evitar que llegue a ella información negativa.  - Las leyes de la persuasión: Contraste, Asociación, Escasez y Expectativa.   - Cómo identificar nuestro estilo de aprendizaje y las técnicas de comunicación verbal y no verbal para cada tipo de aprendizaje.  - Cómo leer el lenguaje no verbal.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434226</guid><pubDate>Thu, 21 May 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130851/9786073192323.mp3" length="2437161" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434226 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Persuasión Author: María Del Carmen Madero Narrator: Ayari Rivera Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 17 minutes Release date: May...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434226" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434226</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Persuasión Author: María Del Carmen Madero Narrator: Ayari Rivera Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 17 minutes Release date: May 21, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  La persuasión es una de las habilidades más efectivas para construir relaciones personales exitosas y alcanzar lo que deseamos en la vida, con efectos a largo plazo.     Convence. Inspira. Seduce.  Las técnicas incluidas en este libro son poderosas y eficaces: Influencia, Carisma, Empatía, Magnetismo y Confiabilidad, ¿a quién no le agradaríadesarrollar una personalidad con estas características? En Persuasión, sustentado en una amplia investigación y con ejercicios fáciles de aplicar, descubriremos:  - Cómo aprender a comunicarnos con intención.  - importancia de cuidar nuestra mente y evitar que llegue a ella información negativa.  - Las leyes de la persuasión: Contraste, Asociación, Escasez y Expectativa.   - Cómo identificar nuestro estilo de aprendizaje y las técnicas de comunicación verbal y no verbal para cada tipo de aprendizaje.  - Cómo leer el lenguaje no verbal.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/8fe555ac1037e6af1a892d4148b1f07d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>INKED: The Ultimate Guide to Powerful Closing and Negotiation Tactics that Unlock YES and Seal the Deal by Jeb Blount</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/inked-the-ultimate-guide-to-powerful-closing-and-negotiation-tactics-that-unlock-yes-and-seal-the-deal-by-jeb-blount--65130877</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418362" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418362</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: INKED: The Ultimate Guide to Powerful Closing and Negotiation Tactics that Unlock YES and Seal the Deal Author: Jeb Blount Narrator: Jeb Blount Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 37 minutes Release date: May 12, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Learn powerful closing and sales negotiation tactics that unlock yes and seal the deal.    Each year, sales professionals leave billions of dollars on the table because they are out gunned, out maneuvered, and out played by savvy buyers, who have been schooled in the art and science of negotiation. Because today's buyers have more power than ever before—more information, more at stake, and more control over the buying process—they almost always enter sales negotiations in a much stronger position than the salespeople on the other side of the table. The results are sadly predictable: salespeople and their companies end up on the losing end of the deal. In this brutal paradigm, if you fail to master the skills, strategies, and tactics to go toe-to-toe with modern buyers and win at the sales negotiation table, your income and long-term earning potential will suffer—along with your company's growth, profits, and market valuation.    In his new book INKED, Jeb Blount levels the playing field by giving you the strategies, tactics, techniques, skills, and human-influence frameworks required to become a powerful and effective sales negotiator.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418362</guid><pubDate>Tue, 12 May 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130877/9781469077451.mp3" length="1478248" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418362 to listen full audiobooks. Title: INKED: The Ultimate Guide to Powerful Closing and Negotiation Tactics that Unlock YES and Seal the Deal Author: Jeb Blount Narrator: Jeb Blount Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418362" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418362</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: INKED: The Ultimate Guide to Powerful Closing and Negotiation Tactics that Unlock YES and Seal the Deal Author: Jeb Blount Narrator: Jeb Blount Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 37 minutes Release date: May 12, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Learn powerful closing and sales negotiation tactics that unlock yes and seal the deal.    Each year, sales professionals leave billions of dollars on the table because they are out gunned, out maneuvered, and out played by savvy buyers, who have been schooled in the art and science of negotiation. Because today's buyers have more power than ever before—more information, more at stake, and more control over the buying process—they almost always enter sales negotiations in a much stronger position than the salespeople on the other side of the table. The results are sadly predictable: salespeople and their companies end up on the losing end of the deal. In this brutal paradigm, if you fail to master the skills, strategies, and tactics to go toe-to-toe with modern buyers and win at the sales negotiation table, your income and long-term earning potential will suffer—along with your company's growth, profits, and market valuation.    In his new book INKED, Jeb Blount levels the playing field by giving you the strategies, tactics, techniques, skills, and human-influence frameworks required to become a powerful and effective sales negotiator.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/a314c0da14a069d7efebcc403ebcb30d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Wie man arabische Business Freunde gewinnt by Birgit Maria Kemphues</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-wie-man-arabische-business-freunde-gewinnt-by-birgit-maria-kemphues--65130864</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437143" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437143</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wie man arabische Business Freunde gewinnt Author: Birgit Maria Kemphues Narrator: Elljah Jalish Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 5 minutes Release date: May 12, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Wie man arabische Business-Freunde gewinnt: Zielgerichtet erfolgreich mit der Dr. Takt &amp; Stil Methode für Business Meetings Planen Sie, Ihr Unternehmen in den Fernosten zu expandieren? Wollen Sie Ihre unternehmerischen Fühler nach Arabien ausstrecken? Dann ist dieser praktische Ratgeber von Expertin Birgit Maria Kemphues - von Einheimischen liebevoll „Doctora Maria“ genannt - ein unbedingtes Muss! In diesem Buch erfahren Sie:  •Wie die arabische Welt die Deutschen sieht und umgekehrt.  •Wie Sie sich ganz gelassen von deutscher Pünktlichkeit verabschieden.  •Wie Sie „richtig“ mit arabischen Geschäftspartnern telefonieren. •Wie sich Kommunikation schon von der Begrüßung an erfolgreich gestalten lässt.  •Wie Sie durch gemeinsame Mahlzeiten Vertrauen und ein starkes Geschäftsband festigen. •Wie Frauen und Männer in der arabischen Welt durch angemessene Kleidung seriös auftreten. •Wie ein Scherz zur rechten Zeit jede Situation entspannt. •und noch vieles mehr… Wie schnell kann man durch ein unbedachtes Wort, unangemessene Kleidung, falsche Handlungen und unbewusste Sitten als unseriös und nicht vertrauenswürdig eingestuft werden! Leisten Sie sich keinen Fauxpas und bereiten Sie sich bestens auf Begegnungen und Verhandlungen mit Ihren zukünftigen arabischen Geschäftspartnern vor. Dieser Ratgeber ist alles, was Sie dazu brauchen.   Auf ehrliche, humorvolle und detailgenaue Weise ebnet Ihnen die Autorin den Weg zu wertvollen und langjährigen orientalischen Business-Freundschaften. Dieses Buch können Sie auf ihrem Smartphone, PC, Mac, Tablet, oder natürlich auf Ihrem Kindle eReader lesen.  Mehr zur Autorin:  www.Kemphues.com  or on www.amzon.com/Author/UAE]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437143</guid><pubDate>Tue, 12 May 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130864/9781662115851.mp3" length="2437264" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437143 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wie man arabische Business Freunde gewinnt Author: Birgit Maria Kemphues Narrator: Elljah Jalish Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 5...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437143" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437143</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wie man arabische Business Freunde gewinnt Author: Birgit Maria Kemphues Narrator: Elljah Jalish Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 5 minutes Release date: May 12, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Wie man arabische Business-Freunde gewinnt: Zielgerichtet erfolgreich mit der Dr. Takt &amp; Stil Methode für Business Meetings Planen Sie, Ihr Unternehmen in den Fernosten zu expandieren? Wollen Sie Ihre unternehmerischen Fühler nach Arabien ausstrecken? Dann ist dieser praktische Ratgeber von Expertin Birgit Maria Kemphues - von Einheimischen liebevoll „Doctora Maria“ genannt - ein unbedingtes Muss! In diesem Buch erfahren Sie:  •Wie die arabische Welt die Deutschen sieht und umgekehrt.  •Wie Sie sich ganz gelassen von deutscher Pünktlichkeit verabschieden.  •Wie Sie „richtig“ mit arabischen Geschäftspartnern telefonieren. •Wie sich Kommunikation schon von der Begrüßung an erfolgreich gestalten lässt.  •Wie Sie durch gemeinsame Mahlzeiten Vertrauen und ein starkes Geschäftsband festigen. •Wie Frauen und Männer in der arabischen Welt durch angemessene Kleidung seriös auftreten. •Wie ein Scherz zur rechten Zeit jede Situation entspannt. •und noch vieles mehr… Wie schnell kann man durch ein unbedachtes Wort, unangemessene Kleidung, falsche Handlungen und unbewusste Sitten als unseriös und nicht vertrauenswürdig eingestuft werden! Leisten Sie sich keinen Fauxpas und bereiten Sie sich bestens auf Begegnungen und Verhandlungen mit Ihren zukünftigen arabischen Geschäftspartnern vor. Dieser Ratgeber ist alles, was Sie dazu brauchen.   Auf ehrliche, humorvolle und detailgenaue Weise ebnet Ihnen die Autorin den Weg zu wertvollen und langjährigen orientalischen Business-Freundschaften. Dieses Buch können Sie auf ihrem Smartphone, PC, Mac, Tablet, oder natürlich auf Ihrem Kindle eReader lesen.  Mehr zur Autorin:  www.Kemphues.com  or on www.amzon.com/Author/UAE]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/2d9fa7647cc87920c82eaba2926709b4.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Ask For More: 10 Questions to Negotiate Anything by Alexandra Carter</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/ask-for-more-10-questions-to-negotiate-anything-by-alexandra-carter--65130894</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403854" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403854</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ask For More: 10 Questions to Negotiate Anything Author: Alexandra Carter Narrator: Alexandra Carter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 28 minutes Release date: May  5, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  An instant Wall Street Journal bestseller and “a joy to read” (Douglas Stone and Sheila Heen, authors of Difficult Conversations), Ask for More shows that by asking better questions, you get better answers—and better results from any negotiation. Negotiation is not a zero-sum game. It’s an essential skill for your career that can also improve your closest relationships and your everyday life. Still, people often shy away from it, feeling defeated before they’ve even started. In this groundbreaking new book on negotiation, Alexandra Carter—Columbia law professor and mediation expert who has helped students, business professionals, the United Nations, and more—offers a straightforward accessible approach anyone can use to ask for and receive more.   We’ve been taught incorrectly that the loudest and most assertive voice prevails in any negotiation, or otherwise, both sides compromise, ending up with less. Instead, Carter shows that you get far more value by asking the right questions of the person you’re negotiating with than you do from arguing with them. She offers a simple yet powerful ten-question framework for successful negotiation where both sides emerge victorious. Carter’s proven method extends far beyond one “yes” and instead creates value that lasts a lifetime.   Ask for More is “like having a negotiation coach in your corner” (Linda Babcock, author of Women Don’t Ask) and gives you the tools to bring clarity and perspective to any critical discussion, no matter the topic.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403854</guid><pubDate>Tue, 05 May 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130894/9781797107233.mp3" length="1478384" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403854 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ask For More: 10 Questions to Negotiate Anything Author: Alexandra Carter Narrator: Alexandra Carter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 28...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403854" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403854</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ask For More: 10 Questions to Negotiate Anything Author: Alexandra Carter Narrator: Alexandra Carter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 28 minutes Release date: May  5, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  An instant Wall Street Journal bestseller and “a joy to read” (Douglas Stone and Sheila Heen, authors of Difficult Conversations), Ask for More shows that by asking better questions, you get better answers—and better results from any negotiation. Negotiation is not a zero-sum game. It’s an essential skill for your career that can also improve your closest relationships and your everyday life. Still, people often shy away from it, feeling defeated before they’ve even started. In this groundbreaking new book on negotiation, Alexandra Carter—Columbia law professor and mediation expert who has helped students, business professionals, the United Nations, and more—offers a straightforward accessible approach anyone can use to ask for and receive more.   We’ve been taught incorrectly that the loudest and most assertive voice prevails in any negotiation, or otherwise, both sides compromise, ending up with less. Instead, Carter shows that you get far more value by asking the right questions of the person you’re negotiating with than you do from arguing with them. She offers a simple yet powerful ten-question framework for successful negotiation where both sides emerge victorious. Carter’s proven method extends far beyond one “yes” and instead creates value that lasts a lifetime.   Ask for More is “like having a negotiation coach in your corner” (Linda Babcock, author of Women Don’t Ask) and gives you the tools to bring clarity and perspective to any critical discussion, no matter the topic.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b42011f7ee86b209ef1bea1006648df8.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Real Influence: Persuade Without Pushing and Gain Without Giving In by Mark Goulston, John Ullmen</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/real-influence-persuade-without-pushing-and-gain-without-giving-in-by-mark-goulston-john-ullmen--65130875</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414839" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414839</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Real Influence: Persuade Without Pushing and Gain Without Giving In Author: Mark Goulston, John Ullmen Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 28 minutes Release date: April 28, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Authentic influence is about more than creating a strong initial connection--it’s about sustaining professional relationships long after an agreement has been reached. When others sense they are being pushed, their guard goes up. In business interactions, even if the person you are pitching to does comply with your requests, lingering resentment may undermine the relationship forever. So why do most books on influence still portray it as something you do to someone else to get your way? Based on their commitment to listening, genuine engagement, and the pursuit of win-win outcomes, doctors and authors Mark Goulston and John Ullmen share a new method that business leaders can utilize to persuade others. In Real Influence, Goulston and Ullem teach you how to: - examine priorities, - learn about the needs of key players, - earn others’ attention, - motivate others to hear more, - and add value with question and actions. Outdated approaches that portray influence as a means to get your way invites resistance and cynicism from those who recognize the techniques. Manipulative tactics fail to produce the mutual trust that sustains successful relationships. Complete with examples of the steps in action and insights from real-world “power influencers,” Real Influence is a one-of-a-kind guide that showcases how being straight with everyone means winning for all.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414839</guid><pubDate>Tue, 28 Apr 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130875/9781400223619.mp3" length="1477761" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414839 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Real Influence: Persuade Without Pushing and Gain Without Giving In Author: Mark Goulston, John Ullmen Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414839" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414839</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Real Influence: Persuade Without Pushing and Gain Without Giving In Author: Mark Goulston, John Ullmen Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 28 minutes Release date: April 28, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Authentic influence is about more than creating a strong initial connection--it’s about sustaining professional relationships long after an agreement has been reached. When others sense they are being pushed, their guard goes up. In business interactions, even if the person you are pitching to does comply with your requests, lingering resentment may undermine the relationship forever. So why do most books on influence still portray it as something you do to someone else to get your way? Based on their commitment to listening, genuine engagement, and the pursuit of win-win outcomes, doctors and authors Mark Goulston and John Ullmen share a new method that business leaders can utilize to persuade others. In Real Influence, Goulston and Ullem teach you how to: - examine priorities, - learn about the needs of key players, - earn others’ attention, - motivate others to hear more, - and add value with question and actions. Outdated approaches that portray influence as a means to get your way invites resistance and cynicism from those who recognize the techniques. Manipulative tactics fail to produce the mutual trust that sustains successful relationships. Complete with examples of the steps in action and insights from real-world “power influencers,” Real Influence is a one-of-a-kind guide that showcases how being straight with everyone means winning for all.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/44bf2fb07b80abf17495889eab1ad17e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Meisterkurs Rhetorik &amp; Kommunikation: Smalltalk, Körpersprache, Selbstbewusstsein, Schlagfertigkeit, Souveränität, Überzeugungskr</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-meisterkurs-rhetorik-kommunikation-smalltalk-korpersprache-selbstbewusstsein-schlagfertigkeit-souveranitat-uberzeugungskr--65130825</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472592" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472592</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Meisterkurs Rhetorik &amp; Kommunikation: Smalltalk, Körpersprache, Selbstbewusstsein, Schlagfertigkeit, Souveränität, Überzeugungskraft Author: Ingo Hoppe, Patrick Lynen Narrator: Ingo Hoppe, Patrick Lynen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 51 minutes Release date: April 22, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Es ist ein Fakt: Wer erfolgreich und charismatisch kommunizieren kann, der hält den Schlüssel zu Erfolg und Macht in seinen Händen. Ob Barack Obama, Martin Luther King oder Steve Jobs  - sie sind allesamt einflussreiche Persönlichkeiten, die vor allem durch ihr rhetorisches Geschick von sich reden machten.  Doch was ist das für eine magische Eigenschaft, die diese Menschen sofort beliebt und respektiert macht? Bei Reden scharen sie andere um sie, jeder möchte ihr Freund sein und im Nu steigen sie schnell die Karriereleiter empor. Welche 'Geheimwaffe' nutzen sie ? Die Antwort lautet: Es ist ein besonderes Gespür für Kommunikation und Rhetorik, ein schneller Aufbau von Beziehungen, ein geschickter Umgang mit Menschen. Die Bestseller-Autoren Ingo Hoppe und Patrick Lynen zeigen wirkungsvolle Mechanismen für erfolgreiche Beziehungsarbeit auf. Vom ersten Kennenlernen über das Etablieren von Kontakten bis hin zu ausgefeilten Techniken, neue Freunde zu gewinnen. Zuverlässige Strategien, wie Sie ...  die eigene Schüchternheit überwinden,  aus Small Talk im Handumdrehen 'Big Talk' machen,  über Optik und Körpersprache punkten,  stehen, gehen, reden wie ein Promi,  neue Freunde gewinnen,  sich nachhaltig beliebt machen,  im Beruf erfolgreicher agieren und (z.B. Ihr Gehalt) besser verhandeln,  packende Reden halten wie ein Profi,  mit Überzeugungskraft, Schlagfertigkeit und Selbstbewusstsein jede Situation souverän meistern,  selbstbewusst auftreten und zu einer durchsetzungsstarken Persönlichkeit werden. Bewährte Techniken für anstrengende Meetings, langweilige Firmenfeiern, wichtige Events oder neue Freundschaften. Es geht um Smalltalk, Selbstbewusstsein, Schlagfertigkeit, Körpersprache, Überzeugungskraft und selbstbewusstes Auftreten. Schritt für Schritt erlernen Sie die Grundlagen erfolgreicher Rhetorik und Kommunikation, bekommen fundiertes psychologisch fundiertes Fachwissen für die Praxis, wertvolle Tools für den perfekten Auftritt, bewähre Techniken gegen Lampenfieber und jede Menge rhetorische Spezialeffekte. Unzählige Beispiele aus der Praxis und erstklassige Ratschläge von absoluten Top-Experten garantieren Ihren persönlichen Erfolg.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472592</guid><pubDate>Wed, 22 Apr 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130825/4064066559502.mp3" length="1478412" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472592 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Meisterkurs Rhetorik &amp;amp; Kommunikation: Smalltalk, Körpersprache, Selbstbewusstsein, Schlagfertigkeit, Souveränität, Überzeugungskraft...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472592" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472592</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Meisterkurs Rhetorik &amp; Kommunikation: Smalltalk, Körpersprache, Selbstbewusstsein, Schlagfertigkeit, Souveränität, Überzeugungskraft Author: Ingo Hoppe, Patrick Lynen Narrator: Ingo Hoppe, Patrick Lynen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 51 minutes Release date: April 22, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Es ist ein Fakt: Wer erfolgreich und charismatisch kommunizieren kann, der hält den Schlüssel zu Erfolg und Macht in seinen Händen. Ob Barack Obama, Martin Luther King oder Steve Jobs  - sie sind allesamt einflussreiche Persönlichkeiten, die vor allem durch ihr rhetorisches Geschick von sich reden machten.  Doch was ist das für eine magische Eigenschaft, die diese Menschen sofort beliebt und respektiert macht? Bei Reden scharen sie andere um sie, jeder möchte ihr Freund sein und im Nu steigen sie schnell die Karriereleiter empor. Welche 'Geheimwaffe' nutzen sie ? Die Antwort lautet: Es ist ein besonderes Gespür für Kommunikation und Rhetorik, ein schneller Aufbau von Beziehungen, ein geschickter Umgang mit Menschen. Die Bestseller-Autoren Ingo Hoppe und Patrick Lynen zeigen wirkungsvolle Mechanismen für erfolgreiche Beziehungsarbeit auf. Vom ersten Kennenlernen über das Etablieren von Kontakten bis hin zu ausgefeilten Techniken, neue Freunde zu gewinnen. Zuverlässige Strategien, wie Sie ...  die eigene Schüchternheit überwinden,  aus Small Talk im Handumdrehen 'Big Talk' machen,  über Optik und Körpersprache punkten,  stehen, gehen, reden wie ein Promi,  neue Freunde gewinnen,  sich nachhaltig beliebt machen,  im Beruf erfolgreicher agieren und (z.B. Ihr Gehalt) besser verhandeln,  packende Reden halten wie ein Profi,  mit Überzeugungskraft, Schlagfertigkeit und Selbstbewusstsein jede Situation souverän meistern,  selbstbewusst auftreten und zu einer durchsetzungsstarken Persönlichkeit werden. Bewährte Techniken für anstrengende Meetings, langweilige Firmenfeiern, wichtige Events oder neue Freundschaften. Es geht um Smalltalk, Selbstbewusstsein, Schlagfertigkeit, Körpersprache, Überzeugungskraft und selbstbewusstes Auftreten. Schritt für Schritt erlernen Sie die Grundlagen erfolgreicher Rhetorik und Kommunikation, bekommen fundiertes psychologisch fundiertes Fachwissen für die Praxis, wertvolle Tools für den perfekten Auftritt, bewähre Techniken gegen Lampenfieber und jede Menge rhetorische Spezialeffekte. Unzählige Beispiele aus der Praxis und erstklassige Ratschläge von absoluten Top-Experten garantieren Ihren persönlichen Erfolg.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>berzeugungskr</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/d456614ca0911e99dd2c2184c8ae3395.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Just Listen: Discover the Secret to Getting Through to Absolutely Anyone by Mark Goulston</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/just-listen-discover-the-secret-to-getting-through-to-absolutely-anyone-by-mark-goulston--65130904</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414844" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414844</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Just Listen: Discover the Secret to Getting Through to Absolutely Anyone Author: Mark Goulston Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 53 minutes Release date: April 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 12   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Getting through to someone is a critical, fine art. Whether you are dealing with a harried colleague, a stressed-out client, or an insecure spouse, things will go from bad to worse if you can't break through emotional barricades and get your message thoroughly communicated and registered. Drawing on his experience as a psychiatrist, business consultant, and coach, author Mark Goulston combines his background with the latest scientific research to help you turn the “impossible” and “unreachable” people in their lives into allies, devoted customers, loyal colleagues, and lifetime friends. In Just Listen, Goulston provides simple yet powerful techniques you can use to really get through to people including how to: - make a powerful and positive first impression; - listen effectively; - make even a total stranger (potential client) feel understood; - talk an angry or aggressive person away from an instinctual, unproductive reaction and toward a more rational mindset; - and achieve buy-in--the linchpin of all persuasion, negotiation, and sales. Whether they're coworkers, friends, strangers, or enemies, the first make-or-break step in persuading anyone to do anything is getting them to hear you out. The invaluable principles in Just Listen will get you through that first tough step with anyone. With this groundbreaking book, you will be able to master the fine but critical art of effective communication.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414844</guid><pubDate>Tue, 21 Apr 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130904/9781400223701.mp3" length="1477723" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414844 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Just Listen: Discover the Secret to Getting Through to Absolutely Anyone Author: Mark Goulston Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414844" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414844</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Just Listen: Discover the Secret to Getting Through to Absolutely Anyone Author: Mark Goulston Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 53 minutes Release date: April 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 12   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Getting through to someone is a critical, fine art. Whether you are dealing with a harried colleague, a stressed-out client, or an insecure spouse, things will go from bad to worse if you can't break through emotional barricades and get your message thoroughly communicated and registered. Drawing on his experience as a psychiatrist, business consultant, and coach, author Mark Goulston combines his background with the latest scientific research to help you turn the “impossible” and “unreachable” people in their lives into allies, devoted customers, loyal colleagues, and lifetime friends. In Just Listen, Goulston provides simple yet powerful techniques you can use to really get through to people including how to: - make a powerful and positive first impression; - listen effectively; - make even a total stranger (potential client) feel understood; - talk an angry or aggressive person away from an instinctual, unproductive reaction and toward a more rational mindset; - and achieve buy-in--the linchpin of all persuasion, negotiation, and sales. Whether they're coworkers, friends, strangers, or enemies, the first make-or-break step in persuading anyone to do anything is getting them to hear you out. The invaluable principles in Just Listen will get you through that first tough step with anyone. With this groundbreaking book, you will be able to master the fine but critical art of effective communication.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/2a532635b2914bbcbfee41a850b94d30.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Von Flugenten und Semmeln: Live Mitschnitt Vortrag 2019 by Inés Hoelter</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-von-flugenten-und-semmeln-live-mitschnitt-vortrag-2019-by-ines-hoelter--65130830</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467801" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467801</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Von Flugenten und Semmeln: Live Mitschnitt Vortrag 2019 Author: Inés Hoelter Narrator: Inés Hoelter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 30 minutes Release date: April 21, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Die Welt der Kommunikation hält viele kleine Fallstricke aber auch wunderbare Möglichkeiten bereit. Wenn wir lernen, mit unseren Kommunikationsinstrumenten, also unserer Stimme, unserer Sprache als auch unseren Körpersignalen bewusst umzugehen, stehen uns alle Türe offen, mit unserem Gegenüber auf eine ganz neue Weise in Kontakt zu gehen. In diesem gut halbstündigen Live Mitschnitt referiert Inés Hoelter über verschiedene Kommunikationskanäle wie Intonationen, hohe und tiefe Stimmen, Kleidung als auch ihre jeweiligen - ggf. ungewollten - Signale. Angenehme Anregungen und Denkanstöße aus der Welt der Kommunikation für zwischendurch.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467801</guid><pubDate>Tue, 21 Apr 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130830/9783966330657.mp3" length="1478262" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467801 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Von Flugenten und Semmeln: Live Mitschnitt Vortrag 2019 Author: Inés Hoelter Narrator: Inés Hoelter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467801" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467801</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Von Flugenten und Semmeln: Live Mitschnitt Vortrag 2019 Author: Inés Hoelter Narrator: Inés Hoelter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 30 minutes Release date: April 21, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Die Welt der Kommunikation hält viele kleine Fallstricke aber auch wunderbare Möglichkeiten bereit. Wenn wir lernen, mit unseren Kommunikationsinstrumenten, also unserer Stimme, unserer Sprache als auch unseren Körpersignalen bewusst umzugehen, stehen uns alle Türe offen, mit unserem Gegenüber auf eine ganz neue Weise in Kontakt zu gehen. In diesem gut halbstündigen Live Mitschnitt referiert Inés Hoelter über verschiedene Kommunikationskanäle wie Intonationen, hohe und tiefe Stimmen, Kleidung als auch ihre jeweiligen - ggf. ungewollten - Signale. Angenehme Anregungen und Denkanstöße aus der Welt der Kommunikation für zwischendurch.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/4d6b74acb28a63a15de90ef6e231dd88.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Die Geheimnisse eines charismatischen Auftritts: Wie sie zu einem Kommunikationsgenie werden by Inés Hoelter</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-die-geheimnisse-eines-charismatischen-auftritts-wie-sie-zu-einem-kommunikationsgenie-werden-by-ines-hoelter--65130773</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/474541" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/474541</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Geheimnisse eines charismatischen Auftritts: Wie sie zu einem Kommunikationsgenie werden Author: Inés Hoelter Narrator: Miriam Schupp, Inés Hoelter, Norman Matt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 30 minutes Release date: April 21, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Wie wende ich meine Stimme optimal für welchen Sprechanlass an? Und welche Körpergesten sollte ich nutzen? Was mache ich bei Lampenfieber und wie verhalte ich mich bei Empfängen oder der Weihnachtsfeier? Auf diese und andere Fragen bekommen Sie in diesem Buch Antworten. Lernen Sie, optimal mit Ihrer Stimme und Ihrem Körper umzugehen und in fast jeglichen Situationen sprechsicher aufzutreten. Gelesen von Inés Hoelter und Norman Matt;  Stationsvoice: Miriam Schupp; Jingle: Eva-Janina Haas. Produziert wurde das Hörbuch in den JB Studios.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/474541</guid><pubDate>Tue, 21 Apr 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130773/9783961429561.mp3" length="1478364" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/474541 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Geheimnisse eines charismatischen Auftritts: Wie sie zu einem Kommunikationsgenie werden Author: Inés Hoelter Narrator: Miriam Schupp,...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/474541" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/474541</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Geheimnisse eines charismatischen Auftritts: Wie sie zu einem Kommunikationsgenie werden Author: Inés Hoelter Narrator: Miriam Schupp, Inés Hoelter, Norman Matt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 30 minutes Release date: April 21, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Wie wende ich meine Stimme optimal für welchen Sprechanlass an? Und welche Körpergesten sollte ich nutzen? Was mache ich bei Lampenfieber und wie verhalte ich mich bei Empfängen oder der Weihnachtsfeier? Auf diese und andere Fragen bekommen Sie in diesem Buch Antworten. Lernen Sie, optimal mit Ihrer Stimme und Ihrem Körper umzugehen und in fast jeglichen Situationen sprechsicher aufzutreten. Gelesen von Inés Hoelter und Norman Matt;  Stationsvoice: Miriam Schupp; Jingle: Eva-Janina Haas. Produziert wurde das Hörbuch in den JB Studios.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/d1015563cf97e96106677114e2475a8d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Storytelling - Mit Geschichten überzeugen - Haufe TaschenGuide (Ungekürzte Lesung) by Gregor Adamczyk</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-storytelling-mit-geschichten-uberzeugen-haufe-taschenguide-ungekurzte-lesung-by-gregor-adamczyk--65130852</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456322" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456322</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Storytelling - Mit Geschichten überzeugen - Haufe TaschenGuide (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Gregor Adamczyk Narrator: Alexander Pensel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 29 minutes Release date: April 17, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Storytelling gezielt einsetzen - Schon im Altertum erklärte man sich die Welt mit Mythen und Sagen. Im modernen Unternehmensalltag wird unsere Fähigkeit, komplexe Zusammenhänge mit Geschichten greifbar zu machen, wieder aktuell. Erfahren Sie in diesem Hörbuch, wie Sie die Fähigkeit, Vertrauen und Respekt zu gewinnen, mit Hilfe des Geschichtenerzählens trainieren und bewusst nutzen. Denn eine gute Geschichte wirkt glaubwürdiger und nachhaltiger als die bloße Vermittlung von Zahlen und Fakten. Die TaschenGuides von Haufe - kompaktes Wissen für Beruf, Studium und Weiterbildung]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456322</guid><pubDate>Fri, 17 Apr 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130852/9783732454341.mp3" length="1478444" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456322 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Storytelling - Mit Geschichten überzeugen - Haufe TaschenGuide (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Gregor Adamczyk Narrator: Alexander Pensel...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456322" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456322</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Storytelling - Mit Geschichten überzeugen - Haufe TaschenGuide (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Gregor Adamczyk Narrator: Alexander Pensel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 29 minutes Release date: April 17, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Storytelling gezielt einsetzen - Schon im Altertum erklärte man sich die Welt mit Mythen und Sagen. Im modernen Unternehmensalltag wird unsere Fähigkeit, komplexe Zusammenhänge mit Geschichten greifbar zu machen, wieder aktuell. Erfahren Sie in diesem Hörbuch, wie Sie die Fähigkeit, Vertrauen und Respekt zu gewinnen, mit Hilfe des Geschichtenerzählens trainieren und bewusst nutzen. Denn eine gute Geschichte wirkt glaubwürdiger und nachhaltiger als die bloße Vermittlung von Zahlen und Fakten. Die TaschenGuides von Haufe - kompaktes Wissen für Beruf, Studium und Weiterbildung]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>berzeugen,rzte</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/0e8fe9c26e5cec835fac08ac451593f5.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Domina el arte de la conversación No más momentos incómodos. Aprende a dominar el arte de la conversación y domina la comunicaci</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-domina-el-arte-de-la-conversacion-no-mas-momentos-incomodos-aprende-a-dominar-el-arte-de-la-conversacion-y-domina-la-comunicaci--65130929</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434842" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434842</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Domina el arte de la conversación No más momentos incómodos. Aprende a dominar el arte de la conversación y domina la comunicación efectiva. Aunque seas tímido y evites la charla casual a toda costa Author: Eladio Olivo Narrator: Dorita Carballo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 41 minutes Release date: April 13, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Aprende cómo lograr ser un conversador experto incluso si eres tímido o simplemente te quedas frecuentemente sin saber que decir. Las habilidades de conversación representan uno de los conjuntos de habilidades más importantes de siempre. Son claves para tener éxito en la seducción, encantar a un posible cliente, conseguir nuevos amigos, obtener un salario más alto, y la lista puede continuar. Hay una conexión directa entre sus habilidades de comunicación y su éxito en la vida. Por ello, la solución es simple: ¿Quieres ser tímido y aburrido toda tu vida o quieres convertirte en un conversador que deja una poderosa impresión a los demás? Aquí hay una breve vista previa de lo que descubrirá: •Trece pasos para empezar a tener YA una personalidad atrayente. (¡no busques mas y empieza a hacerlas venir a ti!) •Los siete hábitos que te hacen parecer desagradable y desconoces. •Tres consejos increíbles para lograr llevarte bien con cualquier persona que conozcas. •Tres reglas únicas para poder crear conversaciones interesantes. •Trucos desconocidos para seducir a tu pareja con la conversación. •Métodos de negociación elementales para empezar a lograr TODO lo que quieres ahora. (Muestra control en tu vida cotidiana y persuade a CUALQUIERA al estar de acuerdo con su punto de vista!) Y mucho, mucho más... Aunque te parece difícil usar las palabras y nunca hayas conseguido encantar a nadie durante toda tu vida, con esta guía vas a poder crear esa atracción espectacular para dominar cada lugar y todas las habilidades de conversación que te sirven hablar a cualquier persona y fascinar a cualquiera. Si deseas desbloquear estas técnicas expertas, y finalmente encender nuevas oportunidades a través del poder de la conversación, entonces debes comprar este libro hoy!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434842</guid><pubDate>Mon, 13 Apr 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130929/9781662112584.mp3" length="2437351" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434842 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Domina el arte de la conversación No más momentos incómodos. Aprende a dominar el arte de la conversación y domina la comunicación...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434842" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434842</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Domina el arte de la conversación No más momentos incómodos. Aprende a dominar el arte de la conversación y domina la comunicación efectiva. Aunque seas tímido y evites la charla casual a toda costa Author: Eladio Olivo Narrator: Dorita Carballo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 41 minutes Release date: April 13, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Aprende cómo lograr ser un conversador experto incluso si eres tímido o simplemente te quedas frecuentemente sin saber que decir. Las habilidades de conversación representan uno de los conjuntos de habilidades más importantes de siempre. Son claves para tener éxito en la seducción, encantar a un posible cliente, conseguir nuevos amigos, obtener un salario más alto, y la lista puede continuar. Hay una conexión directa entre sus habilidades de comunicación y su éxito en la vida. Por ello, la solución es simple: ¿Quieres ser tímido y aburrido toda tu vida o quieres convertirte en un conversador que deja una poderosa impresión a los demás? Aquí hay una breve vista previa de lo que descubrirá: •Trece pasos para empezar a tener YA una personalidad atrayente. (¡no busques mas y empieza a hacerlas venir a ti!) •Los siete hábitos que te hacen parecer desagradable y desconoces. •Tres consejos increíbles para lograr llevarte bien con cualquier persona que conozcas. •Tres reglas únicas para poder crear conversaciones interesantes. •Trucos desconocidos para seducir a tu pareja con la conversación. •Métodos de negociación elementales para empezar a lograr TODO lo que quieres ahora. (Muestra control en tu vida cotidiana y persuade a CUALQUIERA al estar de acuerdo con su punto de vista!) Y mucho, mucho más... Aunque te parece difícil usar las palabras y nunca hayas conseguido encantar a nadie durante toda tu vida, con esta guía vas a poder crear esa atracción espectacular para dominar cada lugar y todas las habilidades de conversación que te sirven hablar a cualquier persona y fascinar a cualquiera. Si deseas desbloquear estas técnicas expertas, y finalmente encender nuevas oportunidades a través del poder de la conversación, entonces debes comprar este libro hoy!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/329d31932cbce80254a930d06bad597a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Mastering Conversation Skills Goodbye Awkwardness. Learn to Master the Art of Conversation and Become A Great Communicator, Even if You've A</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/mastering-conversation-skills-goodbye-awkwardness-learn-to-master-the-art-of-conversation-and-become-a-great-communicator-even-if-you-ve-a--65130886</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445694" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445694</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mastering Conversation Skills Goodbye Awkwardness. Learn to Master the Art of Conversation and Become A Great Communicator, Even if You've Always Been Shy or Hate Small Talk Author: Helen Stone Narrator: William Carter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 23 minutes Release date: March 31, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Discover how to become a great and fascinating conversational even if in you're shy or often don’t know what to say. Here's a short preview of what you'll discover: •Develop IMMEDIATELY a charming and magnetic personality in thirteen easy steps. (Start attracting interesting personalities into your life; you won’t need anymore to keep looking for them!) •Three essential rules to become involved in interesting conversations. •Seven horrible mistakes you’re making in your communication that don’t attract people. •The three most important secrets to get along with anyone you desire. •Little-known tips you need to know to seduce the person you like by talking. •How to negotiate for achieving whatever you want NOW. (Control your life, show your strong and charismatic character and persuade ANY PERSON to agree with what you’re saying!) And much, much more… Even if you often run out of arguments to discuss and have never shown dominance in your life, this book will teach you to attract and charm every person in your surroundings. By developing your conversation skills you’ll be capable of creating incredible connections and fascinating whoever is listening to you. Following the tips and techniques in this book you’ll recognize all the bad habits that don’t allow you to reach your social and professional dreams, the right methods to make these dreams become true, and how to attract new people around you. If you want to unlock these expert techniques, and finally ignite new opportunities through the power of conversation alone, then you should start this book today!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445694</guid><pubDate>Tue, 31 Mar 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130886/9781662125430.mp3" length="2437318" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445694 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mastering Conversation Skills Goodbye Awkwardness. Learn to Master the Art of Conversation and Become A Great Communicator, Even if You've Always Been...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445694" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445694</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mastering Conversation Skills Goodbye Awkwardness. Learn to Master the Art of Conversation and Become A Great Communicator, Even if You've Always Been Shy or Hate Small Talk Author: Helen Stone Narrator: William Carter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 23 minutes Release date: March 31, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Discover how to become a great and fascinating conversational even if in you're shy or often don’t know what to say. Here's a short preview of what you'll discover: •Develop IMMEDIATELY a charming and magnetic personality in thirteen easy steps. (Start attracting interesting personalities into your life; you won’t need anymore to keep looking for them!) •Three essential rules to become involved in interesting conversations. •Seven horrible mistakes you’re making in your communication that don’t attract people. •The three most important secrets to get along with anyone you desire. •Little-known tips you need to know to seduce the person you like by talking. •How to negotiate for achieving whatever you want NOW. (Control your life, show your strong and charismatic character and persuade ANY PERSON to agree with what you’re saying!) And much, much more… Even if you often run out of arguments to discuss and have never shown dominance in your life, this book will teach you to attract and charm every person in your surroundings. By developing your conversation skills you’ll be capable of creating incredible connections and fascinating whoever is listening to you. Following the tips and techniques in this book you’ll recognize all the bad habits that don’t allow you to reach your social and professional dreams, the right methods to make these dreams become true, and how to attract new people around you. If you want to unlock these expert techniques, and finally ignite new opportunities through the power of conversation alone, then you should start this book today!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/a8c923b336b0efbb48ab30ffef396d82.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Samurái: El que lidera sirviendo by Enric Lladó</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-samurai-el-que-lidera-sirviendo-by-enric-llado--65130821</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489525" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489525</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Samurái: El que lidera sirviendo Author: Enric Lladó Narrator: Gonzalo Durán Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 59 minutes Release date: March 18, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  En el año 2014 una compañía japonesa le solicitó a Enric Lladó identificar las habilidades más importantes que sus ejecutivos deberían poseer para afrontar los retos del futuro. Fruto de este encargo, Enric creó el Modelo Samurái de liderazgo. Desde entonces, cientos de ejecutivos de numerosas empresas han sido capaces de mejorar su liderazgo y sus resultados de negocio gracias al entrenamiento en las cuatro artes del modelo. Este libro pone estos conocimientos al alcance de todos. Está dirigido a aquellas personas que desean marcar una diferencia y generar cambios positivos a su alrededor. A través de sus páginas el autor nos acercará a la sabiduría ancestral de los legendarios guerreros samurái y nos pondrá en contacto con la auténtica fuente del poder personal. Así descubriremos que la palabra 'samurái' significa en realidad 'el que sirve', que el verdadero liderazgo está en nuestro interior, y que quien sirve para liderar es siempre aquel que lidera sirviendo.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489525</guid><pubDate>Wed, 18 Mar 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130821/9788418263002.mp3" length="1478278" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489525 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Samurái: El que lidera sirviendo Author: Enric Lladó Narrator: Gonzalo Durán Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 59 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489525" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489525</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Samurái: El que lidera sirviendo Author: Enric Lladó Narrator: Gonzalo Durán Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 59 minutes Release date: March 18, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  En el año 2014 una compañía japonesa le solicitó a Enric Lladó identificar las habilidades más importantes que sus ejecutivos deberían poseer para afrontar los retos del futuro. Fruto de este encargo, Enric creó el Modelo Samurái de liderazgo. Desde entonces, cientos de ejecutivos de numerosas empresas han sido capaces de mejorar su liderazgo y sus resultados de negocio gracias al entrenamiento en las cuatro artes del modelo. Este libro pone estos conocimientos al alcance de todos. Está dirigido a aquellas personas que desean marcar una diferencia y generar cambios positivos a su alrededor. A través de sus páginas el autor nos acercará a la sabiduría ancestral de los legendarios guerreros samurái y nos pondrá en contacto con la auténtica fuente del poder personal. Así descubriremos que la palabra 'samurái' significa en realidad 'el que sirve', que el verdadero liderazgo está en nuestro interior, y que quien sirve para liderar es siempre aquel que lidera sirviendo.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f4ee13dd18599cd3671ddd43feed9849.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Everyone Communicates, Few Connect: What the Most Effective People Do Differently by John C. Maxwell</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/everyone-communicates-few-connect-what-the-most-effective-people-do-differently-by-john-c-maxwell--65130898</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412951</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everyone Communicates, Few Connect: What the Most Effective People Do Differently Author: John C. Maxwell Narrator: Henry O. Arnold, John C. Maxwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 13 minutes Release date: March 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 22   Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 7 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  The most effective leaders know how to connect with people. It's not about power or popularity, but about making the people around you feel heard, comfortable, and understood. While it may seem like some folks are born with a commanding presence that draws people in, the fact is anyone can learn to communicate in ways that consistently build powerful connections. Bestselling author and leadership expert John C. Maxwell offers advice for effective communication to those who continually run into obstacles when it comes to personal success. In Everyone Communicates, Few Connect, Maxwell shares five principles and five practices to develop connection skills including: - finding common ground; - keeping your communication simple; - capturing people’s interest; - how to create an experience everyone enjoys; - and staying authentic in all your relationships. Your ability to achieve results in any organization is directly tied to the leadership skills in your toolbox. Connecting is an easy-to-learn skill you can apply today in your personal, professional, and family relationships to start living your best life.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412951</guid><pubDate>Tue, 17 Mar 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130898/9781400222742.mp3" length="1477825" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412951 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everyone Communicates, Few Connect: What the Most Effective People Do Differently Author: John C. Maxwell Narrator: Henry O. Arnold, John C. Maxwell...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412951</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everyone Communicates, Few Connect: What the Most Effective People Do Differently Author: John C. Maxwell Narrator: Henry O. Arnold, John C. Maxwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 13 minutes Release date: March 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 22   Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 7 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  The most effective leaders know how to connect with people. It's not about power or popularity, but about making the people around you feel heard, comfortable, and understood. While it may seem like some folks are born with a commanding presence that draws people in, the fact is anyone can learn to communicate in ways that consistently build powerful connections. Bestselling author and leadership expert John C. Maxwell offers advice for effective communication to those who continually run into obstacles when it comes to personal success. In Everyone Communicates, Few Connect, Maxwell shares five principles and five practices to develop connection skills including: - finding common ground; - keeping your communication simple; - capturing people’s interest; - how to create an experience everyone enjoys; - and staying authentic in all your relationships. Your ability to achieve results in any organization is directly tied to the leadership skills in your toolbox. Connecting is an easy-to-learn skill you can apply today in your personal, professional, and family relationships to start living your best life.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/cafe5a5674804a5efad2fb3f26bf34e4.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Powershift: Transform Any Situation, Close Any Deal, and Achieve Any Outcome by Daymond John, Daniel Paisner</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/powershift-transform-any-situation-close-any-deal-and-achieve-any-outcome-by-daymond-john-daniel-paisner--65130936</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387717" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387717</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Powershift: Transform Any Situation, Close Any Deal, and Achieve Any Outcome Author: Daymond John, Daniel Paisner Narrator: Sway Calloway, Daymond John Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 10 minutes Release date: March 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.05 of Total 20   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  The bestselling author and star of ABC’s Shark Tank reveals how to master the three prongs of influence: reputation, negotiation, and relationships.     Have you ever wanted to make a big change in your life but weren’t sure where to start? In Powershift, Daymond John shares the answer. To take control of your destiny and drive the change you want to see, you need to lay the groundwork so you’re prepared to seize every opportunity that comes your way. And that means mastering     • Influence—make an impression: Develop a reputation that highlights what you stand for.  • Negotiation—make a deal: Hone a win-win negotiating style.  • Relationships—make a connection last: Nurture those connections you make along the way.    Through never-before-told stories from his life and career, Daymond shares the lessons that got him to where he is today: from how he remade his public image as he transitioned from clothing mogul to television personality, to how he mastered the negotiation strategies that determine whether deals are won or lost “in the tank,” to his secrets for building long-lasting—and profitable—relationships with founders and brands.     Throughout the book, some of the world’s most successful personalities reveal how they shifted their power in meaningful ways:     Kris Jenner on determining your value: “You don’t have to go ask somebody else for permission. You have the power to be able to stick to your guns and demand your worth.”     Mark Cuban on finding and understanding your why: “Time is the one asset we don’t own, we can’t buy, and we can never get back.”     Pitbull on tapping into your inner power: “A lot of people feel that to be powerful is to exude strength. I think it’s the total opposite. To be powerful is to be powerless. It’s when you give everybody what you got.”     Whether you’re an innovator working to turn your big idea into a reality, a professional looking to land a major promotion, or a busy parent trying to find more time to focus on what’s really important to you, Daymond shows you how to shift your power and energy towards positive change.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387717</guid><pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130936/9780593167991.mp3" length="4837163" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387717 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Powershift: Transform Any Situation, Close Any Deal, and Achieve Any Outcome Author: Daymond John, Daniel Paisner Narrator: Sway Calloway, Daymond John...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387717" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387717</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Powershift: Transform Any Situation, Close Any Deal, and Achieve Any Outcome Author: Daymond John, Daniel Paisner Narrator: Sway Calloway, Daymond John Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 10 minutes Release date: March 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.05 of Total 20   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  The bestselling author and star of ABC’s Shark Tank reveals how to master the three prongs of influence: reputation, negotiation, and relationships.     Have you ever wanted to make a big change in your life but weren’t sure where to start? In Powershift, Daymond John shares the answer. To take control of your destiny and drive the change you want to see, you need to lay the groundwork so you’re prepared to seize every opportunity that comes your way. And that means mastering     • Influence—make an impression: Develop a reputation that highlights what you stand for.  • Negotiation—make a deal: Hone a win-win negotiating style.  • Relationships—make a connection last: Nurture those connections you make along the way.    Through never-before-told stories from his life and career, Daymond shares the lessons that got him to where he is today: from how he remade his public image as he transitioned from clothing mogul to television personality, to how he mastered the negotiation strategies that determine whether deals are won or lost “in the tank,” to his secrets for building long-lasting—and profitable—relationships with founders and brands.     Throughout the book, some of the world’s most successful personalities reveal how they shifted their power in meaningful ways:     Kris Jenner on determining your value: “You don’t have to go ask somebody else for permission. You have the power to be able to stick to your guns and demand your worth.”     Mark Cuban on finding and understanding your why: “Time is the one asset we don’t own, we can’t buy, and we can never get back.”     Pitbull on tapping into your inner power: “A lot of people feel that to be powerful is to exude strength. I think it’s the total opposite. To be powerful is to be powerless. It’s when you give everybody what you got.”     Whether you’re an innovator working to turn your big idea into a reality, a professional looking to land a major promotion, or a busy parent trying to find more time to focus on what’s really important to you, Daymond shows you how to shift your power and energy towards positive change.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/88cdcae36847a68f62691808149d53a6.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Optimal Outcomes: Free Yourself from Conflict at Work, at Home, and in Life by Jennifer Goldman-Wetzler</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/optimal-outcomes-free-yourself-from-conflict-at-work-at-home-and-in-life-by-jennifer-goldman-wetzler--65130941</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387254" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387254</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Optimal Outcomes: Free Yourself from Conflict at Work, at Home, and in Life Author: Jennifer Goldman-Wetzler Narrator: Jennifer Goldman-Wetzler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: February 25, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  An award-winning conflict consultant offers a new path to take when agreement and collaboration seem impossible, and teaches us that when conflict resolution fails, we can achieve freedom instead—even without others’ cooperation. A founding CEO and his top salesperson are engaged in a heated clash over her compensation package. A mother and daughter are locked in a nasty cycle of blame and attack. A high-profile executive team is struggling with aggressive political infighting. In all these cases, every effort to talk it out has been unsuccessful. Where can you turn when your attempts to resolve conflict fail? Most approaches emphasize collaboration. You are supposed to sit down, calmly talk through your differences, and find a solution. But what if nothing seems to work, no matter what you do? When situations resist resolution, the Optimal Outcomes Method teaches us conflict freedom. This innovative method, based on Dr. Jennifer Goldman-Wetzler’s training at the Program on Negotiation at Harvard Law School, two decades as a consultant to Fortune 500 and high-growth CEOs and senior teams, grassroots work with Middle East leaders, US government-funded research on terrorism, and her popular course at Columbia University, Optimal Outcomes reveals eight groundbreaking practices proven to help people everywhere free themselves from conflict. With inspiring stories from clients, students, and Dr. Goldman-Wetzler’s own life lighting the way, you’ll learn to observe complex situations with clarity, access your shadow values (things you really care about but have been unwilling to admit), and take bold, simple, surprising action. Optimal Outcomes blends mindfulness, Jungian psychology, and practical, step-by-step advice to free anyone from seemingly impossible conflict. Applying the practices, you’ll reach your Optimal Outcome—which may be vastly different from what you originally imagined, but more satisfying than you ever dreamed possible. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387254</guid><pubDate>Tue, 25 Feb 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130941/9780062989765.mp3" length="2437231" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387254 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Optimal Outcomes: Free Yourself from Conflict at Work, at Home, and in Life Author: Jennifer Goldman-Wetzler Narrator: Jennifer Goldman-Wetzler Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387254" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387254</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Optimal Outcomes: Free Yourself from Conflict at Work, at Home, and in Life Author: Jennifer Goldman-Wetzler Narrator: Jennifer Goldman-Wetzler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: February 25, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  An award-winning conflict consultant offers a new path to take when agreement and collaboration seem impossible, and teaches us that when conflict resolution fails, we can achieve freedom instead—even without others’ cooperation. A founding CEO and his top salesperson are engaged in a heated clash over her compensation package. A mother and daughter are locked in a nasty cycle of blame and attack. A high-profile executive team is struggling with aggressive political infighting. In all these cases, every effort to talk it out has been unsuccessful. Where can you turn when your attempts to resolve conflict fail? Most approaches emphasize collaboration. You are supposed to sit down, calmly talk through your differences, and find a solution. But what if nothing seems to work, no matter what you do? When situations resist resolution, the Optimal Outcomes Method teaches us conflict freedom. This innovative method, based on Dr. Jennifer Goldman-Wetzler’s training at the Program on Negotiation at Harvard Law School, two decades as a consultant to Fortune 500 and high-growth CEOs and senior teams, grassroots work with Middle East leaders, US government-funded research on terrorism, and her popular course at Columbia University, Optimal Outcomes reveals eight groundbreaking practices proven to help people everywhere free themselves from conflict. With inspiring stories from clients, students, and Dr. Goldman-Wetzler’s own life lighting the way, you’ll learn to observe complex situations with clarity, access your shadow values (things you really care about but have been unwilling to admit), and take bold, simple, surprising action. Optimal Outcomes blends mindfulness, Jungian psychology, and practical, step-by-step advice to free anyone from seemingly impossible conflict. Applying the practices, you’ll reach your Optimal Outcome—which may be vastly different from what you originally imagined, but more satisfying than you ever dreamed possible. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/11da7e31c7bca7559d27ae04f76d7410.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Talk about Teaching, Vol. 5: Lehre was Du liebst- Wofür stehe ich by Patricia Römpke</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-talk-about-teaching-vol-5-lehre-was-du-liebst-wofur-stehe-ich-by-patricia-rompke--65130813</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/474130" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/474130</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Talk about Teaching, Vol. 5: Lehre was Du liebst- Wofür stehe ich Series: #5 of [German Edition] Talk about Teaching Author: Patricia Römpke Narrator: Patricia Römpke Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 17 minutes Release date: February 24, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Dies ist der vierte Teil der Hörbuchreihe Talk about Teaching von Patricia Römpke. in Trainer zu sein, kann eine der erfüllendsten und aufregendsten Berufe auf dem Planeten sein. Wir vermitteln dir essentielle Kenntnisse und Fähigkeiten, die du benötigst, um in dieser Tätigkeit erfolgreich zu sein. Damit bist Du in der Lage Geld zu verdienen, indem Du lehrst, was Du liebst. Begeistere deine Teilnehmer und Kunden. Du kombinierst Theorie mit Praxis, verbindest Konzept mit Mensch, vermittelst Kompetenz mit Erlebniss, erzeugst schnelle Erfolge mit hoher Nachhaltigkeit. Überdurchschnittliche Erfolge stellen sich dann ein, wenn Du über die Sachebene hinaus die emotionale Ebene der Teilnehmer erreichst. Vermarkte Deine Seminare und verkaufe dich als Fachreferent / Trainer. Verwende 'Accelerated Learning' -Techniken, damit Deine Teilnehmer schneller lernen und sich mehr merken können. Überdurchschnittliche Erfolge stellen sich dann ein, wenn Du über die Sachebene hinaus die emotionale Ebene der Teilnehmer erreichst. Deshalb ist es unser Ziel Lernen durch Erleben zu verstärken.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/474130</guid><pubDate>Mon, 24 Feb 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130813/4061707286353.mp3" length="1478278" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/474130 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Talk about Teaching, Vol. 5: Lehre was Du liebst- Wofür stehe ich Series: #5 of [German Edition] Talk about Teaching Author: Patricia Römpke...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/474130" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/474130</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Talk about Teaching, Vol. 5: Lehre was Du liebst- Wofür stehe ich Series: #5 of [German Edition] Talk about Teaching Author: Patricia Römpke Narrator: Patricia Römpke Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 17 minutes Release date: February 24, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Dies ist der vierte Teil der Hörbuchreihe Talk about Teaching von Patricia Römpke. in Trainer zu sein, kann eine der erfüllendsten und aufregendsten Berufe auf dem Planeten sein. Wir vermitteln dir essentielle Kenntnisse und Fähigkeiten, die du benötigst, um in dieser Tätigkeit erfolgreich zu sein. Damit bist Du in der Lage Geld zu verdienen, indem Du lehrst, was Du liebst. Begeistere deine Teilnehmer und Kunden. Du kombinierst Theorie mit Praxis, verbindest Konzept mit Mensch, vermittelst Kompetenz mit Erlebniss, erzeugst schnelle Erfolge mit hoher Nachhaltigkeit. Überdurchschnittliche Erfolge stellen sich dann ein, wenn Du über die Sachebene hinaus die emotionale Ebene der Teilnehmer erreichst. Vermarkte Deine Seminare und verkaufe dich als Fachreferent / Trainer. Verwende 'Accelerated Learning' -Techniken, damit Deine Teilnehmer schneller lernen und sich mehr merken können. Überdurchschnittliche Erfolge stellen sich dann ein, wenn Du über die Sachebene hinaus die emotionale Ebene der Teilnehmer erreichst. Deshalb ist es unser Ziel Lernen durch Erleben zu verstärken.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/514f3ef87711b7184e285558edf2dc5e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Sell On The Phone: Proven techniques to close any sale on a cold call by Robert William</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/sell-on-the-phone-proven-techniques-to-close-any-sale-on-a-cold-call-by-robert-william--65130869</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422880" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422880</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sell On The Phone: Proven techniques to close any sale on a cold call Author: Robert William Narrator: Joseph Holbrook Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 9 minutes Release date: February 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  If you want to grow your consulting business, this book is for you. Providing services is a great way to create a huge, steady income. But starting from zero can be very hard. Building a huge audience and a portfolio of high-paying clients requires you to know proven, extremely powerful, marketing techniques. And you can learn those techniques only by another consultant who did the same job before you. We’ll cover step-by-step methods to market your skills on the phone, by a direct phone call to your client, with the help of several sales scripts that will automate your conversation and bring them to closing.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422880</guid><pubDate>Fri, 21 Feb 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130869/9781518914928.mp3" length="2437160" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422880 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sell On The Phone: Proven techniques to close any sale on a cold call Author: Robert William Narrator: Joseph Holbrook Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422880" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422880</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sell On The Phone: Proven techniques to close any sale on a cold call Author: Robert William Narrator: Joseph Holbrook Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 9 minutes Release date: February 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  If you want to grow your consulting business, this book is for you. Providing services is a great way to create a huge, steady income. But starting from zero can be very hard. Building a huge audience and a portfolio of high-paying clients requires you to know proven, extremely powerful, marketing techniques. And you can learn those techniques only by another consultant who did the same job before you. We’ll cover step-by-step methods to market your skills on the phone, by a direct phone call to your client, with the help of several sales scripts that will automate your conversation and bring them to closing.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/05f2acf684b87b7c1c8bd8e3e6ec668f.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Inteligencia Emocional ¡ya! by Juan David Arbelaez</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-inteligencia-emocional-ya-by-juan-david-arbelaez--65130897</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422132" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422132</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Inteligencia Emocional ¡ya! Author: Juan David Arbelaez Narrator: Juan David Arbelaez Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 23 minutes Release date: February 19, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  ¿Quiere Saber Cómo Desarrollar Su Inteligencia Emocional? Un libro para aprender la que ahora es considerada, la más útil de las inteligencias, y la más solicitada habilidad gerencial: La capacidad de administrar las emociones tanto propias como las ajenas. Si usted quiere contar con una capacidad casi “telepática” de saber qué sienten los demás, entonces está este libro es para usted: la inteligencia emocional es lo más cercano que usted encontrará a la misma telepatía. Daniel Goleman acuñó el término con la publicación de su libro del mismo nombre –Inteligencia Emocional- y desde entonces, se ha dado una completa revolución alrededor del tema. La inteligencia Emocional es la madre de la empatía, y por lo tanto, es una excelente herramienta que nos ayudará a entender nuestro entorno y el de los demás. Sin duda eso a nivel social, es una gran ventaja competitiva. Usted Aprenderá: •Aprenderá un único principio que encierra en sí las 4 destrezas para ser hábil emocionalmente. •Descubrirá cómo controlar la ansiedad y otras emociones negativas desde el mismo momento en que se levante •Se fortalecerá ante las críticas y cualquier tipo de insulto o mal comentario que le hagan •Conocerá una estrategia de 5 pasos para hacerle frente a cualquier emoción negativa. •Entenderá el concepto de la escala emocional y cómo controlar sus emociones a voluntad correctamente. ¡Una herramienta que casi nadie conoce! •Aprenderá técnicas 100% seguras para practicar y desarrollar su inteligencia emocional. •Descubrirá las formas de manipulación emocional y cómo hacerse inmune a ellas. ¡Y mucho más! Síganos nuestro perfil en Spotify visitando www.AudioLibrosYa.com para tener acceso gratuito a todos nuestros audiolibros.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422132</guid><pubDate>Wed, 19 Feb 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130897/9781518914225.mp3" length="2437186" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422132 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Inteligencia Emocional ¡ya! Author: Juan David Arbelaez Narrator: Juan David Arbelaez Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 23 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422132" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422132</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Inteligencia Emocional ¡ya! Author: Juan David Arbelaez Narrator: Juan David Arbelaez Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 23 minutes Release date: February 19, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  ¿Quiere Saber Cómo Desarrollar Su Inteligencia Emocional? Un libro para aprender la que ahora es considerada, la más útil de las inteligencias, y la más solicitada habilidad gerencial: La capacidad de administrar las emociones tanto propias como las ajenas. Si usted quiere contar con una capacidad casi “telepática” de saber qué sienten los demás, entonces está este libro es para usted: la inteligencia emocional es lo más cercano que usted encontrará a la misma telepatía. Daniel Goleman acuñó el término con la publicación de su libro del mismo nombre –Inteligencia Emocional- y desde entonces, se ha dado una completa revolución alrededor del tema. La inteligencia Emocional es la madre de la empatía, y por lo tanto, es una excelente herramienta que nos ayudará a entender nuestro entorno y el de los demás. Sin duda eso a nivel social, es una gran ventaja competitiva. Usted Aprenderá: •Aprenderá un único principio que encierra en sí las 4 destrezas para ser hábil emocionalmente. •Descubrirá cómo controlar la ansiedad y otras emociones negativas desde el mismo momento en que se levante •Se fortalecerá ante las críticas y cualquier tipo de insulto o mal comentario que le hagan •Conocerá una estrategia de 5 pasos para hacerle frente a cualquier emoción negativa. •Entenderá el concepto de la escala emocional y cómo controlar sus emociones a voluntad correctamente. ¡Una herramienta que casi nadie conoce! •Aprenderá técnicas 100% seguras para practicar y desarrollar su inteligencia emocional. •Descubrirá las formas de manipulación emocional y cómo hacerse inmune a ellas. ¡Y mucho más! Síganos nuestro perfil en Spotify visitando www.AudioLibrosYa.com para tener acceso gratuito a todos nuestros audiolibros.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9a0f5a56c2a8e8d2e22d888ffb4793af.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Cómo Detectar Mentiras, Engaños y la Infidelidad (Audiolibro) by Juan David Arbeláez</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-como-detectar-mentiras-enganos-y-la-infidelidad-audiolibro-by-juan-david-arbelaez--65130887</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420188" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420188</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Cómo Detectar Mentiras, Engaños y la Infidelidad (Audiolibro) Author: Juan David Arbeláez Narrator: Juan David Arbeláez Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 22 minutes Release date: February  4, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Cómo Detectar Mentiras, Engaños y la Infidelidad: Técnicas De Lenguaje Corporal Para Convertirte En Un Detector De Mentiras Humano. Descubra las técnicas de Lenguaje Corporal aplicadas para detectar mentiras, detectar engaños y saber si alguien le es infiel. En este Libro, un verdadero Mentalista y reconocido conferencista en el arte del lenguaje e interpretación del lenguaje corporal, le explica docenas de técnicas de fácil e inmediata aplicación para hacerse a esta habilidad esencial de convertirse en un detector de mentiras humano. ¿Le han mentido? ¿Se ha sentido engañado alguna vez? ¿Siente que las personas abusan de su confianza? Todos hemos pasados por eso, y pocos son los que se deciden a hacer algo al respecto... Dentro de este libro sobre como detectar la mentira usted encontrará referencias y contenidos sobre el arte secreto de detectar mentiras y evitar el engaño. Desde como detectar a un mentiroso, técnicas de interrogación y detección del engaño por medio de técnicas de lenguaje corporal y conversación, hasta definiciones puntuales sobre los gestos del cuerpo y lo que significan los diferentes pistas y señales corporales que puedan implicar que alguien nos está engañando. Esta es su oportunidad de aprender y aplicar técnicas y secretos de lenguaje corporal a sus relaciones e interacciones con otro. Lee este libro ya, y ¡conviértete en un detector de mentiras humano! Para más información sobre el autor, visite http://www.MagiaMental.com Para obtener acceso a nuestros últmos audiolibros, síganos en http://www.AudioLibrosYa.com]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420188</guid><pubDate>Tue, 04 Feb 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130887/9781518911583.mp3" length="2437223" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420188 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Cómo Detectar Mentiras, Engaños y la Infidelidad (Audiolibro) Author: Juan David Arbeláez Narrator: Juan David Arbeláez Format: Abridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420188" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420188</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Cómo Detectar Mentiras, Engaños y la Infidelidad (Audiolibro) Author: Juan David Arbeláez Narrator: Juan David Arbeláez Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 22 minutes Release date: February  4, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Cómo Detectar Mentiras, Engaños y la Infidelidad: Técnicas De Lenguaje Corporal Para Convertirte En Un Detector De Mentiras Humano. Descubra las técnicas de Lenguaje Corporal aplicadas para detectar mentiras, detectar engaños y saber si alguien le es infiel. En este Libro, un verdadero Mentalista y reconocido conferencista en el arte del lenguaje e interpretación del lenguaje corporal, le explica docenas de técnicas de fácil e inmediata aplicación para hacerse a esta habilidad esencial de convertirse en un detector de mentiras humano. ¿Le han mentido? ¿Se ha sentido engañado alguna vez? ¿Siente que las personas abusan de su confianza? Todos hemos pasados por eso, y pocos son los que se deciden a hacer algo al respecto... Dentro de este libro sobre como detectar la mentira usted encontrará referencias y contenidos sobre el arte secreto de detectar mentiras y evitar el engaño. Desde como detectar a un mentiroso, técnicas de interrogación y detección del engaño por medio de técnicas de lenguaje corporal y conversación, hasta definiciones puntuales sobre los gestos del cuerpo y lo que significan los diferentes pistas y señales corporales que puedan implicar que alguien nos está engañando. Esta es su oportunidad de aprender y aplicar técnicas y secretos de lenguaje corporal a sus relaciones e interacciones con otro. Lee este libro ya, y ¡conviértete en un detector de mentiras humano! Para más información sobre el autor, visite http://www.MagiaMental.com Para obtener acceso a nuestros últmos audiolibros, síganos en http://www.AudioLibrosYa.com]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/0508826e097568f42d43ac9abc4560b9.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Stop Making Sense: The Art of Inspiring Anybody by Michael J. Fanuele</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/stop-making-sense-the-art-of-inspiring-anybody-by-michael-j-fanuele--65130762</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500133" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500133</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stop Making Sense: The Art of Inspiring Anybody Author: Michael J. Fanuele Narrator: Michael J. Fanuele Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 17 minutes Release date: February  4, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  There are a million books that can inspire you. This one will make you inspiring. In this fun and provocative page-turner, Michael Fanuele, one of the world’s most successful marketing strategists, shares The Six Skills of Inspiration. With insights from music, politics, business, neuroscience, and a recipe for radishes, Stop Making Sense shares the creative blueprint that can unleash the inspiring leader in all of us. “If Brené Brown and Simon Sinek had a book baby together, you’re looking at it right now. Stop Making Sense is a new manual for learning true leadership. Fanuele’s set of simple principles that changed my life over the last quarter century will change yours in a matter of hours.”—Andrew Zimmern, chef, author, teacher, host and producer of Travel Channel’s Bizarre Foods  “Michael Fanuele shows us how our passion and emotion will take us farther than our logic ever can. I can't convince you to read this book, but I guarantee you'll be inspired by doing so.”—Beth Comstock, author of Imagine It Forward and former vice chair, GE “This is the book we need now: a blueprint for leading with heart, passion, and imagination. Fanuele is such a fun and generous storyteller you almost don't realize that he’s murdering so many small and cynical voices.” —Andrew Essex, Co-founder, Plan A, author of The End of Advertising, former CEO, Droga5 and Tribeca Enterprises  “This funny, sweary, energetic, challenging book will push you into a whole new way to find that compelling inspiration we’d all secretly like 1000% more of.”—Adam Morgan, author of Eating The Big Fish and A Beautiful Constraint and founder, eatbigfish “The best magic bends your brain, and that’s exactly what Michael Fanuele does in Stop Making Sense. With wit and insight, he dismisses the myth that we have to wait for inspiration to strike. He reveals the secrets that can make any of us a muse, dazzling audiences and getting the very best out of our teams, families, and most important, ourselves.”—David Kwong, magician, “The Enigmatist,” author of Spellbound, puzzle creator, and producer]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500133</guid><pubDate>Tue, 04 Feb 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130762/9781799751076.mp3" length="1478396" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500133 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stop Making Sense: The Art of Inspiring Anybody Author: Michael J. Fanuele Narrator: Michael J. Fanuele Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 17...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500133" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500133</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stop Making Sense: The Art of Inspiring Anybody Author: Michael J. Fanuele Narrator: Michael J. Fanuele Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 17 minutes Release date: February  4, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  There are a million books that can inspire you. This one will make you inspiring. In this fun and provocative page-turner, Michael Fanuele, one of the world’s most successful marketing strategists, shares The Six Skills of Inspiration. With insights from music, politics, business, neuroscience, and a recipe for radishes, Stop Making Sense shares the creative blueprint that can unleash the inspiring leader in all of us. “If Brené Brown and Simon Sinek had a book baby together, you’re looking at it right now. Stop Making Sense is a new manual for learning true leadership. Fanuele’s set of simple principles that changed my life over the last quarter century will change yours in a matter of hours.”—Andrew Zimmern, chef, author, teacher, host and producer of Travel Channel’s Bizarre Foods  “Michael Fanuele shows us how our passion and emotion will take us farther than our logic ever can. I can't convince you to read this book, but I guarantee you'll be inspired by doing so.”—Beth Comstock, author of Imagine It Forward and former vice chair, GE “This is the book we need now: a blueprint for leading with heart, passion, and imagination. Fanuele is such a fun and generous storyteller you almost don't realize that he’s murdering so many small and cynical voices.” —Andrew Essex, Co-founder, Plan A, author of The End of Advertising, former CEO, Droga5 and Tribeca Enterprises  “This funny, sweary, energetic, challenging book will push you into a whole new way to find that compelling inspiration we’d all secretly like 1000% more of.”—Adam Morgan, author of Eating The Big Fish and A Beautiful Constraint and founder, eatbigfish “The best magic bends your brain, and that’s exactly what Michael Fanuele does in Stop Making Sense. With wit and insight, he dismisses the myth that we have to wait for inspiration to strike. He reveals the secrets that can make any of us a muse, dazzling audiences and getting the very best out of our teams, families, and most important, ourselves.”—David Kwong, magician, “The Enigmatist,” author of Spellbound, puzzle creator, and producer]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ea58c99b09c2656cbaa4ad2fa1a9983e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Happy Happy - Wie Sie sich in nur fünf Schritten mit (fast) jedem einigen (Ungekürzte Lesung) by Lars Johan åge</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-happy-happy-wie-sie-sich-in-nur-funf-schritten-mit-fast-jedem-einigen-ungekurzte-lesung-by-lars-johan-age--65130854</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457590" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457590</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Happy Happy - Wie Sie sich in nur fünf Schritten mit (fast) jedem einigen (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Lars Johan åge Narrator: Alexander Pensel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 55 minutes Release date: February  1, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Wer Bananen isst, verhandelt besser Lars-Johan Åge zeigt, wie man in nur fünf Schritten Konflikte löst und erfolgreich verhandelt - beruflich wie privat. Und am Ende sind auch noch alle glücklich! 1. Verhandele nur, wenn du gut drauf bist! Iss die Banane für den optimalen Blutzuckerspiegel. 2. Mach dir vorher klar, was du willst! Du bist nicht du, wenn du dich aufregst. 3. Versteh dein Gegenüber! Nicht akustisch, sondern empathisch, meide Heuchelei. 4. Wähl deine Worte weise! Führ das Gespräch konstruktiv und feilsch nicht: Kompromisse sind doof. 5. Hab einen Plan B. Für den Notfall, wenn du gerade echt nicht weiter kommst. Happy Happy enthält das Beste aus Wirtschaftswissenschaft und Psychologie, gehirngerecht aufbereitet für den schnellen Lernerfolg. Åge schickt das alte Win-win in Rente, denn Happy Happy funktioniert immer und hält länger!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457590</guid><pubDate>Sat, 01 Feb 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130854/9783732453825.mp3" length="1478500" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457590 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Happy Happy - Wie Sie sich in nur fünf Schritten mit (fast) jedem einigen (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Lars Johan åge Narrator: Alexander...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457590" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457590</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Happy Happy - Wie Sie sich in nur fünf Schritten mit (fast) jedem einigen (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Lars Johan åge Narrator: Alexander Pensel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 55 minutes Release date: February  1, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Wer Bananen isst, verhandelt besser Lars-Johan Åge zeigt, wie man in nur fünf Schritten Konflikte löst und erfolgreich verhandelt - beruflich wie privat. Und am Ende sind auch noch alle glücklich! 1. Verhandele nur, wenn du gut drauf bist! Iss die Banane für den optimalen Blutzuckerspiegel. 2. Mach dir vorher klar, was du willst! Du bist nicht du, wenn du dich aufregst. 3. Versteh dein Gegenüber! Nicht akustisch, sondern empathisch, meide Heuchelei. 4. Wähl deine Worte weise! Führ das Gespräch konstruktiv und feilsch nicht: Kompromisse sind doof. 5. Hab einen Plan B. Für den Notfall, wenn du gerade echt nicht weiter kommst. Happy Happy enthält das Beste aus Wirtschaftswissenschaft und Psychologie, gehirngerecht aufbereitet für den schnellen Lernerfolg. Åge schickt das alte Win-win in Rente, denn Happy Happy funktioniert immer und hält länger!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>nf,rzte</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/885728c808703f0f7ea045d2c0592c53.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Pre-Suasion: A Revolutionary Way to Influence and Persuade by Robert Cialdini</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/pre-suasion-a-revolutionary-way-to-influence-and-persuade-by-robert-cialdini--65130915</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404696" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404696</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pre-Suasion: A Revolutionary Way to Influence and Persuade Author: Robert Cialdini Narrator: John Bedford Lloyd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 23 minutes Release date: January 30, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. When it comes to persuasion, success can begin before you say a word. In his global bestseller Influence, Professor Robert Cialdini transformed the way we think about the craft of persuasion. Now he offers revelatory new insights into the art of winning people over: it isn’t just what we say or how we say it that counts, but also what goes on in the moments before we speak. This is the world of ‘pre-suasion’, where subtle turns of phrase, seemingly insignificant visual cues, and apparently unimportant details of location can prime people to say ‘yes’ even before they are asked. It’s a world where the cautious blurt out personal information if asked a particular initial question, where on-line purchases are influenced by unrelated background images, and where exam results are affected by the layout of the classroom. And as Cialdini reveals, it’s a world you can master. If you understand the tools of pre-suasion, you will better placed to win a debate, get support for an idea or cause, promote a campaign  - even persuade yourself to do something you find difficult.  Drawing on the latest research, and packed with fascinating case studies, Pre-Suasion is both a rigorous work of cutting-edge scholarship and a compelling  account of the strange workings of the human mind. It’s also a supremely practical guide to enhancing your powers of influence. NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER WALL STREET JOURNAL BESTSELLER INC. 'BEST SALES AND MARKETING BOOK OF 2016' A FINANCIAL TIMES 'BEST BOOK OF 2016' © Rovert Cialdini 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404696</guid><pubDate>Thu, 30 Jan 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130915/9781473578760.mp3" length="2437165" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404696 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pre-Suasion: A Revolutionary Way to Influence and Persuade Author: Robert Cialdini Narrator: John Bedford Lloyd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404696" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404696</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pre-Suasion: A Revolutionary Way to Influence and Persuade Author: Robert Cialdini Narrator: John Bedford Lloyd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 23 minutes Release date: January 30, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. When it comes to persuasion, success can begin before you say a word. In his global bestseller Influence, Professor Robert Cialdini transformed the way we think about the craft of persuasion. Now he offers revelatory new insights into the art of winning people over: it isn’t just what we say or how we say it that counts, but also what goes on in the moments before we speak. This is the world of ‘pre-suasion’, where subtle turns of phrase, seemingly insignificant visual cues, and apparently unimportant details of location can prime people to say ‘yes’ even before they are asked. It’s a world where the cautious blurt out personal information if asked a particular initial question, where on-line purchases are influenced by unrelated background images, and where exam results are affected by the layout of the classroom. And as Cialdini reveals, it’s a world you can master. If you understand the tools of pre-suasion, you will better placed to win a debate, get support for an idea or cause, promote a campaign  - even persuade yourself to do something you find difficult.  Drawing on the latest research, and packed with fascinating case studies, Pre-Suasion is both a rigorous work of cutting-edge scholarship and a compelling  account of the strange workings of the human mind. It’s also a supremely practical guide to enhancing your powers of influence. NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER WALL STREET JOURNAL BESTSELLER INC. 'BEST SALES AND MARKETING BOOK OF 2016' A FINANCIAL TIMES 'BEST BOOK OF 2016' © Rovert Cialdini 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/2249eb7e8078809bd4013d7889e71612.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Stop Selling and Start Solving by Brandon Steiner</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/stop-selling-and-start-solving-by-brandon-steiner--65130881</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410874" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410874</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stop Selling and Start Solving Author: Brandon Steiner Narrator: Brandon Steiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 58 minutes Release date: January 21, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  This live speech with Brandon Steiner details his multiple entrepreneurial adventures, where he has both learned and taught others his fair share of 'rules.' Along the way, he developed some of the most innovative approaches to business--methods that many of today's companies would be wise to observe and employ themselves. In 'Stop Selling and Start Solving', Brandon reveals his principles of leadership, selling tools, teamwork, strategy, planning, and how to climb the ladder of success.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410874</guid><pubDate>Tue, 21 Jan 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130881/9781549158018.mp3" length="1478296" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410874 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stop Selling and Start Solving Author: Brandon Steiner Narrator: Brandon Steiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 58 minutes Release date:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410874" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410874</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stop Selling and Start Solving Author: Brandon Steiner Narrator: Brandon Steiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 58 minutes Release date: January 21, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  This live speech with Brandon Steiner details his multiple entrepreneurial adventures, where he has both learned and taught others his fair share of 'rules.' Along the way, he developed some of the most innovative approaches to business--methods that many of today's companies would be wise to observe and employ themselves. In 'Stop Selling and Start Solving', Brandon reveals his principles of leadership, selling tools, teamwork, strategy, planning, and how to climb the ladder of success.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/0b1f2d5e2f627e74ef99c91e7d62d1ee.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Negotiation: The Ultimate Guide for Negotiating Strategies and Skills by John M. Rosen</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/negotiation-the-ultimate-guide-for-negotiating-strategies-and-skills-by-john-m-rosen--65130873</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415332" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415332</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Negotiation: The Ultimate Guide for Negotiating Strategies and Skills Author: John M. Rosen Narrator: Jesse Gross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 21 minutes Release date: January  8, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Are you in a job where negotiation is the key to sealing deals? Are you a competent and skilful negotiator or are you lacking in some areas? Do you need help to understand some of the basics before your next big challenge? Negotiating is something we do on a daily basis. We may not be aware of it and we may not understand it fully, but it is something we all practice to a greater of lesser degree. From dealing with your kids when they want something, through to finding the best deal when your car needs fixed, you'd be surprised how often you have to negotiate. But that doesn't mean we are any good at it, so this book, Negotiation: The Ultimate Guide for Negotiating Strategies and Skills, aims to put that right with just 4 short chapters on: - Understanding the Negotiation Process - The Importance of Preparation in Negotiations - Establishing Goals and Limitations - Communication Clearly to Get What You Want With these basic skills under your belt you will be able to negotiate with almost anyone on any matter, whether you want an extra few sprinkles on your ice cream or a few thousand dollars extra in your pay. Get a copy of Negotiation and make sure you get what you want!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415332</guid><pubDate>Wed, 08 Jan 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130873/9781982797287.mp3" length="997070" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415332 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Negotiation: The Ultimate Guide for Negotiating Strategies and Skills Author: John M. Rosen Narrator: Jesse Gross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415332" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415332</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Negotiation: The Ultimate Guide for Negotiating Strategies and Skills Author: John M. Rosen Narrator: Jesse Gross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 21 minutes Release date: January  8, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Are you in a job where negotiation is the key to sealing deals? Are you a competent and skilful negotiator or are you lacking in some areas? Do you need help to understand some of the basics before your next big challenge? Negotiating is something we do on a daily basis. We may not be aware of it and we may not understand it fully, but it is something we all practice to a greater of lesser degree. From dealing with your kids when they want something, through to finding the best deal when your car needs fixed, you'd be surprised how often you have to negotiate. But that doesn't mean we are any good at it, so this book, Negotiation: The Ultimate Guide for Negotiating Strategies and Skills, aims to put that right with just 4 short chapters on: - Understanding the Negotiation Process - The Importance of Preparation in Negotiations - Establishing Goals and Limitations - Communication Clearly to Get What You Want With these basic skills under your belt you will be able to negotiate with almost anyone on any matter, whether you want an extra few sprinkles on your ice cream or a few thousand dollars extra in your pay. Get a copy of Negotiation and make sure you get what you want!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>125</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/332b227f4a31149ca59e720261b191f0.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Story Factor: Inspiration, Influence, and Persuasion through the Art of Storytelling by Annette Simmons</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-story-factor-inspiration-influence-and-persuasion-through-the-art-of-storytelling-by-annette-simmons--65130923</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405481" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405481</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Story Factor: Inspiration, Influence, and Persuasion through the Art of Storytelling Author: Annette Simmons Narrator: Annette Simmons Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 42 minutes Release date: January  7, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Fully revised, updated, and expanded, this modern classic will teach you to use the art of storytelling to persuade, motivate, and inspire in life and business Anyone seeking to influence others must first know their own story, and how to tell it properly. Whether you're proposing a risky new venture, trying to close a deal, or leading a charge against injustice, you have a story to tell. Tell it well and you will create a shared experience with your listeners that can have profound results. In this modern classic, Annette Simmons reminds us that the oldest tool of influence is also the most powerful. Fully revised and updated to account for new technology and social media, along with two new chapters on the role of stories in the development of civilization and how to adjust your story to your specific goal, Simmons showcases over a hundred examples of effective storytelling drawn from the front lines of business and government, as well as myths, fables, and parables from around the world. Whether writing a screenplay, or announcing a corporate reorganization, Simmons illustrates how story can be used in ways that cold facts, bullet points, and directives can't. These stories, combined with practical storytelling techniques, show anyone how to become a more effective communicator and achieve their goals.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405481</guid><pubDate>Tue, 07 Jan 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130923/9781549185649.mp3" length="1478258" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405481 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Story Factor: Inspiration, Influence, and Persuasion through the Art of Storytelling Author: Annette Simmons Narrator: Annette Simmons Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405481" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405481</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Story Factor: Inspiration, Influence, and Persuasion through the Art of Storytelling Author: Annette Simmons Narrator: Annette Simmons Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 42 minutes Release date: January  7, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Fully revised, updated, and expanded, this modern classic will teach you to use the art of storytelling to persuade, motivate, and inspire in life and business Anyone seeking to influence others must first know their own story, and how to tell it properly. Whether you're proposing a risky new venture, trying to close a deal, or leading a charge against injustice, you have a story to tell. Tell it well and you will create a shared experience with your listeners that can have profound results. In this modern classic, Annette Simmons reminds us that the oldest tool of influence is also the most powerful. Fully revised and updated to account for new technology and social media, along with two new chapters on the role of stories in the development of civilization and how to adjust your story to your specific goal, Simmons showcases over a hundred examples of effective storytelling drawn from the front lines of business and government, as well as myths, fables, and parables from around the world. Whether writing a screenplay, or announcing a corporate reorganization, Simmons illustrates how story can be used in ways that cold facts, bullet points, and directives can't. These stories, combined with practical storytelling techniques, show anyone how to become a more effective communicator and achieve their goals.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/6d78030f4eab185d188c1628b492a039.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Get the Meeting!: An Illustrative Contact Marketing Playbook by Stu Heinecke</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/get-the-meeting-an-illustrative-contact-marketing-playbook-by-stu-heinecke--65130905</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397964" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397964</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Get the Meeting!: An Illustrative Contact Marketing Playbook Author: Stu Heinecke Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 17 minutes Release date: January  7, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  What's the one critical networking skill that can make or break your career? Your ability to Get the Meeting!   Hall-of-Fame-nominated marketer and Wall Street Journal cartoonist Stu Heinecke's innovative concept of Contact Marketing—using personalized campaigns to create alliances with executive assistants and reach the elusive VIPs who can make or break a sale, with response rates as high as 100 percent—has helped professionals around the world open more doors in their careers and reach new heights of success. Now, in Get the Meeting!, Heinecke, author of the groundbreaking How to Get a Meeting with Anyone, shares the latest tips, tools, and tactics to help listeners break through to their top accounts in the most effective ways possible. With more than sixty case studies and tactical examples, this new book takes you inside successful contact marketing campaigns—from strategy, through execution, to results—and forecasts the contact marketing campaigns of the future based on cutting-edge technology. In-depth interviews with the campaigns' designers provide unparalleled insight into how to get those critical conversations that can change your life. Plus, step-by-step how-to sections help you get started creating your own contact marketing campaigns.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397964</guid><pubDate>Tue, 07 Jan 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130905/9781977363718.mp3" length="14437205" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397964 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Get the Meeting!: An Illustrative Contact Marketing Playbook Author: Stu Heinecke Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397964" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397964</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Get the Meeting!: An Illustrative Contact Marketing Playbook Author: Stu Heinecke Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 17 minutes Release date: January  7, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  What's the one critical networking skill that can make or break your career? Your ability to Get the Meeting!   Hall-of-Fame-nominated marketer and Wall Street Journal cartoonist Stu Heinecke's innovative concept of Contact Marketing—using personalized campaigns to create alliances with executive assistants and reach the elusive VIPs who can make or break a sale, with response rates as high as 100 percent—has helped professionals around the world open more doors in their careers and reach new heights of success. Now, in Get the Meeting!, Heinecke, author of the groundbreaking How to Get a Meeting with Anyone, shares the latest tips, tools, and tactics to help listeners break through to their top accounts in the most effective ways possible. With more than sixty case studies and tactical examples, this new book takes you inside successful contact marketing campaigns—from strategy, through execution, to results—and forecasts the contact marketing campaigns of the future based on cutting-edge technology. In-depth interviews with the campaigns' designers provide unparalleled insight into how to get those critical conversations that can change your life. Plus, step-by-step how-to sections help you get started creating your own contact marketing campaigns.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/a7a54df927a349f18e55ec6499e1dee9.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The B2B Selling Guidebook by Jim Irving</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-b2b-selling-guidebook-by-jim-irving--65130890</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415860" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415860</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The B2B Selling Guidebook Author: Jim Irving Narrator: Jim Irving Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 1 minute Release date: January  5, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  The B2B Selling Guidebook is a practical, concise and easy to follow guide to Business to Business selling.  The author has taken the most important lessons he has learned in a successful career now exceeding 43 years in B2B and high end ‘Enterprise’ sales and sales leadership roles.  He sets these lessons out for you to quickly and easily understand, without going through the pain he had to experience in learning them!  With examples taken directly from his career, from the early stages all the way to senior corporate executive and managing director/CEO roles, the book delivers powerful lessons on the reality of selling that can be applied immediately!  Are you new to B2B Selling?  Or highly experienced and wanting a powerful refresh?  Or just interested in the reality of the world of business?  Then this is the book for you.  The author has represented a broad range of international corporates and also a large number of startups that he has supported in more recent years.  He has operated in many industries and sectors and across the world.  Here are just three of the many quotes on the author from industry leaders - 'His no-frills, straightforward and ethical approach to building a world-class sales organization is something to this day that I not only admire but also strive to emulate.'  David Rode. Former Senior Vice President, International Operations, Information Builders Inc (IBI).  'The selling process offers a peep-hole into the human condition.  In this book, Jim helps the salesperson see reality, develop insights and then, most of all, add long-term value to the client-supplier relationship.'  Bob Bishop, former Chairman &amp; CEO, Silicon Graphics, Inc.  'A key objective for any company is revenue growth.  Jim Irving is one of the select band of individuals with a long track record of making a real difference where it matters most - the bottom line.'  Jim Green, CEO and Co-Founder, Spartan Solutions.  Visit b2bsellingguidebook.com for more information.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415860</guid><pubDate>Sun, 05 Jan 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130890/9781518901188.mp3" length="2437207" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415860 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The B2B Selling Guidebook Author: Jim Irving Narrator: Jim Irving Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 1 minute Release date: January  5, 2020...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415860" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415860</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The B2B Selling Guidebook Author: Jim Irving Narrator: Jim Irving Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 1 minute Release date: January  5, 2020 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  The B2B Selling Guidebook is a practical, concise and easy to follow guide to Business to Business selling.  The author has taken the most important lessons he has learned in a successful career now exceeding 43 years in B2B and high end ‘Enterprise’ sales and sales leadership roles.  He sets these lessons out for you to quickly and easily understand, without going through the pain he had to experience in learning them!  With examples taken directly from his career, from the early stages all the way to senior corporate executive and managing director/CEO roles, the book delivers powerful lessons on the reality of selling that can be applied immediately!  Are you new to B2B Selling?  Or highly experienced and wanting a powerful refresh?  Or just interested in the reality of the world of business?  Then this is the book for you.  The author has represented a broad range of international corporates and also a large number of startups that he has supported in more recent years.  He has operated in many industries and sectors and across the world.  Here are just three of the many quotes on the author from industry leaders - 'His no-frills, straightforward and ethical approach to building a world-class sales organization is something to this day that I not only admire but also strive to emulate.'  David Rode. Former Senior Vice President, International Operations, Information Builders Inc (IBI).  'The selling process offers a peep-hole into the human condition.  In this book, Jim helps the salesperson see reality, develop insights and then, most of all, add long-term value to the client-supplier relationship.'  Bob Bishop, former Chairman &amp; CEO, Silicon Graphics, Inc.  'A key objective for any company is revenue growth.  Jim Irving is one of the select band of individuals with a long track record of making a real difference where it matters most - the bottom line.'  Jim Green, CEO and Co-Founder, Spartan Solutions.  Visit b2bsellingguidebook.com for more information.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/1515e25397b64ed64e72f9a3a2a8028c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Decisive: How to make better choices in life and work by Chip Heath, Dan Heath</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/decisive-how-to-make-better-choices-in-life-and-work-by-chip-heath-dan-heath--65130912</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404695" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404695</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Decisive: How to make better choices in life and work Author: Chip Heath, Dan Heath Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 10 minutes Release date: January  2, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. Just making a decision can be hard enough, but how do you begin to judge whether it's the right one? Chip and Dan Heath, authors of #1 New York Times best-seller Switch, show you how to overcome your brain's natural shortcomings.  In Decisive, Chip and Dan Heath draw on decades of psychological research to explain why we so often get it very badly wrong - why our supposedly rational brains are frequently tripped up by powerful biases and wishful thinking. At the same time they demonstrate how relatively easy it is to avoid the pitfalls and find the best answers, offering four simple principles that we can all learn and follow. In the process, they show why it is that experts frequently make mistakes. They demonstrate the perils of getting trapped in a narrow decision frame. And they explore people's tendency to be over-confident about how their choices will unfold.  Drawing on case studies as diverse as the downfall of Kodak and the inspiring account of a cancer survivor, they offer both a fascinating tour through the workings of our minds and an invaluable guide to making smarter decisions. Winner in the Practical Manager category of the CMI Management Book of the Year awards 2014. © Chip and Dan Heath 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404695</guid><pubDate>Thu, 02 Jan 2020 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130912/9781473578739.mp3" length="2437214" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404695 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Decisive: How to make better choices in life and work Author: Chip Heath, Dan Heath Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404695" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404695</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Decisive: How to make better choices in life and work Author: Chip Heath, Dan Heath Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 10 minutes Release date: January  2, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. Just making a decision can be hard enough, but how do you begin to judge whether it's the right one? Chip and Dan Heath, authors of #1 New York Times best-seller Switch, show you how to overcome your brain's natural shortcomings.  In Decisive, Chip and Dan Heath draw on decades of psychological research to explain why we so often get it very badly wrong - why our supposedly rational brains are frequently tripped up by powerful biases and wishful thinking. At the same time they demonstrate how relatively easy it is to avoid the pitfalls and find the best answers, offering four simple principles that we can all learn and follow. In the process, they show why it is that experts frequently make mistakes. They demonstrate the perils of getting trapped in a narrow decision frame. And they explore people's tendency to be over-confident about how their choices will unfold.  Drawing on case studies as diverse as the downfall of Kodak and the inspiring account of a cancer survivor, they offer both a fascinating tour through the workings of our minds and an invaluable guide to making smarter decisions. Winner in the Practical Manager category of the CMI Management Book of the Year awards 2014. © Chip and Dan Heath 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9767d5477899834772d23c8c8de09cf9.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Business Communication by Harvard Business Review</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/business-communication-by-harvard-business-review--65130903</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403894" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403894</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Business Communication Author: Harvard Business Review Narrator: Michael Butler Murray Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 9 minutes Release date: December 31, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  With advice and tools for improving a wide array of communication skills—from delivering an effective presentation to drafting proposals to the effective use of e-mail—Business Communication helps managers deliver information effectively.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403894</guid><pubDate>Tue, 31 Dec 2019 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130903/9781469078670.mp3" length="1478312" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403894 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Business Communication Author: Harvard Business Review Narrator: Michael Butler Murray Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 9 minutes Release...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403894" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403894</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Business Communication Author: Harvard Business Review Narrator: Michael Butler Murray Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 9 minutes Release date: December 31, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  With advice and tools for improving a wide array of communication skills—from delivering an effective presentation to drafting proposals to the effective use of e-mail—Business Communication helps managers deliver information effectively.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/02691bf52a1380971acebd861fe10b1d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>HBR's 10 Must Reads on Negotiation by Harvard Business Review, Erin Meyer, Daniel Kahneman, Max H. Bazerman, Deepak Malhotra</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/hbr-s-10-must-reads-on-negotiation-by-harvard-business-review-erin-meyer-daniel-kahneman-max-h-bazerman-deepak-malhotra--65130901</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405088" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405088</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: HBR's 10 Must Reads on Negotiation Author: Harvard Business Review, Erin Meyer, Daniel Kahneman, Max H. Bazerman, Deepak Malhotra Narrator: Brian Holden, Chloe Cannon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 51 minutes Release date: December 31, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Learn to be a better negotiator—and achieve the outcomes you want. We've combed through hundreds of Harvard Business Review articles and selected the most important ones to help you avoid common mistakes, find hidden opportunities, and win the best deals possible. This book will inspire you to: control the negotiation before you enter the room; persuade others to do what you want—for their own reasons; manage emotions on both sides of the table; understand the rules of negotiating across cultures; set the stage for a healthy relationship long after the ink has dried; and identify what you can live with and when to walk away.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405088</guid><pubDate>Tue, 31 Dec 2019 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130901/9781469078632.mp3" length="1478472" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405088 to listen full audiobooks. Title: HBR's 10 Must Reads on Negotiation Author: Harvard Business Review, Erin Meyer, Daniel Kahneman, Max H. Bazerman, Deepak Malhotra Narrator: Brian...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405088" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405088</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: HBR's 10 Must Reads on Negotiation Author: Harvard Business Review, Erin Meyer, Daniel Kahneman, Max H. Bazerman, Deepak Malhotra Narrator: Brian Holden, Chloe Cannon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 51 minutes Release date: December 31, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Learn to be a better negotiator—and achieve the outcomes you want. We've combed through hundreds of Harvard Business Review articles and selected the most important ones to help you avoid common mistakes, find hidden opportunities, and win the best deals possible. This book will inspire you to: control the negotiation before you enter the room; persuade others to do what you want—for their own reasons; manage emotions on both sides of the table; understand the rules of negotiating across cultures; set the stage for a healthy relationship long after the ink has dried; and identify what you can live with and when to walk away.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/03214eddef88ab11649a6ef3c599e10d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Google Voice: The Ultimate Guide to Making Calls With Google Voice VOIP For Both Business and Personal Use by Christopher G. Seventh</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/google-voice-the-ultimate-guide-to-making-calls-with-google-voice-voip-for-both-business-and-personal-use-by-christopher-g-seventh--65130934</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413066" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413066</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Google Voice: The Ultimate Guide to Making Calls With Google Voice VOIP For Both Business and Personal Use Author: Christopher G. Seventh Narrator: Jesse Gross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 11 minutes Release date: December 10, 2019 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  "I like the privacy of my life and I protect it quite vigilantly" ~Nicole Kidman Google Voice is a telephone service that provides call forwarding and voicemail services, voice and text messaging, as well as the United States and international call termination for Google Account customers in the U.S. and Canada.  It is free to select a phone number and you have the ability to forward this number to your regular phone number. The advantages of using a Google Voice account is the ability to change the number anytime.  Also, it allows you to give your Google Voice number to the public without giving out your personal phone number. Google Voice is a must have in the dating and business world.  It provides an anonymous and safe number that can easily be distributed.  It provides an extra layer of security.  This audiobook provides an in-depth detail of how to set up an account, select a phone number that is in your area code, and how to check your messages online.  ?]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413066</guid><pubDate>Tue, 10 Dec 2019 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130934/9781982794415.mp3" length="997080" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413066 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Google Voice: The Ultimate Guide to Making Calls With Google Voice VOIP For Both Business and Personal Use Author: Christopher G. Seventh Narrator:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413066" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413066</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Google Voice: The Ultimate Guide to Making Calls With Google Voice VOIP For Both Business and Personal Use Author: Christopher G. Seventh Narrator: Jesse Gross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 11 minutes Release date: December 10, 2019 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  "I like the privacy of my life and I protect it quite vigilantly" ~Nicole Kidman Google Voice is a telephone service that provides call forwarding and voicemail services, voice and text messaging, as well as the United States and international call termination for Google Account customers in the U.S. and Canada.  It is free to select a phone number and you have the ability to forward this number to your regular phone number. The advantages of using a Google Voice account is the ability to change the number anytime.  Also, it allows you to give your Google Voice number to the public without giving out your personal phone number. Google Voice is a must have in the dating and business world.  It provides an anonymous and safe number that can easily be distributed.  It provides an extra layer of security.  This audiobook provides an in-depth detail of how to set up an account, select a phone number that is in your area code, and how to check your messages online.  ?]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>125</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/52456c64775ab064eb5df7014f88d9dc.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Why Nudge?: The Politics of Libertarian Paternalism by Cass R. Sunstein</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/why-nudge-the-politics-of-libertarian-paternalism-by-cass-r-sunstein--65130938</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389810" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389810</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Nudge?: The Politics of Libertarian Paternalism Author: Cass R. Sunstein Narrator: William Hope Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 55 minutes Release date: November 28, 2019 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  The bestselling author of Simpler offers a powerful, provocative, and convincing argument for protecting people from their own mistakes Based on a series of pathbreaking lectures given at Yale University in 2012, this powerful, thought-provoking work by national best-selling author Cass R. Sunstein combines legal theory with behavioral economics to make a fresh argument about the legitimate scope of government, bearing on obesity, smoking, distracted driving, health care, food safety, and other highly volatile, high-profile public issues. Behavioral economists have established that people often make decisions that run counter to their best interests-producing what Sunstein describes as 'behavioral market failures.' Sometimes we disregard the long term; sometimes we are unrealistically optimistic; sometimes we do not see what is in front of us. With this evidence in mind, Sunstein argues for a new form of paternalism, one that protects people against serious errors but also recognizes the risk of government overreaching and usually preserves freedom of choice. Against those who reject paternalism of any kind, Sunstein shows that 'choice architecture'-government-imposed structures that affect our choices-is inevitable, and hence that a form of paternalism cannot be avoided. He urges that there are profoundly moral reasons to ensure that choice architecture is helpful rather than harmful-and that it makes people's lives better and longer.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389810</guid><pubDate>Thu, 28 Nov 2019 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130938/9781528882019.mp3" length="1478244" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389810 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Nudge?: The Politics of Libertarian Paternalism Author: Cass R. Sunstein Narrator: William Hope Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 55...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389810" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389810</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Nudge?: The Politics of Libertarian Paternalism Author: Cass R. Sunstein Narrator: William Hope Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 55 minutes Release date: November 28, 2019 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  The bestselling author of Simpler offers a powerful, provocative, and convincing argument for protecting people from their own mistakes Based on a series of pathbreaking lectures given at Yale University in 2012, this powerful, thought-provoking work by national best-selling author Cass R. Sunstein combines legal theory with behavioral economics to make a fresh argument about the legitimate scope of government, bearing on obesity, smoking, distracted driving, health care, food safety, and other highly volatile, high-profile public issues. Behavioral economists have established that people often make decisions that run counter to their best interests-producing what Sunstein describes as 'behavioral market failures.' Sometimes we disregard the long term; sometimes we are unrealistically optimistic; sometimes we do not see what is in front of us. With this evidence in mind, Sunstein argues for a new form of paternalism, one that protects people against serious errors but also recognizes the risk of government overreaching and usually preserves freedom of choice. Against those who reject paternalism of any kind, Sunstein shows that 'choice architecture'-government-imposed structures that affect our choices-is inevitable, and hence that a form of paternalism cannot be avoided. He urges that there are profoundly moral reasons to ensure that choice architecture is helpful rather than harmful-and that it makes people's lives better and longer.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b1f9fafdd9316f2bc665dc09767f03b5.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Communication: The Ultimate Guide to to Improving Your Listening, Speaking, and Dialogue Skills to Achieve Persuasion and Relationship Succe</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/communication-the-ultimate-guide-to-to-improving-your-listening-speaking-and-dialogue-skills-to-achieve-persuasion-and-relationship-succe--65130902</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411127" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411127</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Communication: The Ultimate Guide to to Improving Your Listening, Speaking, and Dialogue Skills to Achieve Persuasion and Relationship Success Author: Kate O. Thuy Narrator: John Hays Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 13 minutes Release date: November 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Are your communication skills letting you down? Are they holding you back when it comes to persuading people to accept your point of view? Could improved communication be the key to a much better relationship for you? Communication is the key to much of what we do. In business, relationships and in every mundane daily interaction we have with others, it is our ability to communicate effectively that stands us apart from less intelligent creatures. Not all of us are great at expressing ourselves however, so what do you do when your communication skills are lacking? Inside this audiobook, Communication: The Ultimate Guide to Improving Your Listening, Speaking and Dialogue Skills to Achieve Persuasion and Relationship Success, you will discover: - Communication Basics - You Must First Understand Yourself And Your Message - Learn To Use Terms That Invoke Emotions - Pay Attention To Body Language - Learn To Use Terms That Spark Interest - The Benefits Of Presenting Your Message In 1 Minute Being able to effectively communicate with others will improve your life in many areas and this guide is perfect for anyone who has struggled to get their message across in whatever environment they find themselves. Dont let that be you. Get a copy of Communication today and start improving your skills!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411127</guid><pubDate>Tue, 26 Nov 2019 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130902/9781982791667.mp3" length="997069" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411127 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Communication: The Ultimate Guide to to Improving Your Listening, Speaking, and Dialogue Skills to Achieve Persuasion and Relationship Success Author:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411127" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411127</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Communication: The Ultimate Guide to to Improving Your Listening, Speaking, and Dialogue Skills to Achieve Persuasion and Relationship Success Author: Kate O. Thuy Narrator: John Hays Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 13 minutes Release date: November 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Are your communication skills letting you down? Are they holding you back when it comes to persuading people to accept your point of view? Could improved communication be the key to a much better relationship for you? Communication is the key to much of what we do. In business, relationships and in every mundane daily interaction we have with others, it is our ability to communicate effectively that stands us apart from less intelligent creatures. Not all of us are great at expressing ourselves however, so what do you do when your communication skills are lacking? Inside this audiobook, Communication: The Ultimate Guide to Improving Your Listening, Speaking and Dialogue Skills to Achieve Persuasion and Relationship Success, you will discover: - Communication Basics - You Must First Understand Yourself And Your Message - Learn To Use Terms That Invoke Emotions - Pay Attention To Body Language - Learn To Use Terms That Spark Interest - The Benefits Of Presenting Your Message In 1 Minute Being able to effectively communicate with others will improve your life in many areas and this guide is perfect for anyone who has struggled to get their message across in whatever environment they find themselves. Dont let that be you. Get a copy of Communication today and start improving your skills!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>125</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/6c1a02325350e1ef1dddb28601598c47.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Wie Sie alle begeistern und für sich gewinnen: Erfolgreich reden, mit Sprache überzeugen by Patrick Lynen, Ingo Hoppe</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-wie-sie-alle-begeistern-und-fur-sich-gewinnen-erfolgreich-reden-mit-sprache-uberzeugen-by-patrick-lynen-ingo-hoppe--65130798</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472567" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472567</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wie Sie alle begeistern und für sich gewinnen: Erfolgreich reden, mit Sprache überzeugen Author: Patrick Lynen, Ingo Hoppe Narrator: Ingo Hoppe, Stephan Müller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 51 minutes Release date: November 26, 2019 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Seien wir ehrlich, wenn Sie Erfolg im Leben haben wollen, müssen Sie sich irgendwann mit anderen Menschen auseinandersetzen. Sie müssen mit ihnen reden. Um erfolgreich zu sein, müssen sie andere Leute ins Boot holen - selbst wenn Sie etwas in Ihrer Garage erfunden haben, müssen Sie sich irgendwann mit anderen Leuten austauschen, um das nächste Level zu erreichen. Und auch wenn Sie sich nicht verzweifelt nach Erfolg sehnen, möchten Sie doch gemocht werden, loyale Freunde haben, mit Menschen gut auskommen?  Mit diesem Premium-Hörbuch der Bestseller-Autoren Ingo Hoppe und Patrick Lynen verändern Sie ihr Leben auf eine positive Weise! Im stimmlichen Wechsel erklären Ihnen die beiden die unumstösslichen Gesetze der Kommunikation. Wenn Sie diese Gesetze verstehen und anwenden, können Sie mit beinahe jedem auskommen. Und das wird ganz massiv dazu beitragen, Ihr Leben zu verbessern - Sie fühlen sich selbstsicherer und souveräner, haben mehr Spaß auf Partys, kommen mit anderen Menschen leichter ins Gespräch, werden bei Personalgesprächen, Gehaltsverhandlungen oder Abschlüssen erfolgreicher sein.  Ob Sie also gesellschaftliche Ereignisse fürchten, die Abende manchmal alleine in einer Ecke verbringen oder einfach nur mehr Erfolg und bessere Beziehungen bei der Arbeit und im Leben haben möchten, dieses Hörbuch wird Ihnen dabei helfen, mit Menschen erfolgreich zu kommunizieren und darüber für sich zu gewinnen.   Erfahren Sie: * Wie Sie die Sympathie Ihrer Mitmenschen gewinnen; * Wie Sie Ihre Beliebtheit und Ihr Ansehen steigern; * Wie Sie ein guter Redner werden; * Wie Sie andere von sich überzeugen; * Wie Sie beim Sprechen die Aufmerksamkeit Ihres Gegenübers halten;  * Wie mehr mehr Charisma erlangen; * Und vieles mehr! Sie benötigen also keine teuren Seminare, die Ihnen dieses Themengebiet zeitintensiv erklären. Worauf warten Sie noch? Starten Sie heute noch mit dem ersten Schritt und verändern Sie Ihr Leben auf eine positive Weise! Drücken Sie jetzt auf den Kaufen-Button und profitieren Sie von ganz konkreten Tools, die Ihnen manche Strapazen oder Konflikte im Leben ersparen werden. Sie werden sehen es funktioniert!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472567</guid><pubDate>Tue, 26 Nov 2019 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130798/4064066252496.mp3" length="1478358" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472567 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wie Sie alle begeistern und für sich gewinnen: Erfolgreich reden, mit Sprache überzeugen Author: Patrick Lynen, Ingo Hoppe Narrator: Ingo...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472567" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472567</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wie Sie alle begeistern und für sich gewinnen: Erfolgreich reden, mit Sprache überzeugen Author: Patrick Lynen, Ingo Hoppe Narrator: Ingo Hoppe, Stephan Müller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 51 minutes Release date: November 26, 2019 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Seien wir ehrlich, wenn Sie Erfolg im Leben haben wollen, müssen Sie sich irgendwann mit anderen Menschen auseinandersetzen. Sie müssen mit ihnen reden. Um erfolgreich zu sein, müssen sie andere Leute ins Boot holen - selbst wenn Sie etwas in Ihrer Garage erfunden haben, müssen Sie sich irgendwann mit anderen Leuten austauschen, um das nächste Level zu erreichen. Und auch wenn Sie sich nicht verzweifelt nach Erfolg sehnen, möchten Sie doch gemocht werden, loyale Freunde haben, mit Menschen gut auskommen?  Mit diesem Premium-Hörbuch der Bestseller-Autoren Ingo Hoppe und Patrick Lynen verändern Sie ihr Leben auf eine positive Weise! Im stimmlichen Wechsel erklären Ihnen die beiden die unumstösslichen Gesetze der Kommunikation. Wenn Sie diese Gesetze verstehen und anwenden, können Sie mit beinahe jedem auskommen. Und das wird ganz massiv dazu beitragen, Ihr Leben zu verbessern - Sie fühlen sich selbstsicherer und souveräner, haben mehr Spaß auf Partys, kommen mit anderen Menschen leichter ins Gespräch, werden bei Personalgesprächen, Gehaltsverhandlungen oder Abschlüssen erfolgreicher sein.  Ob Sie also gesellschaftliche Ereignisse fürchten, die Abende manchmal alleine in einer Ecke verbringen oder einfach nur mehr Erfolg und bessere Beziehungen bei der Arbeit und im Leben haben möchten, dieses Hörbuch wird Ihnen dabei helfen, mit Menschen erfolgreich zu kommunizieren und darüber für sich zu gewinnen.   Erfahren Sie: * Wie Sie die Sympathie Ihrer Mitmenschen gewinnen; * Wie Sie Ihre Beliebtheit und Ihr Ansehen steigern; * Wie Sie ein guter Redner werden; * Wie Sie andere von sich überzeugen; * Wie Sie beim Sprechen die Aufmerksamkeit Ihres Gegenübers halten;  * Wie mehr mehr Charisma erlangen; * Und vieles mehr! Sie benötigen also keine teuren Seminare, die Ihnen dieses Themengebiet zeitintensiv erklären. Worauf warten Sie noch? Starten Sie heute noch mit dem ersten Schritt und verändern Sie Ihr Leben auf eine positive Weise! Drücken Sie jetzt auf den Kaufen-Button und profitieren Sie von ganz konkreten Tools, die Ihnen manche Strapazen oder Konflikte im Leben ersparen werden. Sie werden sehen es funktioniert!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>berzeugen</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/0e0d22e204bbd46c45c122823603c96b.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Agile Ceremonies: The details you were missing by Dmitri Iarandine</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/agile-ceremonies-the-details-you-were-missing-by-dmitri-iarandine--65130892</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409531" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409531</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Agile Ceremonies: The details you were missing Author: Dmitri Iarandine Narrator: Dmitri Iarandine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 53 minutes Release date: November 14, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Being a fresh Scrum Master, Agile Coach, Product Owner or a Business Analyst can be most daunting when it comes to scheduling and facilitating your first few Agile Ceremonies, especially if you don't know the development team and the Business stakeholders very well yet. This book explains every detail you need to know to gain confidence in conducting those Agile events and ceremonies, like a real pro!  Among other things, this book will teach you about:  1 - Backlog Refinement and two main variants of this activity;  2 - How to properly plan your Sprint with a not cross-functional team;  3 - The best practices of running an efficient Daily Scrum or a Stand-up;  4 - How to plan and facilitate a truly useful Sprint Review;  5 - The two types of Retrospectives you could introduce to your teams;  6 - Agile Energizers and Ice-Breakers, what are they and when should you use one?]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409531</guid><pubDate>Thu, 14 Nov 2019 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130892/9781982789466.mp3" length="2437162" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409531 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Agile Ceremonies: The details you were missing Author: Dmitri Iarandine Narrator: Dmitri Iarandine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 53...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409531" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409531</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Agile Ceremonies: The details you were missing Author: Dmitri Iarandine Narrator: Dmitri Iarandine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 53 minutes Release date: November 14, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Being a fresh Scrum Master, Agile Coach, Product Owner or a Business Analyst can be most daunting when it comes to scheduling and facilitating your first few Agile Ceremonies, especially if you don't know the development team and the Business stakeholders very well yet. This book explains every detail you need to know to gain confidence in conducting those Agile events and ceremonies, like a real pro!  Among other things, this book will teach you about:  1 - Backlog Refinement and two main variants of this activity;  2 - How to properly plan your Sprint with a not cross-functional team;  3 - The best practices of running an efficient Daily Scrum or a Stand-up;  4 - How to plan and facilitate a truly useful Sprint Review;  5 - The two types of Retrospectives you could introduce to your teams;  6 - Agile Energizers and Ice-Breakers, what are they and when should you use one?]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/245b92f750e3f918019ff4924fb0b3fc.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Questions Are The Answers by Allan Pease</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/questions-are-the-answers-by-allan-pease--65130933</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409292" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409292</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Questions Are The Answers Author: Allan Pease Narrator: Allan Pease Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 33 minutes Release date: November 13, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Allan Pease has been known internationally as 'Mr Body Language' since his book Definitive Book of Body Language became a multi-million seller and the communication bible for organisations worldwide. He has written eighteen bestsellers - including ten number ones - and has appeared on most major radio and television programs in 55 counties.  In Questions Are The Answers, Allan Pease documents, for the first time, one of the most remarkable techniques ever seen in network marketing. Using simple, field tested skills and strategies, you will learn how to build your networking business to a level beyond your wildest dreams. This book will show you how to achieve a lifetime of top-of-the-line income. Top level networkers are not 'natural' or 'born'. Top level networking is a science - a learnable skill, and Questions Are The Answers gives you the techniques and shows you how to use them, how to measure and improve your progress and what to observe when dealing with people.  Even if you are not a Network Marketer, this information will change forever the way you look at the negotiation and persuasion process.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409292</guid><pubDate>Wed, 13 Nov 2019 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130933/9781982789138.mp3" length="1478270" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409292 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Questions Are The Answers Author: Allan Pease Narrator: Allan Pease Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 33 minutes Release date: November 13,...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409292" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409292</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Questions Are The Answers Author: Allan Pease Narrator: Allan Pease Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 33 minutes Release date: November 13, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Allan Pease has been known internationally as 'Mr Body Language' since his book Definitive Book of Body Language became a multi-million seller and the communication bible for organisations worldwide. He has written eighteen bestsellers - including ten number ones - and has appeared on most major radio and television programs in 55 counties.  In Questions Are The Answers, Allan Pease documents, for the first time, one of the most remarkable techniques ever seen in network marketing. Using simple, field tested skills and strategies, you will learn how to build your networking business to a level beyond your wildest dreams. This book will show you how to achieve a lifetime of top-of-the-line income. Top level networkers are not 'natural' or 'born'. Top level networking is a science - a learnable skill, and Questions Are The Answers gives you the techniques and shows you how to use them, how to measure and improve your progress and what to observe when dealing with people.  Even if you are not a Network Marketer, this information will change forever the way you look at the negotiation and persuasion process.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/47760ded52db7e5889c4e2a4aea4b6c5.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>How Change Happens by Cass R. Sunstein</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-change-happens-by-cass-r-sunstein--65130939</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389809" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389809</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Change Happens Author: Cass R. Sunstein Narrator: Peter Marinker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 24 minutes Release date: November  7, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  The different ways that social change happens, from unleashing to nudging to social cascades. How does social change happen? When do social movements take off? Sexual harassment was once something that women had to endure; now a movement has risen up against it. White nationalist sentiments, on the other hand, were largely kept out of mainstream discourse; now there is no shortage of media outlets for them. In this book, with the help of behavioral economics, psychology, and other fields, Cass Sunstein casts a bright new light on how change happens. Sunstein focuses on the crucial role of social norms-and on their frequent collapse. When norms lead people to silence themselves, even an unpopular status quo can persist. Then one day, someone challenges the norm-a child who exclaims that the emperor has no clothes; a woman who says 'me too.' Sometimes suppressed outrage is unleashed, and long-standing practices fall. Sometimes change is more gradual, as 'nudges' help produce new and different decisions-apps that count calories; texted reminders of deadlines; automatic enrollment in green energy or pension plans. Sunstein explores what kinds of nudges are effective and shows why nudges sometimes give way to bans and mandates. Finally, he considers social divisions, social cascades, and 'partyism,' when identification with a political party creates a strong bias against all members of an opposing party-which can both fuel and block social change. 'Sunstein's book is illuminating because it puts norms at the center of how we think about change.' DAVID BROOKS, The New York Times]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389809</guid><pubDate>Thu, 07 Nov 2019 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130939/9781528881975.mp3" length="1478274" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389809 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Change Happens Author: Cass R. Sunstein Narrator: Peter Marinker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 24 minutes Release date: November...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389809" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389809</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Change Happens Author: Cass R. Sunstein Narrator: Peter Marinker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 24 minutes Release date: November  7, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  The different ways that social change happens, from unleashing to nudging to social cascades. How does social change happen? When do social movements take off? Sexual harassment was once something that women had to endure; now a movement has risen up against it. White nationalist sentiments, on the other hand, were largely kept out of mainstream discourse; now there is no shortage of media outlets for them. In this book, with the help of behavioral economics, psychology, and other fields, Cass Sunstein casts a bright new light on how change happens. Sunstein focuses on the crucial role of social norms-and on their frequent collapse. When norms lead people to silence themselves, even an unpopular status quo can persist. Then one day, someone challenges the norm-a child who exclaims that the emperor has no clothes; a woman who says 'me too.' Sometimes suppressed outrage is unleashed, and long-standing practices fall. Sometimes change is more gradual, as 'nudges' help produce new and different decisions-apps that count calories; texted reminders of deadlines; automatic enrollment in green energy or pension plans. Sunstein explores what kinds of nudges are effective and shows why nudges sometimes give way to bans and mandates. Finally, he considers social divisions, social cascades, and 'partyism,' when identification with a political party creates a strong bias against all members of an opposing party-which can both fuel and block social change. 'Sunstein's book is illuminating because it puts norms at the center of how we think about change.' DAVID BROOKS, The New York Times]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/1457806fcbf3e15d4770ba43cc82b1b0.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Negotiating at Work: Turn Small Wins into Big Gains by Deborah M. Kolb, Jessica L. Porter</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/negotiating-at-work-turn-small-wins-into-big-gains-by-deborah-m-kolb-jessica-l-porter--65130917</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397160" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397160</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Negotiating at Work: Turn Small Wins into Big Gains Author: Deborah M. Kolb, Jessica L. Porter Narrator: Emily Ellet Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 36 minutes Release date: October 29, 2019 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Negotiation has always been at the heart of solving problems at work. Yet today, when people in organizations are asked to do more with less, be responsive 24/7, and manage in rapidly changing environments, negotiation is more essential than ever. What has been missed in much of the literature of the past thirty years is that negotiations in organizations always take place within a context—of organizational culture, of prior negotiations, of power relationships—that dictates which issues are negotiable and by whom. When we negotiate for new opportunities or increased flexibility, we never do it in a vacuum. We challenge the status quo and we build out the path for others to negotiate those issues after us. In this way, negotiating for ourselves at work can create small wins that can grow into something bigger, for ourselves and our organizations. Seen in this way, negotiation becomes a tool for addressing ineffective practices and outdated assumptions, and for creating change. Negotiating at Work offers practical advice for managing your own workplace negotiations: how to get opportunities, promotions, flexibility, buy-in, support, and credit for your work. It does so within the context of organizational dynamics, recognizing that to negotiate with someone who has more power adds a level of complexity.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397160</guid><pubDate>Tue, 29 Oct 2019 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130917/9781469076652.mp3" length="1478390" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397160 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Negotiating at Work: Turn Small Wins into Big Gains Author: Deborah M. Kolb, Jessica L. Porter Narrator: Emily Ellet Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397160" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397160</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Negotiating at Work: Turn Small Wins into Big Gains Author: Deborah M. Kolb, Jessica L. Porter Narrator: Emily Ellet Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 36 minutes Release date: October 29, 2019 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Negotiation has always been at the heart of solving problems at work. Yet today, when people in organizations are asked to do more with less, be responsive 24/7, and manage in rapidly changing environments, negotiation is more essential than ever. What has been missed in much of the literature of the past thirty years is that negotiations in organizations always take place within a context—of organizational culture, of prior negotiations, of power relationships—that dictates which issues are negotiable and by whom. When we negotiate for new opportunities or increased flexibility, we never do it in a vacuum. We challenge the status quo and we build out the path for others to negotiate those issues after us. In this way, negotiating for ourselves at work can create small wins that can grow into something bigger, for ourselves and our organizations. Seen in this way, negotiation becomes a tool for addressing ineffective practices and outdated assumptions, and for creating change. Negotiating at Work offers practical advice for managing your own workplace negotiations: how to get opportunities, promotions, flexibility, buy-in, support, and credit for your work. It does so within the context of organizational dynamics, recognizing that to negotiate with someone who has more power adds a level of complexity.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/1015277b6b52eb7d158ba0c1e8b275cd.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Make the Deal: Negotiating Mergers and Acquisitions by Christopher S. Harrison</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/make-the-deal-negotiating-mergers-and-acquisitions-by-christopher-s-harrison--65130940</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396408" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396408</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make the Deal: Negotiating Mergers and Acquisitions Author: Christopher S. Harrison Narrator: Daniel Henning Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 24 minutes Release date: October 22, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Make the Deal is a direct and accessible guide to striking a powerful M&amp;A deal. Merging business, finance, and law, this insightful examination of M&amp;A strategy is designed to help you understand M&amp;A negotiations and the ways in which the final outcome affects your financial future. You'll gain insight into real-world negotiations and the delicate balancing act that occurs as each party attempts to maximize value and minimize risk, and learn the potential pitfalls that can occur. As a topic of study, M&amp;A is constantly evolving; in practice, it changes at the speed of light. Staying ahead of the market is the single most critical element of making the best deal, and the strategy that worked for one deal most likely won't work for the next. Instead of simply providing a list of strategies that have worked in the past, this book shows you why they worked, so you can tailor your strategy specifically to your next deal. ● Learn how M&amp;A contract terms affect economic outcomes ● Examine the techniques and mechanics of today's acquisition agreements ● Develop a legal framework that supports your business strategy ● Follow the ups and downs that arise in real-world cases]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396408</guid><pubDate>Tue, 22 Oct 2019 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130940/9781469076850.mp3" length="1478310" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396408 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make the Deal: Negotiating Mergers and Acquisitions Author: Christopher S. Harrison Narrator: Daniel Henning Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396408" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396408</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make the Deal: Negotiating Mergers and Acquisitions Author: Christopher S. Harrison Narrator: Daniel Henning Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 24 minutes Release date: October 22, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Make the Deal is a direct and accessible guide to striking a powerful M&amp;A deal. Merging business, finance, and law, this insightful examination of M&amp;A strategy is designed to help you understand M&amp;A negotiations and the ways in which the final outcome affects your financial future. You'll gain insight into real-world negotiations and the delicate balancing act that occurs as each party attempts to maximize value and minimize risk, and learn the potential pitfalls that can occur. As a topic of study, M&amp;A is constantly evolving; in practice, it changes at the speed of light. Staying ahead of the market is the single most critical element of making the best deal, and the strategy that worked for one deal most likely won't work for the next. Instead of simply providing a list of strategies that have worked in the past, this book shows you why they worked, so you can tailor your strategy specifically to your next deal. ● Learn how M&amp;A contract terms affect economic outcomes ● Examine the techniques and mechanics of today's acquisition agreements ● Develop a legal framework that supports your business strategy ● Follow the ups and downs that arise in real-world cases]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/0c84a1124e1d064431ac4ea7904472bb.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>77 Best Practices in Negotiation by Dr. Gary S. Goodman</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/77-best-practices-in-negotiation-by-dr-gary-s-goodman--65130907</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397148" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397148</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 77 Best Practices in Negotiation Author: Dr. Gary S. Goodman Narrator: Gary S. Goodman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 9 minutes Release date: October 22, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Dr. Gary S. Goodman is the bestselling author of twelve books and thousands of articles. He is also creator of the applauded training program, 'Best Practices In Negotiation,' offered at U.C. Berkeley and UCLA Extension, as well as at organizations worldwide. As an attorney, Fortune 1000 management consultant, and celebrated speaker and lecturer, Dr. Goodman has personally negotiated more than a thousand contracts, for his companies and for his clients. Drawing from the best published sources and his own ample experience, Dr. Goodman shares tips and techniques for negotiating everyday transactions as well as mega-deals. He explains the six-step Anatomy of a Negotiation Transaction, which guides you from the inception to the execution of agreement, while enabling you to avoid common pitfalls and dirty tricks. If you want better bargains on cars and housing, you need look no farther. Having sold cars and real estate, the author gives you unique and counter-intuitive advice, plus he divulges those situations in which he has failed to negotiate up to his own professional standards.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397148</guid><pubDate>Tue, 22 Oct 2019 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130907/9781469074597.mp3" length="1478318" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397148 to listen full audiobooks. Title: 77 Best Practices in Negotiation Author: Dr. Gary S. Goodman Narrator: Gary S. Goodman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 9 minutes Release...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397148" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397148</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 77 Best Practices in Negotiation Author: Dr. Gary S. Goodman Narrator: Gary S. Goodman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 9 minutes Release date: October 22, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Dr. Gary S. Goodman is the bestselling author of twelve books and thousands of articles. He is also creator of the applauded training program, 'Best Practices In Negotiation,' offered at U.C. Berkeley and UCLA Extension, as well as at organizations worldwide. As an attorney, Fortune 1000 management consultant, and celebrated speaker and lecturer, Dr. Goodman has personally negotiated more than a thousand contracts, for his companies and for his clients. Drawing from the best published sources and his own ample experience, Dr. Goodman shares tips and techniques for negotiating everyday transactions as well as mega-deals. He explains the six-step Anatomy of a Negotiation Transaction, which guides you from the inception to the execution of agreement, while enabling you to avoid common pitfalls and dirty tricks. If you want better bargains on cars and housing, you need look no farther. Having sold cars and real estate, the author gives you unique and counter-intuitive advice, plus he divulges those situations in which he has failed to negotiate up to his own professional standards.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/2896100322ba7bf1bfd7ce575f29f9fb.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Simple Scripts to Say 'No' Without Guilt by Careertrack Publications</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/simple-scripts-to-say-no-without-guilt-by-careertrack-publications--65130937</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397175" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397175</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Simple Scripts to Say 'No' Without Guilt Author: Careertrack Publications Narrator: Pryor Lecturer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 4 minutes Release date: October  1, 2019 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Learn how to say 'no' to your boss's unrealistic deadline; deal with coworkers who depend on you to pick up the slack, or ask you to chip in for expensive gifts; refuse a customer's impossible request; object to your spouse's poor financial decision; respond to your child's begging; or turn down a friend's demands on your time. Simple Scripts to Say 'No' Without Guilt is a fun, positive, motivational program what helps you build the skills and confidence to say 'no' when you need to, and to communicate honestly and effectively with coworkers, bosses, friends, family members, and clients.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397175</guid><pubDate>Tue, 01 Oct 2019 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130937/9781469077130.mp3" length="1478314" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397175 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Simple Scripts to Say 'No' Without Guilt Author: Careertrack Publications Narrator: Pryor Lecturer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 4...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397175" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397175</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Simple Scripts to Say 'No' Without Guilt Author: Careertrack Publications Narrator: Pryor Lecturer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 4 minutes Release date: October  1, 2019 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Learn how to say 'no' to your boss's unrealistic deadline; deal with coworkers who depend on you to pick up the slack, or ask you to chip in for expensive gifts; refuse a customer's impossible request; object to your spouse's poor financial decision; respond to your child's begging; or turn down a friend's demands on your time. Simple Scripts to Say 'No' Without Guilt is a fun, positive, motivational program what helps you build the skills and confidence to say 'no' when you need to, and to communicate honestly and effectively with coworkers, bosses, friends, family members, and clients.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/fa520d6bfffd2160a5263cb27703b55a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Smart Skills: Negotiation by Anthony Jacks</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/smart-skills-negotiation-by-anthony-jacks--65130922</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394106" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394106</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Smart Skills: Negotiation Author: Anthony Jacks Narrator: Phil Paonessa Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  This book offers all you need to know to get the most out of negotiations, from existing clients to new clients and one-off projects to long-term. In the current challenging work and business environment, the importance of each negotiation is paramount. Negotiation will provide you with all you need to know—not just for the negotiation itself—but for the set-up, preparation, and follow-up after the negotiation is complete.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394106</guid><pubDate>Tue, 24 Sep 2019 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130922/9781666579864.mp3" length="1477621" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394106 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Smart Skills: Negotiation Author: Anthony Jacks Narrator: Phil Paonessa Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 36 minutes Release date: September...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394106" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394106</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Smart Skills: Negotiation Author: Anthony Jacks Narrator: Phil Paonessa Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  This book offers all you need to know to get the most out of negotiations, from existing clients to new clients and one-off projects to long-term. In the current challenging work and business environment, the importance of each negotiation is paramount. Negotiation will provide you with all you need to know—not just for the negotiation itself—but for the set-up, preparation, and follow-up after the negotiation is complete.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/c34b2093e84fb286f4f918e38cdc5e96.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The 25 Minute Meeting: Half the Time, Double the Impact by Donna Mcgeorge</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-25-minute-meeting-half-the-time-double-the-impact-by-donna-mcgeorge--65130918</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393090" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393090</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 25 Minute Meeting: Half the Time, Double the Impact Author: Donna Mcgeorge Narrator: Donna Mcgeorge Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 33 minutes Release date: September 18, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Sharpen your focus and tighten your time frames to get more done in less time The 25 Minute Meeting goes beyond 'cut to the chase' and shows you how to take back your work day with smarter planning and more productive action. Meetings have become a de facto way of working, and as they pile up and stretch to interminable lengths, they eat up our days and sink productivity—if they are poorly planned and run. Done well, meetings are short, sharp, productive affairs that provide critical time and space for the interactions that drive business forward. This book shows you how to effectively and efficiently recover your time with a roadmap to the 25-minute meeting. A clear framework walks you through the entire meeting process, with emphasis on timing and focus, with illustrative case studies showing how real-world meetings have transformed from painful to purposeful with a few simple changes. From purging the invite list, to shutting down irrelevant tangents and facilitating more efficient communication, this book can help you reclaim your lost hours without sacrificing collaboration.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393090</guid><pubDate>Wed, 18 Sep 2019 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130918/9781469071718.mp3" length="1478264" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393090 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 25 Minute Meeting: Half the Time, Double the Impact Author: Donna Mcgeorge Narrator: Donna Mcgeorge Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 33...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393090" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393090</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 25 Minute Meeting: Half the Time, Double the Impact Author: Donna Mcgeorge Narrator: Donna Mcgeorge Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 33 minutes Release date: September 18, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Sharpen your focus and tighten your time frames to get more done in less time The 25 Minute Meeting goes beyond 'cut to the chase' and shows you how to take back your work day with smarter planning and more productive action. Meetings have become a de facto way of working, and as they pile up and stretch to interminable lengths, they eat up our days and sink productivity—if they are poorly planned and run. Done well, meetings are short, sharp, productive affairs that provide critical time and space for the interactions that drive business forward. This book shows you how to effectively and efficiently recover your time with a roadmap to the 25-minute meeting. A clear framework walks you through the entire meeting process, with emphasis on timing and focus, with illustrative case studies showing how real-world meetings have transformed from painful to purposeful with a few simple changes. From purging the invite list, to shutting down irrelevant tangents and facilitating more efficient communication, this book can help you reclaim your lost hours without sacrificing collaboration.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/68567a62097e8c0a30b389045efbccfd.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Sun Tzu's Art of War for Women: Sun Tzu's Strategies for Winning Without Confrontation by Catherine Huang, A.D. Rosenberg</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/sun-tzu-s-art-of-war-for-women-sun-tzu-s-strategies-for-winning-without-confrontation-by-catherine-huang-a-d-rosenberg--65130919</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393021" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393021</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sun Tzu's Art of War for Women: Sun Tzu's Strategies for Winning Without Confrontation Author: Catherine Huang, A.D. Rosenberg Narrator: Cindy Kay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 44 minutes Release date: September  3, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  By following the ancient Chinese teachings of The Art of War, you will discover how to use your natural abilities to find your path in life.   Sun Tzu's Art of War for Women helps women find the peaceful path to success through strategies made famous in the ancient Chinese text, The Art of War. Female wisdom, or common sense, is about avoiding needless confrontation, conserving energy for the things that matter, and seeking an outcome in which everyone wins. And for women, as for Sun Tzu, success doesn't come simply from knowing what to do, but from knowing who you are. Sun Tzu's Art of War for Women will help you consider what you want to achieve and why you want to achieve it. Covering Sun Tzu's timeless principles point by point in a conversational and friendly tone, Art of War for Women shows you how you can find your strengths, meet your weaknesses head-on, deal with obstacles, and forge your own unique identity through your career and personal life. Whatever your path, this book will give you strategies, tactics, and practical examples you need to increase your probability of success—and enjoy the process.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393021</guid><pubDate>Tue, 03 Sep 2019 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130919/9781515949725.mp3" length="14437210" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393021 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sun Tzu's Art of War for Women: Sun Tzu's Strategies for Winning Without Confrontation Author: Catherine Huang, A.D. Rosenberg Narrator: Cindy Kay...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393021" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393021</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sun Tzu's Art of War for Women: Sun Tzu's Strategies for Winning Without Confrontation Author: Catherine Huang, A.D. Rosenberg Narrator: Cindy Kay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 44 minutes Release date: September  3, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  By following the ancient Chinese teachings of The Art of War, you will discover how to use your natural abilities to find your path in life.   Sun Tzu's Art of War for Women helps women find the peaceful path to success through strategies made famous in the ancient Chinese text, The Art of War. Female wisdom, or common sense, is about avoiding needless confrontation, conserving energy for the things that matter, and seeking an outcome in which everyone wins. And for women, as for Sun Tzu, success doesn't come simply from knowing what to do, but from knowing who you are. Sun Tzu's Art of War for Women will help you consider what you want to achieve and why you want to achieve it. Covering Sun Tzu's timeless principles point by point in a conversational and friendly tone, Art of War for Women shows you how you can find your strengths, meet your weaknesses head-on, deal with obstacles, and forge your own unique identity through your career and personal life. Whatever your path, this book will give you strategies, tactics, and practical examples you need to increase your probability of success—and enjoy the process.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/3f225960debe031c013cd7b052482a23.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Communication: How to Connect with Anyone by Gill Hasson</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/communication-how-to-connect-with-anyone-by-gill-hasson--65130911</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393108" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393108</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Communication: How to Connect with Anyone Author: Gill Hasson Narrator: Danielle Cohen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 8 minutes Release date: August 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Communicate more easily and effectively in any situation! Every day, you have the opportunity to interact with people in different areas of your life; in public, at work, and at home, with colleagues and clients, with friends and family. Your ability to exchange ideas and opinions with other people, understand their thoughts, feelings, and point of view and solve problems between you depends on how effectively you're able to communicate. But being understood, and understanding others is not always easy!   Communication is a dynamic, complex process, influenced by all the complexities and differences in human motivation and behavior. Communication: How to Connect with Anyone will help you connect with others and build friendships and develop better relationships with colleagues and clients, friends and family. This engaging, practical guide shares everything you need to know to develop empathy and rapport with others, and feel confident about communicating with a diverse range of people.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393108</guid><pubDate>Mon, 26 Aug 2019 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130911/9781469075235.mp3" length="1478240" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393108 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Communication: How to Connect with Anyone Author: Gill Hasson Narrator: Danielle Cohen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 8 minutes Release...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393108" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393108</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Communication: How to Connect with Anyone Author: Gill Hasson Narrator: Danielle Cohen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 8 minutes Release date: August 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Communicate more easily and effectively in any situation! Every day, you have the opportunity to interact with people in different areas of your life; in public, at work, and at home, with colleagues and clients, with friends and family. Your ability to exchange ideas and opinions with other people, understand their thoughts, feelings, and point of view and solve problems between you depends on how effectively you're able to communicate. But being understood, and understanding others is not always easy!   Communication is a dynamic, complex process, influenced by all the complexities and differences in human motivation and behavior. Communication: How to Connect with Anyone will help you connect with others and build friendships and develop better relationships with colleagues and clients, friends and family. This engaging, practical guide shares everything you need to know to develop empathy and rapport with others, and feel confident about communicating with a diverse range of people.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/1b960e6c4521c3e3786c0223dded35f2.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>How to Write Copy That Sells: The Step-By-Step System for More Sales, to More Customers, More Often by Ray Edwards</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-write-copy-that-sells-the-step-by-step-system-for-more-sales-to-more-customers-more-often-by-ray-edwards--65130925</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390964" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390964</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Write Copy That Sells: The Step-By-Step System for More Sales, to More Customers, More Often Author: Ray Edwards Narrator: Ray Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 12 minutes Release date: August  6, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Writing copy that sells without seeming 'salesy' can be tough, but is an essential business skill. How To Write Copy That Sells is a step-by-step guide to writing fast, easy-to-read, effective copy. It's for everyone who needs to write copy that brings in cash—including copywriters, freelancers, and entrepreneurs. In this book, you'll find copywriting techniques for email marketing, web sites, social media, sales pages, ads, and direct mail. You'll also discover the universal hidden structure behind all persuasive copy; how to avoid the most common copywriting mistakes; a simple technique for writing copy that's easy to read; how to write powerful short copy for social media; sample headlines, bullet points, and openings; and much, much more! Writing Copy That Sells is your indispensable guide to creating fresh, fast, effective copy that generates sales like magic.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390964</guid><pubDate>Tue, 06 Aug 2019 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130925/9781977344328.mp3" length="14437181" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390964 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Write Copy That Sells: The Step-By-Step System for More Sales, to More Customers, More Often Author: Ray Edwards Narrator: Ray Edwards Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390964" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390964</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Write Copy That Sells: The Step-By-Step System for More Sales, to More Customers, More Often Author: Ray Edwards Narrator: Ray Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 12 minutes Release date: August  6, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Writing copy that sells without seeming 'salesy' can be tough, but is an essential business skill. How To Write Copy That Sells is a step-by-step guide to writing fast, easy-to-read, effective copy. It's for everyone who needs to write copy that brings in cash—including copywriters, freelancers, and entrepreneurs. In this book, you'll find copywriting techniques for email marketing, web sites, social media, sales pages, ads, and direct mail. You'll also discover the universal hidden structure behind all persuasive copy; how to avoid the most common copywriting mistakes; a simple technique for writing copy that's easy to read; how to write powerful short copy for social media; sample headlines, bullet points, and openings; and much, much more! Writing Copy That Sells is your indispensable guide to creating fresh, fast, effective copy that generates sales like magic.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/5be18829165382b00da333d9be18408d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>How to Say Anything to Anyone: A Guide to Building Business Relationships That Really Work by Shari Harley</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-say-anything-to-anyone-a-guide-to-building-business-relationships-that-really-work-by-shari-harley--65130921</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390483" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390483</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Say Anything to Anyone: A Guide to Building Business Relationships That Really Work Author: Shari Harley Narrator: Shari Harley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: July 30, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Take charge of your career by eliminating communication barriers and taking charge of your business relationships. Make your work environment less tense and more productive by improving communication skills. Set relationship expectations, work with people how they like to work, and give positive feedback and constructive feedback. In How to Say Anything to Anyone, you'll learn how to ask for what you want at work; improve communication skills; strengthen all types of working relationships; reduce the gossip and drama in your office; tell people when you're frustrated and have difficult conversations in a way that resonates; take action on your ideas and feelings; and get honest positive feedback and constructive feedback on your performance. Harley shares the real-life stories of people who have struggled to get what they want at work. With her clear and specific business communication roadmap in hand, Harley enables you to improve communication skills and create the career and business relationships you really want—and keep them.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390483</guid><pubDate>Tue, 30 Jul 2019 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130921/9781469099002.mp3" length="1478272" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390483 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Say Anything to Anyone: A Guide to Building Business Relationships That Really Work Author: Shari Harley Narrator: Shari Harley Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390483" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390483</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Say Anything to Anyone: A Guide to Building Business Relationships That Really Work Author: Shari Harley Narrator: Shari Harley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: July 30, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Take charge of your career by eliminating communication barriers and taking charge of your business relationships. Make your work environment less tense and more productive by improving communication skills. Set relationship expectations, work with people how they like to work, and give positive feedback and constructive feedback. In How to Say Anything to Anyone, you'll learn how to ask for what you want at work; improve communication skills; strengthen all types of working relationships; reduce the gossip and drama in your office; tell people when you're frustrated and have difficult conversations in a way that resonates; take action on your ideas and feelings; and get honest positive feedback and constructive feedback on your performance. Harley shares the real-life stories of people who have struggled to get what they want at work. With her clear and specific business communication roadmap in hand, Harley enables you to improve communication skills and create the career and business relationships you really want—and keep them.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/0fc8f1f71343c3b01ae251ce911bea79.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>How to Speak Human: A Practical Guide to Getting the Best from the Humans You Work With by Dougal Jackson, Jennifer Jackson</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-speak-human-a-practical-guide-to-getting-the-best-from-the-humans-you-work-with-by-dougal-jackson-jennifer-jackson--65130913</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390484" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390484</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Speak Human: A Practical Guide to Getting the Best from the Humans You Work With Author: Dougal Jackson, Jennifer Jackson Narrator: Larissa Gallagher Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 32 minutes Release date: July 30, 2019 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Take a practical approach to the communication challenges in your workplace. Through eleven  strategies, twenty-three tactics, and fifteen stories this handy how-to will help curious humans: ● use the science of connection to create compelling communication ● translate mind-numbing complexity into captivating simplicity ● hijack the attention of, engage, and influence others Whether you're a leader looking to connect with your workforce; a member of a small team, hungry to make a difference; or at the helm of a global organization, with an eye on the horizon—this is a how-to for forward thinkers like you.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390484</guid><pubDate>Tue, 30 Jul 2019 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130913/9781469071879.mp3" length="1478300" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390484 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Speak Human: A Practical Guide to Getting the Best from the Humans You Work With Author: Dougal Jackson, Jennifer Jackson Narrator: Larissa...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390484" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390484</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Speak Human: A Practical Guide to Getting the Best from the Humans You Work With Author: Dougal Jackson, Jennifer Jackson Narrator: Larissa Gallagher Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 32 minutes Release date: July 30, 2019 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Take a practical approach to the communication challenges in your workplace. Through eleven  strategies, twenty-three tactics, and fifteen stories this handy how-to will help curious humans: ● use the science of connection to create compelling communication ● translate mind-numbing complexity into captivating simplicity ● hijack the attention of, engage, and influence others Whether you're a leader looking to connect with your workforce; a member of a small team, hungry to make a difference; or at the helm of a global organization, with an eye on the horizon—this is a how-to for forward thinkers like you.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/195901f8395becf8de46f57b52b612fa.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Speak With No Fear by Mike Acker</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/speak-with-no-fear-by-mike-acker--65130942</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387985" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387985</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Speak With No Fear Author: Mike Acker Narrator: Mike Acker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 50 minutes Release date: July  4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 2 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Do you HATE public speaking? Are you TERRIFIED to stand in front of people? When you think of speaking, do you get nervous, anxious, even sweaty? You don't have to be afraid any longer.  It can seem like everyone is a gifted speak when you watch TED talks or compare yourself to skilled co-workers giving presentations. Don't get caught up in comparison. Instead, take action to improve YOUR ability and to overcome your fear. If you struggle when you speak, then you are not alone. Public speaking is the #1 fear in America.  Millions of people are terrified at the prospect of going up on stage and addressing a crowd even more than they're afraid of death. And yet, it's an unavoidable experience if you want to succeed in this world.  Maybe it's a business presentation for your career path, a speech in school, or a toast at your best friend's wedding. Fear of speaking grips you. But it doesn't have to. Not anymore.  This book can help you. You will learn 7 strategies you can begin today. These strategies will give you a new perspective. This book will prepare you and give you actions to practice. As you implement these strategies, your fear will begin to fade.  Full of relatable anecdotes, executable tips, and plenty of laugh-out-loud moments, this book promises to teach you 7 proven strategies to help you find your inner presenter. Don't wait any longer. Today is the day you take charge of your anxiety, calm your nerves, and - most importantly - speak with no fear.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387985</guid><pubDate>Thu, 04 Jul 2019 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130942/9781733980036.mp3" length="2437158" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387985 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Speak With No Fear Author: Mike Acker Narrator: Mike Acker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 50 minutes Release date: July  4, 2019 Ratings:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387985" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387985</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Speak With No Fear Author: Mike Acker Narrator: Mike Acker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 50 minutes Release date: July  4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 2 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Do you HATE public speaking? Are you TERRIFIED to stand in front of people? When you think of speaking, do you get nervous, anxious, even sweaty? You don't have to be afraid any longer.  It can seem like everyone is a gifted speak when you watch TED talks or compare yourself to skilled co-workers giving presentations. Don't get caught up in comparison. Instead, take action to improve YOUR ability and to overcome your fear. If you struggle when you speak, then you are not alone. Public speaking is the #1 fear in America.  Millions of people are terrified at the prospect of going up on stage and addressing a crowd even more than they're afraid of death. And yet, it's an unavoidable experience if you want to succeed in this world.  Maybe it's a business presentation for your career path, a speech in school, or a toast at your best friend's wedding. Fear of speaking grips you. But it doesn't have to. Not anymore.  This book can help you. You will learn 7 strategies you can begin today. These strategies will give you a new perspective. This book will prepare you and give you actions to practice. As you implement these strategies, your fear will begin to fade.  Full of relatable anecdotes, executable tips, and plenty of laugh-out-loud moments, this book promises to teach you 7 proven strategies to help you find your inner presenter. Don't wait any longer. Today is the day you take charge of your anxiety, calm your nerves, and - most importantly - speak with no fear.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/8cdea612ce07402673f5d67d226052dc.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Never Split the Difference: Negotiating as if Your Life Depended on It by Chris Voss, Tahl Raz</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/never-split-the-difference-negotiating-as-if-your-life-depended-on-it-by-chris-voss-tahl-raz--65130931</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384633" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384633</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Never Split the Difference: Negotiating as if Your Life Depended on It Author: Chris Voss, Tahl Raz Narrator: Michael Kramer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 7 minutes Release date: June 20, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.59 of Total 112   Ratings of Narrator: 4.69 of Total 16 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. THE HUGE INTERNATIONAL BESTSELLER  A former FBI hostage negotiator offers a new, field-tested approach to negotiating - effective in any situation.  After a stint policing the rough streets of Kansas City, Missouri, Chris Voss joined the FBI, where his career as a kidnapping negotiator brought him face-to-face with bank robbers, gang leaders and terrorists. Never Split the Difference takes you inside his world of high-stakes negotiations, revealing the nine key principles that helped Voss and his colleagues succeed when it mattered the most - when people's lives were at stake.  Rooted in the real-life experiences of an intelligence professional at the top of his game, Never Split the Difference will give you the competitive edge in any discussion. 'Riveting' Adam Grant 'Stupendous' The Week 'Brilliant' Guardian 'My pick for book of the year.' Forbes  'Who better to learn [negotiation] from than Chris Voss, whose skills have saved lives and averted disaster?' Daily Mail  'Filled with insights that apply to everyday negotiations.' Business Insider  'It's rare that a book is so gripping and entertaining while still being actionable and applicable.' Inc.  'A business book you won't be able to put down.' Fortune © Chris Voss 2016 (P) Penguin Audio 2019]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384633</guid><pubDate>Thu, 20 Jun 2019 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130931/9781473575349.mp3" length="2437320" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384633 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Never Split the Difference: Negotiating as if Your Life Depended on It Author: Chris Voss, Tahl Raz Narrator: Michael Kramer Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384633" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384633</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Never Split the Difference: Negotiating as if Your Life Depended on It Author: Chris Voss, Tahl Raz Narrator: Michael Kramer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 7 minutes Release date: June 20, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.59 of Total 112   Ratings of Narrator: 4.69 of Total 16 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. THE HUGE INTERNATIONAL BESTSELLER  A former FBI hostage negotiator offers a new, field-tested approach to negotiating - effective in any situation.  After a stint policing the rough streets of Kansas City, Missouri, Chris Voss joined the FBI, where his career as a kidnapping negotiator brought him face-to-face with bank robbers, gang leaders and terrorists. Never Split the Difference takes you inside his world of high-stakes negotiations, revealing the nine key principles that helped Voss and his colleagues succeed when it mattered the most - when people's lives were at stake.  Rooted in the real-life experiences of an intelligence professional at the top of his game, Never Split the Difference will give you the competitive edge in any discussion. 'Riveting' Adam Grant 'Stupendous' The Week 'Brilliant' Guardian 'My pick for book of the year.' Forbes  'Who better to learn [negotiation] from than Chris Voss, whose skills have saved lives and averted disaster?' Daily Mail  'Filled with insights that apply to everyday negotiations.' Business Insider  'It's rare that a book is so gripping and entertaining while still being actionable and applicable.' Inc.  'A business book you won't be able to put down.' Fortune © Chris Voss 2016 (P) Penguin Audio 2019]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/7c3608b25a97b0b6efc5eb337c526872.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Entrepreneur Voices on Elevator Pitches by The Staff Of Entrepreneur Media</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/entrepreneur-voices-on-elevator-pitches-by-the-staff-of-entrepreneur-media--65130930</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384827" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384827</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Entrepreneur Voices on Elevator Pitches Author: The Staff Of Entrepreneur Media Narrator: Susan Hanfield, Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 8 minutes Release date: June 18, 2019 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Whether you're facing funding sharks or angel investors, we've got the keys to crafting that perfect pitch to help you secure the funds you need to launch your startup, build your business, and achieve your entrepreneurial dreams. In this new edition of the Entrepreneur Voices series, entrepreneurs, venture capitalists, and experts from both sides of the board room present the game-winning strategies and deal-closing tactics you need to succeed. Dive in and learn how to: ● Build a business model and financial plan for your new venture ● Make a great first impression and sell your idea in sixty seconds ● Connect with the investors most likely to finance your business idea ● See every 'No' as an opportunity to find the perfect 'Yes' Plus, gain exclusive insights from stars you've seen on Shark Tank, Planet of the Apps, Entrepreneur Elevator Pitch, and more.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384827</guid><pubDate>Tue, 18 Jun 2019 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130930/9781469073743.mp3" length="1478380" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384827 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Entrepreneur Voices on Elevator Pitches Author: The Staff Of Entrepreneur Media Narrator: Susan Hanfield, Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384827" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384827</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Entrepreneur Voices on Elevator Pitches Author: The Staff Of Entrepreneur Media Narrator: Susan Hanfield, Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 8 minutes Release date: June 18, 2019 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Whether you're facing funding sharks or angel investors, we've got the keys to crafting that perfect pitch to help you secure the funds you need to launch your startup, build your business, and achieve your entrepreneurial dreams. In this new edition of the Entrepreneur Voices series, entrepreneurs, venture capitalists, and experts from both sides of the board room present the game-winning strategies and deal-closing tactics you need to succeed. Dive in and learn how to: ● Build a business model and financial plan for your new venture ● Make a great first impression and sell your idea in sixty seconds ● Connect with the investors most likely to finance your business idea ● See every 'No' as an opportunity to find the perfect 'Yes' Plus, gain exclusive insights from stars you've seen on Shark Tank, Planet of the Apps, Entrepreneur Elevator Pitch, and more.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9657a066c0388dd828ee425f3a7074bb.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Inteligencia emocional 2.0: Estrategias para conocer y aumentar su coeficiente by Jean Greaves, Travis Bradberry</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-inteligencia-emocional-2-0-estrategias-para-conocer-y-aumentar-su-coeficiente-by-jean-greaves-travis-bradberry--65130899</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397824" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397824</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Inteligencia emocional 2.0: Estrategias para conocer y aumentar su coeficiente Author: Jean Greaves, Travis Bradberry Narrator: Ulises Cuadra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 7 minutes Release date: March  8, 2019 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  La inteligencia emocional es el factor más importante para el éxito profesional y la excelencia personal.  Todos somos conscientes de que la inteligencia emocional es un factor crítico en el éxito profesional y personal. Pero conocer la inteligencia emocional no es lo mismo que saber cómo emplearla para mejorar y avanzar profesionalmente.  Inteligencia emocional 2.0 desarrolla un programa paso a paso con 66 propuestas prácticas para potenciar su inteligencia emocional y mejorar cuatro tipos de habilidades básicas: el autoconocimiento, la autogestión, la conciencia social y la gestión de las relaciones. Al mismo tiempo, el libro ofrece al lector la oportunidad de conocer su coeficiente emocional y aprovechar así, de modo individualizado, los consejos de los autores.  Los expertos opinan: «La inteligencia emocional es una habilidad muy importante para el éxito personal y profesional. Este libro es excelente, y su método, puntero. Lo recomiendo encarecidamente.» Ken Blanchard, coautor de El directivo al minuto  «Este libro proporciona abundantes pautas y recomendaciones para potenciar su inteligencia emocional. Los investigadores han demostrado que el coeficiente emocional es más importante que el coeficiente intelectual.» Stephen R. Covey, autor de Los 7 hábitos de la gente altamente efectiva  «Inteligencia emocional 2.0 explica de forma sucinta cómo manejar nuestras emociones con creatividad y emplear nuestra inteligencia de manera positiva.» El Dalai Lama «Si usted desea transformarse en un verdadero líder resonante, este libro le ofrece la posibilidad de cambiar no solo su carrera profesional sino también sus relaciones personales.» Regina Sacha, vicepresidenta de Recursos Humanos, FedEx Custom Critical]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397824</guid><pubDate>Fri, 08 Mar 2019 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130899/9788416883868.mp3" length="2437300" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397824 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Inteligencia emocional 2.0: Estrategias para conocer y aumentar su coeficiente Author: Jean Greaves, Travis Bradberry Narrator: Ulises...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397824" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397824</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Inteligencia emocional 2.0: Estrategias para conocer y aumentar su coeficiente Author: Jean Greaves, Travis Bradberry Narrator: Ulises Cuadra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 7 minutes Release date: March  8, 2019 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  La inteligencia emocional es el factor más importante para el éxito profesional y la excelencia personal.  Todos somos conscientes de que la inteligencia emocional es un factor crítico en el éxito profesional y personal. Pero conocer la inteligencia emocional no es lo mismo que saber cómo emplearla para mejorar y avanzar profesionalmente.  Inteligencia emocional 2.0 desarrolla un programa paso a paso con 66 propuestas prácticas para potenciar su inteligencia emocional y mejorar cuatro tipos de habilidades básicas: el autoconocimiento, la autogestión, la conciencia social y la gestión de las relaciones. Al mismo tiempo, el libro ofrece al lector la oportunidad de conocer su coeficiente emocional y aprovechar así, de modo individualizado, los consejos de los autores.  Los expertos opinan: «La inteligencia emocional es una habilidad muy importante para el éxito personal y profesional. Este libro es excelente, y su método, puntero. Lo recomiendo encarecidamente.» Ken Blanchard, coautor de El directivo al minuto  «Este libro proporciona abundantes pautas y recomendaciones para potenciar su inteligencia emocional. Los investigadores han demostrado que el coeficiente emocional es más importante que el coeficiente intelectual.» Stephen R. Covey, autor de Los 7 hábitos de la gente altamente efectiva  «Inteligencia emocional 2.0 explica de forma sucinta cómo manejar nuestras emociones con creatividad y emplear nuestra inteligencia de manera positiva.» El Dalai Lama «Si usted desea transformarse en un verdadero líder resonante, este libro le ofrece la posibilidad de cambiar no solo su carrera profesional sino también sus relaciones personales.» Regina Sacha, vicepresidenta de Recursos Humanos, FedEx Custom Critical]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/5aa7af311df380c6e9d5456f0d14b050.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Rhetorik: Die Sprache des Erfolgs: Wie Du mit ganz konkreten Formulierungen Deine Rhetorik verbesserst und effektiver Deine Ziele</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-rhetorik-die-sprache-des-erfolgs-wie-du-mit-ganz-konkreten-formulierungen-deine-rhetorik-verbesserst-und-effektiver-deine-ziele--65130780</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473822" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473822</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Rhetorik: Die Sprache des Erfolgs: Wie Du mit ganz konkreten Formulierungen Deine Rhetorik verbesserst und effektiver Deine Ziele erreichst Author: Patrick Lynen Narrator: Patrick Lynen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 23 minutes Release date: January  9, 2019 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Sprache ist ein unglaubliches wirkungsvolles Instrument. Nicht ohne Grund durchläuft beispielsweise jeder Apple-Mitarbeiter ein 14-tägiges Trainingsprogramm für den Umgang mit Kunden. Auf dem Lehrplan steht ein Mix aus Wortwahl, psychologischem Gespür, rhetorischem Vermögen und Formulierungssicherheit. Insbesondere die Themen Wortwahl und Sprache ziehen sich wie ein roter Faden durch alle Trainingseinheiten.  Mit diesem Hörbuch verfügen Sie über zahlreiche Formulierungsbeispiele aus den nicht offiziellen Trainingshandbüchern erfolgreicher Marken und Konzerne. Der Autor zeigt bewährte Tricks und Mechanismen für erfolgreiche Beziehungs- und Verkaufsarbeit auf: Vom ersten Worten beim Kennenlernen über das Etablieren von Kontakten bis hin zu den ausgefeilten Techniken der großen Verkäufer.   Verbessern Sie mit ganz konkreten Formulierungen Ihre Rhetorik, für großen Erfolg in Kommunikation und Beziehungen, damit Sie charismatischer rüberkommen und sich und Ihre Produkte besser verkaufen. Ob Sie im Vertrieb tätig sind, beruflich verhandeln müssen oder einfach nur wirkungsvoller kommunizieren möchten: Mit diesem Hörbuch macht es Spaß, zu erkennen, wie Sie ganz einfach Ihre Rhetorik verbessern können, um das, was Sie wollen, leichter zu bekommen.  Zu diesem Hörbuch erhalten Sie eine PDF-Datei mit zusätzlichem Material.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473822</guid><pubDate>Wed, 09 Jan 2019 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130780/4057664479600.mp3" length="1478234" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473822 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Rhetorik: Die Sprache des Erfolgs: Wie Du mit ganz konkreten Formulierungen Deine Rhetorik verbesserst und effektiver Deine Ziele erreichst...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473822" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473822</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Rhetorik: Die Sprache des Erfolgs: Wie Du mit ganz konkreten Formulierungen Deine Rhetorik verbesserst und effektiver Deine Ziele erreichst Author: Patrick Lynen Narrator: Patrick Lynen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 23 minutes Release date: January  9, 2019 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Sprache ist ein unglaubliches wirkungsvolles Instrument. Nicht ohne Grund durchläuft beispielsweise jeder Apple-Mitarbeiter ein 14-tägiges Trainingsprogramm für den Umgang mit Kunden. Auf dem Lehrplan steht ein Mix aus Wortwahl, psychologischem Gespür, rhetorischem Vermögen und Formulierungssicherheit. Insbesondere die Themen Wortwahl und Sprache ziehen sich wie ein roter Faden durch alle Trainingseinheiten.  Mit diesem Hörbuch verfügen Sie über zahlreiche Formulierungsbeispiele aus den nicht offiziellen Trainingshandbüchern erfolgreicher Marken und Konzerne. Der Autor zeigt bewährte Tricks und Mechanismen für erfolgreiche Beziehungs- und Verkaufsarbeit auf: Vom ersten Worten beim Kennenlernen über das Etablieren von Kontakten bis hin zu den ausgefeilten Techniken der großen Verkäufer.   Verbessern Sie mit ganz konkreten Formulierungen Ihre Rhetorik, für großen Erfolg in Kommunikation und Beziehungen, damit Sie charismatischer rüberkommen und sich und Ihre Produkte besser verkaufen. Ob Sie im Vertrieb tätig sind, beruflich verhandeln müssen oder einfach nur wirkungsvoller kommunizieren möchten: Mit diesem Hörbuch macht es Spaß, zu erkennen, wie Sie ganz einfach Ihre Rhetorik verbessern können, um das, was Sie wollen, leichter zu bekommen.  Zu diesem Hörbuch erhalten Sie eine PDF-Datei mit zusätzlichem Material.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/d3da55adf65e32268be6aa5c5df6f3ae.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Rompe la barrera del no: Negocia como si te fuera la vida en ello by Chris Voss</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-rompe-la-barrera-del-no-negocia-como-si-te-fuera-la-vida-en-ello-by-chris-voss--65130932</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387660" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387660</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Rompe la barrera del no: Negocia como si te fuera la vida en ello Author: Chris Voss Narrator: Mario Díaz Mercado Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 52 minutes Release date: December 31, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.91 of Total 11   Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  El prestigioso ex negociador internacional del FBI Chris Voss, especializado en secuestros con rehenes, nos enseña en este audiolibro un método de negociación rompedor.  Rompe la barrera del no es un manual de negociación imprescindible desarrollado y perfeccionado a lo largo de la extraordinariacarrera de Chris Voss como negociador en secuestros con rehenes y como reconocido profesor en las escuelas de negocio más prestigiosas del mundo.  Voss ha puesto a prueba estas técnicas en todo tipo de situaciones y ha comprobado su efectividad, tanto en los inicios de su carrera cuando patrullaba las peligrosas calles de Kansas City como en los cursos que imparte en las mejores universidades. Entre las muchasy distintas personas que han aplicado sus enseñanzas se encuentran desde clientes que han visto aumentar significativamente los beneficios de sus empresas hasta estudiantes de programas de MBA que han conseguido empleos mejores o incluso padres que tienen que vérselas con sus hijos.  Rompe la barrera del no relata los entresijos de situaciones verdaderamente dramáticas y revela las mejores y más eficaces estrategiasde negociación. Voss, uno de los mejores negociadores del mundo, nos enseña a emplear estas técnicas en cualquier aspecto de nuestra vida.  Las mejores obras de no ficción y desarrollo personal en formato audiolibro.  Reseñas: «Este libro destaca la importancia de la inteligencia emocional sin sacrificar la necesidad de conseguir acuerdos. Escrito por un negociador de rehenes, alguien que no se podía permitir una respuesta negativa, este libro resulta una lectura fascinante y muy práctica. En él encontraremos las técnicas necesarias para alcanzar el acuerdo deseado.» Daniel H. Pink, autor del bestseller Vender es humano «Pocas personas gozan de la experiencia de Chris Voss, ex negociador del FBI en situaciones de secuestros con rehenes. Sus técnicas funcionan, tanto para los negocios como para la vida.» Joe Navarro, agente especial (retirado) del FBI y autor del bestseller internacional El cuerpo habla «Los negocios, y prácticamente todo en la vida, dependen de cómo encaramos determinadas conversaciones cruciales, y estas herramientas nos proporcionan la ventaja que necesitamos... Es una lectura obligatoria para mis empleados, porque yo utilizo las lecciones de este libro cada día, y me gustaría que ellos también lo hicieran.» Jason MacCarthy, CEO deGoruck]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387660</guid><pubDate>Mon, 31 Dec 2018 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130932/9788416883622.mp3" length="2437166" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387660 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Rompe la barrera del no: Negocia como si te fuera la vida en ello Author: Chris Voss Narrator: Mario Díaz Mercado Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387660" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387660</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Rompe la barrera del no: Negocia como si te fuera la vida en ello Author: Chris Voss Narrator: Mario Díaz Mercado Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 52 minutes Release date: December 31, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.91 of Total 11   Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  El prestigioso ex negociador internacional del FBI Chris Voss, especializado en secuestros con rehenes, nos enseña en este audiolibro un método de negociación rompedor.  Rompe la barrera del no es un manual de negociación imprescindible desarrollado y perfeccionado a lo largo de la extraordinariacarrera de Chris Voss como negociador en secuestros con rehenes y como reconocido profesor en las escuelas de negocio más prestigiosas del mundo.  Voss ha puesto a prueba estas técnicas en todo tipo de situaciones y ha comprobado su efectividad, tanto en los inicios de su carrera cuando patrullaba las peligrosas calles de Kansas City como en los cursos que imparte en las mejores universidades. Entre las muchasy distintas personas que han aplicado sus enseñanzas se encuentran desde clientes que han visto aumentar significativamente los beneficios de sus empresas hasta estudiantes de programas de MBA que han conseguido empleos mejores o incluso padres que tienen que vérselas con sus hijos.  Rompe la barrera del no relata los entresijos de situaciones verdaderamente dramáticas y revela las mejores y más eficaces estrategiasde negociación. Voss, uno de los mejores negociadores del mundo, nos enseña a emplear estas técnicas en cualquier aspecto de nuestra vida.  Las mejores obras de no ficción y desarrollo personal en formato audiolibro.  Reseñas: «Este libro destaca la importancia de la inteligencia emocional sin sacrificar la necesidad de conseguir acuerdos. Escrito por un negociador de rehenes, alguien que no se podía permitir una respuesta negativa, este libro resulta una lectura fascinante y muy práctica. En él encontraremos las técnicas necesarias para alcanzar el acuerdo deseado.» Daniel H. Pink, autor del bestseller Vender es humano «Pocas personas gozan de la experiencia de Chris Voss, ex negociador del FBI en situaciones de secuestros con rehenes. Sus técnicas funcionan, tanto para los negocios como para la vida.» Joe Navarro, agente especial (retirado) del FBI y autor del bestseller internacional El cuerpo habla «Los negocios, y prácticamente todo en la vida, dependen de cómo encaramos determinadas conversaciones cruciales, y estas herramientas nos proporcionan la ventaja que necesitamos... Es una lectura obligatoria para mis empleados, porque yo utilizo las lecciones de este libro cada día, y me gustaría que ellos también lo hicieran.» Jason MacCarthy, CEO deGoruck]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/96e4e2d49303b589c637b18a97e77e99.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Wie Sie mit jedem ins Gespräch kommen und neue Freunde finden: Kleine Tricks für großen Erfolg in Beziehungen by Ingo Hoppe</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-wie-sie-mit-jedem-ins-gesprach-kommen-und-neue-freunde-finden-kleine-tricks-fur-grossen-erfolg-in-beziehungen-by-ingo-hoppe--65130845</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472669" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472669</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wie Sie mit jedem ins Gespräch kommen und neue Freunde finden: Kleine Tricks für großen Erfolg in Beziehungen Author: Ingo Hoppe Narrator: Ingo Hoppe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 54 minutes Release date: October 31, 2018 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Was ist das für eine magische Eigenschaft, die manche Menschen sofort beliebt und respektiert macht? Bei Veranstaltungen scharen sie andere um sie, jeder möchte ihr Freund sein und im Geschäft steigen sie schnell die Karriereleiter empor. Welche 'Geheimwaffe' nutzen diese Menschen? Die Antwort lautet: Es ist ein besonderes Gespür für Beziehungen, ein geschickterer Umgang mit Menschen. In diesem Hörbuch zeigt der beliebte Autor und Moderator Ingo Hoppe wirkungsvolle Mechanismen für erfolgreiche Beziehungsarbeit auf. Vom ersten Kennenlernen über das Etablieren von Kontakten bis hin zu ausgefeilten Techniken, neue Freunde zu gewinnen. Zuverlässige Strategien, wie man... Schüchternheit überwindet aus Small Talk im Handumdrehen 'Big Talk' macht über Optik und Körpersprache punktet  steht, geht und redet wie ein VIP oder Promi wie ein Insider klingt und argumentativ überzeugt Resonanz und Beziehung mit nahezu jedem aufbaut neue Freundschaften knüpft im Beruf erfolgreicher wird auf neuen Wegen zu neuen Zielen gelangt. Ingo Hoppe hat sein berufliches Leben damit verbracht, mit tausenden von Menschen ins Gespräch zu kommen, ihnen Interessantes zu entlocken. Im Laufe der Jahre hat er immer mehr verstanden, wie man mit anderen besser in Kontakt kommt. In seiner unterhaltsamen, sympathischen und unnachahmlichen Art berichtet der beliebte Moderator von ganz normalen Alltagssituationen und gibt Ihnen kraftvolle und bewährte Techniken an die Hand - für wichtige Events, langweilige Firmenfeiern, neue Freundschaften oder anstrengende Familientreffen.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472669</guid><pubDate>Wed, 31 Oct 2018 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130845/4057664461544.mp3" length="1478328" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472669 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wie Sie mit jedem ins Gespräch kommen und neue Freunde finden: Kleine Tricks für großen Erfolg in Beziehungen Author: Ingo Hoppe Narrator:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472669" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472669</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wie Sie mit jedem ins Gespräch kommen und neue Freunde finden: Kleine Tricks für großen Erfolg in Beziehungen Author: Ingo Hoppe Narrator: Ingo Hoppe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 54 minutes Release date: October 31, 2018 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Was ist das für eine magische Eigenschaft, die manche Menschen sofort beliebt und respektiert macht? Bei Veranstaltungen scharen sie andere um sie, jeder möchte ihr Freund sein und im Geschäft steigen sie schnell die Karriereleiter empor. Welche 'Geheimwaffe' nutzen diese Menschen? Die Antwort lautet: Es ist ein besonderes Gespür für Beziehungen, ein geschickterer Umgang mit Menschen. In diesem Hörbuch zeigt der beliebte Autor und Moderator Ingo Hoppe wirkungsvolle Mechanismen für erfolgreiche Beziehungsarbeit auf. Vom ersten Kennenlernen über das Etablieren von Kontakten bis hin zu ausgefeilten Techniken, neue Freunde zu gewinnen. Zuverlässige Strategien, wie man... Schüchternheit überwindet aus Small Talk im Handumdrehen 'Big Talk' macht über Optik und Körpersprache punktet  steht, geht und redet wie ein VIP oder Promi wie ein Insider klingt und argumentativ überzeugt Resonanz und Beziehung mit nahezu jedem aufbaut neue Freundschaften knüpft im Beruf erfolgreicher wird auf neuen Wegen zu neuen Zielen gelangt. Ingo Hoppe hat sein berufliches Leben damit verbracht, mit tausenden von Menschen ins Gespräch zu kommen, ihnen Interessantes zu entlocken. Im Laufe der Jahre hat er immer mehr verstanden, wie man mit anderen besser in Kontakt kommt. In seiner unterhaltsamen, sympathischen und unnachahmlichen Art berichtet der beliebte Moderator von ganz normalen Alltagssituationen und gibt Ihnen kraftvolle und bewährte Techniken an die Hand - für wichtige Events, langweilige Firmenfeiern, neue Freundschaften oder anstrengende Familientreffen.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/6d60bca59d13d5ac265c7586331a57d1.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Überleben unter Kollegen - Wie die Zusammenarbeit mit Nervensägen gelingt (Autorenlesung) by Mathias Fischedick</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-uberleben-unter-kollegen-wie-die-zusammenarbeit-mit-nervensagen-gelingt-autorenlesung-by-mathias-fischedick--65130888</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411435" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411435</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Überleben unter Kollegen - Wie die Zusammenarbeit mit Nervensägen gelingt (Autorenlesung) Author: Mathias Fischedick Narrator: Mathias Fischedick Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 43 minutes Release date: October 24, 2018 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Endlich wieder Spaß bei der Arbeit!                     Der tägliche Kampf mit den Mitstreitern am Arbeitsplatz kostet nicht nur Nerven, sondern macht nachweislich immer häufiger krank. Zumindest verpufft die eigene Energie in Grabenkämpfen, anstatt in die eigentlichen Aufgaben zu fließen. Der erfahrene Jobcoach Mathias Fischedick zeigt auf humorvolle Weise, wie Sie auch zu herausfordernden Kollegen eine gute Beziehung aufbauen, sie besser verstehen und selbst besser verstanden werden können. Mithilfe des von ihm entwickelten WOW!-Prinzips gibt er zahlreiche Tipps, wie wir gut miteinander auskommen und ungenutzte Potenziale entfalten können.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411435</guid><pubDate>Wed, 24 Oct 2018 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130888/9783732481729.mp3" length="1478428" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411435 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Überleben unter Kollegen - Wie die Zusammenarbeit mit Nervensägen gelingt (Autorenlesung) Author: Mathias Fischedick Narrator: Mathias...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411435" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411435</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Überleben unter Kollegen - Wie die Zusammenarbeit mit Nervensägen gelingt (Autorenlesung) Author: Mathias Fischedick Narrator: Mathias Fischedick Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 43 minutes Release date: October 24, 2018 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Endlich wieder Spaß bei der Arbeit!                     Der tägliche Kampf mit den Mitstreitern am Arbeitsplatz kostet nicht nur Nerven, sondern macht nachweislich immer häufiger krank. Zumindest verpufft die eigene Energie in Grabenkämpfen, anstatt in die eigentlichen Aufgaben zu fließen. Der erfahrene Jobcoach Mathias Fischedick zeigt auf humorvolle Weise, wie Sie auch zu herausfordernden Kollegen eine gute Beziehung aufbauen, sie besser verstehen und selbst besser verstanden werden können. Mithilfe des von ihm entwickelten WOW!-Prinzips gibt er zahlreiche Tipps, wie wir gut miteinander auskommen und ungenutzte Potenziale entfalten können.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>berleben</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/30176c4b815fd549e818bdd2446f4ba0.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Ich kommuniziere! Persönlichkeit. Kommunikation. Motivation.: Bewährte Prinzipien für persönlichen und beruflichen Erfolg by Patr</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-ich-kommuniziere-personlichkeit-kommunikation-motivation-bewahrte-prinzipien-fur-personlichen-und-beruflichen-erfolg-by-patr--65130820</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472569" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472569</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Ich kommuniziere! Persönlichkeit. Kommunikation. Motivation.: Bewährte Prinzipien für persönlichen und beruflichen Erfolg Author: Patrick Lynen Narrator: Stephan Müller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 53 minutes Release date: September 26, 2018 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Kommunikation ist die Basis für alles. Gute Kommunikatoren sind beneidenswert, denn sie haben es einfacher im Leben. Anscheinend mühelos gelingt es Ihnen, andere für sich zu begeistern und Erfolg zu haben, wo andere scheitern. Dies gilt sowohl für den beruflichen, als auch für den privaten Bereich. Mit diesem Hörbuch erhalten Sie hunderte wissenschaftlich fundierte Tipps, um erfolgreicher kommunizieren zu können. Alle Kapitel werden Ihnen nutzbare Impulse geben und neue Perspektiven aufzeigen.   Wie kann ich meine Kommunikation erfolgreicher gestalten?  Wie komme ich in Gesprächen souveräner rüber?   Wie kann ich Konflikte geschickter auflösen?  Wie sollte ich etwas sagen, damit es für die Zuhörer spannend bleibt?  Wie kann ich meine Angst vor dem öffentlichen Sprechen in den Griff bekommen? Stephan Müller &amp; Patrick Lynen sind zwei der gefragtesten Autoren, Sprecher und Moderatoren in Deutschland (u.a. Antenne Bayern, SWR3, hr1, Radio Brocken, WDR, ARD, ZDF). Sie haben schon für Millionen Menschen moderiert, zehntausende Menschen in ihren Seminaren begeistert und tausende persönlich gecoacht.  Aus dieser Erfahrung schöpfen sie, wenn sie die Grundlagen überzeugender Kommunikation erläutern: souveräne Stimme, kraftvolle Sprache und wirkungsvolle Körpersprache. Anhand ganz konkreter Beispiele wird klar, was Kommunikation leisten kann und wie leicht es ist, typische Fehler und Fallen zu vermeiden.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472569</guid><pubDate>Wed, 26 Sep 2018 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130820/4057664451026.mp3" length="1478340" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472569 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Ich kommuniziere! Persönlichkeit. Kommunikation. Motivation.: Bewährte Prinzipien für persönlichen und beruflichen Erfolg Author: Patrick...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472569" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472569</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Ich kommuniziere! Persönlichkeit. Kommunikation. Motivation.: Bewährte Prinzipien für persönlichen und beruflichen Erfolg Author: Patrick Lynen Narrator: Stephan Müller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 53 minutes Release date: September 26, 2018 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Kommunikation ist die Basis für alles. Gute Kommunikatoren sind beneidenswert, denn sie haben es einfacher im Leben. Anscheinend mühelos gelingt es Ihnen, andere für sich zu begeistern und Erfolg zu haben, wo andere scheitern. Dies gilt sowohl für den beruflichen, als auch für den privaten Bereich. Mit diesem Hörbuch erhalten Sie hunderte wissenschaftlich fundierte Tipps, um erfolgreicher kommunizieren zu können. Alle Kapitel werden Ihnen nutzbare Impulse geben und neue Perspektiven aufzeigen.   Wie kann ich meine Kommunikation erfolgreicher gestalten?  Wie komme ich in Gesprächen souveräner rüber?   Wie kann ich Konflikte geschickter auflösen?  Wie sollte ich etwas sagen, damit es für die Zuhörer spannend bleibt?  Wie kann ich meine Angst vor dem öffentlichen Sprechen in den Griff bekommen? Stephan Müller &amp; Patrick Lynen sind zwei der gefragtesten Autoren, Sprecher und Moderatoren in Deutschland (u.a. Antenne Bayern, SWR3, hr1, Radio Brocken, WDR, ARD, ZDF). Sie haben schon für Millionen Menschen moderiert, zehntausende Menschen in ihren Seminaren begeistert und tausende persönlich gecoacht.  Aus dieser Erfahrung schöpfen sie, wenn sie die Grundlagen überzeugender Kommunikation erläutern: souveräne Stimme, kraftvolle Sprache und wirkungsvolle Körpersprache. Anhand ganz konkreter Beispiele wird klar, was Kommunikation leisten kann und wie leicht es ist, typische Fehler und Fallen zu vermeiden.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/12055da33b8cae343f60f52731aaa49f.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Das haben wir noch nie so gemacht!: 166 Killerphrasen und Totschlag-Argumente aus dem ganz normalen Job-Alltag by Patrick Lynen</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-das-haben-wir-noch-nie-so-gemacht-166-killerphrasen-und-totschlag-argumente-aus-dem-ganz-normalen-job-alltag-by-patrick-lynen--65130819</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475396" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475396</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das haben wir noch nie so gemacht!: 166 Killerphrasen und Totschlag-Argumente aus dem ganz normalen Job-Alltag Author: Patrick Lynen Narrator: Patrick Lynen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 30 minutes Release date: September 19, 2018 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  166 Killerphrasen und Totschlag-Argumente aus dem ganz normalen Job-Alltag und wie Sie damit umgehen Killerphrasen! Wer kennt sie nicht? - Das wird sowieso nicht funktionieren! - Das haben wir noch nie so gemacht... - Sie müssen noch viel lernen... Da kommt man mit einer total innovativen Idee um die Ecke - und bämm! Bevor die Diskussion überhaupt begonnen hat, liegt man bereits japsend am Boden. Ein klarer Fall von Totschlagargument. Mit diesem Hörbuch verfügen Sie über 166 Killerphrasen in 16 gut verdaulichen Portionen, unterlegt mit passender Musik. Messerscharfe Totschlag-Argumente, über die Sie sich ärgern, amüsieren oder mit denen Sie trainieren können, je nach Bedarf. Zwischen den humoristisch umgesetzten Phrasen erhalten Sie zahlreiche hilfreiche Tipps vom Kommunikationsprofi, wie Sie Killerphrasen abwehren, neutralisieren oder kontern können. Geeignet als: - Abschiedsgeschenk für Ihren hochgeschätzten Chef, - Unterrichtsmaterial für Seminare (z. B. für gewaltfreie Kommunikation), - Gimmick für die nächste Firmenfeier, - zum Trainieren von Einwand-Behandlungen in Verkaufstrainings, - zum Zeitvertreib bei Behördengängen, - zur Erheiterung im Kollegenkreis. Erleben Sie in diesem Hörbuch einen Killerphrasen-Profi, den man seinem ärgsten Feind nicht als Kollegen oder Chef wünscht: Selbstbezogen bis ins Mark, egozentrisch ohne Gleichen, zielstrebig bis in die Haarspitzen - vor allem, wenn es um die eigenen Interessen geht...]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475396</guid><pubDate>Wed, 19 Sep 2018 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130819/4057664445285.mp3" length="1478326" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475396 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das haben wir noch nie so gemacht!: 166 Killerphrasen und Totschlag-Argumente aus dem ganz normalen Job-Alltag Author: Patrick Lynen...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475396" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475396</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das haben wir noch nie so gemacht!: 166 Killerphrasen und Totschlag-Argumente aus dem ganz normalen Job-Alltag Author: Patrick Lynen Narrator: Patrick Lynen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 30 minutes Release date: September 19, 2018 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  166 Killerphrasen und Totschlag-Argumente aus dem ganz normalen Job-Alltag und wie Sie damit umgehen Killerphrasen! Wer kennt sie nicht? - Das wird sowieso nicht funktionieren! - Das haben wir noch nie so gemacht... - Sie müssen noch viel lernen... Da kommt man mit einer total innovativen Idee um die Ecke - und bämm! Bevor die Diskussion überhaupt begonnen hat, liegt man bereits japsend am Boden. Ein klarer Fall von Totschlagargument. Mit diesem Hörbuch verfügen Sie über 166 Killerphrasen in 16 gut verdaulichen Portionen, unterlegt mit passender Musik. Messerscharfe Totschlag-Argumente, über die Sie sich ärgern, amüsieren oder mit denen Sie trainieren können, je nach Bedarf. Zwischen den humoristisch umgesetzten Phrasen erhalten Sie zahlreiche hilfreiche Tipps vom Kommunikationsprofi, wie Sie Killerphrasen abwehren, neutralisieren oder kontern können. Geeignet als: - Abschiedsgeschenk für Ihren hochgeschätzten Chef, - Unterrichtsmaterial für Seminare (z. B. für gewaltfreie Kommunikation), - Gimmick für die nächste Firmenfeier, - zum Trainieren von Einwand-Behandlungen in Verkaufstrainings, - zum Zeitvertreib bei Behördengängen, - zur Erheiterung im Kollegenkreis. Erleben Sie in diesem Hörbuch einen Killerphrasen-Profi, den man seinem ärgsten Feind nicht als Kollegen oder Chef wünscht: Selbstbezogen bis ins Mark, egozentrisch ohne Gleichen, zielstrebig bis in die Haarspitzen - vor allem, wenn es um die eigenen Interessen geht...]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/4d6e8fec5f1dbf16f03c49b73f4d2034.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Rhetorik. Persönlichkeit. Klarheit.: Magische Worte für Einfluss und Wirkung by Patrick Lynen</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-rhetorik-personlichkeit-klarheit-magische-worte-fur-einfluss-und-wirkung-by-patrick-lynen--65130841</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/474738" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/474738</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Rhetorik. Persönlichkeit. Klarheit.: Magische Worte für Einfluss und Wirkung Author: Patrick Lynen Narrator: Patrick Lynen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 33 minutes Release date: September 10, 2018 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Was ist das für eine magische Eigenschaft, die manche Menschen im Handumdrehen beliebt, respektiert und erfolgreich macht? Im Geschäft steigen sie die Karriereleiter empor, jeder möchte mit ihnen befreundet sein und, wenn er/sie Single ist, seine/ihr Geliebte/r.  Über welche besondere Gabe verfügen diese Menschen? Die Antwort lautet; es ist ein geschickter Umgang mit anderen, eine kraftvolle Art der Kommunikation, ein daraus erwachsendes Charisma.  Der Autor hat seine Karriere damit verbracht, zehntausenden von Menschen beizubringen, wie man andere überzeugt. In diesem Hörbuch zeigt er einfache und wirkungsvolle Mechanismen für erfolgreiche Beziehungsarbeit auf: Vom ersten Kennenlernen über das Etablieren von Kontakten bis hin zu den ausgefeilten Techniken der großen Redner.  Zuverlässige Strategien, um einen perfekten ersten Eindruck zu hinterlassen Bewährte Methoden, um aus Small Talk im Handumdrehen 'Big Talk' zu machen Faszinierende Techniken, um harte Fakten lebendig zu präsentieren, einen Raum wie ein Profi einzunehmen, die Gruppendynamik für sich arbeiten zu lassen und damit sogar seine 'Gegner' zu überzeugen Bewährte Tricks zur Maximierung von Charme, Charisma und Überzeugungskraft Machtvolle Möglichkeiten, mit den Löwen zu sprechen und dabei nicht gefressen zu werden Patrick Lynen arbeitet seit vielen Jahren als Trainer für Unternehmen, Journalistenschulen und die renommierte ARD-ZDF-Medienakademie. Von seiner reichhaltigen Erfahrung profitieren Sie, wenn er seinen Handwerkskoffer öffnet: Hunderte bewährte Tricks für großen Erfolg in Kommunikation und Beziehungen, damit Sie charismatischer und einflussreicher rüberkommen. Das alles kurzweilig präsentiert, lehrreich und vor allem: auf dem neuesten Stand.  Ob Sie im Vertrieb tätig sind, beruflich verhandeln müssen oder Privaten wirkungsvoller kommunizieren möchten: Mit diesem 'wundervollen Hörbuch' macht es Spaß, zu erkennen, was Sie tun können, um das, was Sie wollen, leichter zu bekommen.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/474738</guid><pubDate>Mon, 10 Sep 2018 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130841/4057664443151.mp3" length="1478288" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/474738 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Rhetorik. Persönlichkeit. Klarheit.: Magische Worte für Einfluss und Wirkung Author: Patrick Lynen Narrator: Patrick Lynen Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/474738" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/474738</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Rhetorik. Persönlichkeit. Klarheit.: Magische Worte für Einfluss und Wirkung Author: Patrick Lynen Narrator: Patrick Lynen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 33 minutes Release date: September 10, 2018 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Was ist das für eine magische Eigenschaft, die manche Menschen im Handumdrehen beliebt, respektiert und erfolgreich macht? Im Geschäft steigen sie die Karriereleiter empor, jeder möchte mit ihnen befreundet sein und, wenn er/sie Single ist, seine/ihr Geliebte/r.  Über welche besondere Gabe verfügen diese Menschen? Die Antwort lautet; es ist ein geschickter Umgang mit anderen, eine kraftvolle Art der Kommunikation, ein daraus erwachsendes Charisma.  Der Autor hat seine Karriere damit verbracht, zehntausenden von Menschen beizubringen, wie man andere überzeugt. In diesem Hörbuch zeigt er einfache und wirkungsvolle Mechanismen für erfolgreiche Beziehungsarbeit auf: Vom ersten Kennenlernen über das Etablieren von Kontakten bis hin zu den ausgefeilten Techniken der großen Redner.  Zuverlässige Strategien, um einen perfekten ersten Eindruck zu hinterlassen Bewährte Methoden, um aus Small Talk im Handumdrehen 'Big Talk' zu machen Faszinierende Techniken, um harte Fakten lebendig zu präsentieren, einen Raum wie ein Profi einzunehmen, die Gruppendynamik für sich arbeiten zu lassen und damit sogar seine 'Gegner' zu überzeugen Bewährte Tricks zur Maximierung von Charme, Charisma und Überzeugungskraft Machtvolle Möglichkeiten, mit den Löwen zu sprechen und dabei nicht gefressen zu werden Patrick Lynen arbeitet seit vielen Jahren als Trainer für Unternehmen, Journalistenschulen und die renommierte ARD-ZDF-Medienakademie. Von seiner reichhaltigen Erfahrung profitieren Sie, wenn er seinen Handwerkskoffer öffnet: Hunderte bewährte Tricks für großen Erfolg in Kommunikation und Beziehungen, damit Sie charismatischer und einflussreicher rüberkommen. Das alles kurzweilig präsentiert, lehrreich und vor allem: auf dem neuesten Stand.  Ob Sie im Vertrieb tätig sind, beruflich verhandeln müssen oder Privaten wirkungsvoller kommunizieren möchten: Mit diesem 'wundervollen Hörbuch' macht es Spaß, zu erkennen, was Sie tun können, um das, was Sie wollen, leichter zu bekommen.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/4f14165126434075c97348e5099b900a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Konfliktgespräche in der Apotheke: Fach-Hörbuch by Karin Diesner</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-konfliktgesprache-in-der-apotheke-fach-horbuch-by-karin-diesner--65130831</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469057" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469057</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Konfliktgespräche in der Apotheke: Fach-Hörbuch Author: Karin Diesner Narrator: Karin Diesner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 9 minutes Release date: July  1, 2018 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Konflikte meistern mit Fingerspitzengefühl. Hören Sie, wie Sie auch schwierige Kunden in der Apotheke erfolgreich beraten können! Typische Konfliktsituationen und Fallstricke in der Apotheke werden analysiert und Verbesserungen aufgezeigt: Mit drei Grundregeln kritische Situationen erfolgreich meistern Konfliktpotenziale frühzeitig erkennen und vermeiden Sicher und kompetent: Ob am Telefon oder im HV Diskussionen mit schwierigen Kunden? Für Sie ab jetzt kein Problem mehr! Hörprobe (7 Min.)Sie hören Ausschnitte aus den Grundregeln der Kommunikation (Track 1), Konfliktvermeidung bei Nachlieferung (Track 6) und Arzneimittelabgabe bei Rabattverträgen (Track 7). Lernen + Punkten - sammeln Sie einen Fortbildungspunkt!Sie möchten online 'Punkte sammeln'? Hier geht es direkt zum Lernen und Punkten   Inhalt 1. Grundregeln der Kommunikation 2. Verschreibungspflichtiges Arzneimittel ohne Rezept 3. Analyse des Gesprächs mit Prof. Bräunig 4. Telefonat mit einer Arztpraxis 5. Ein Arzneimittel ist nicht lieferbar 6. Konfliktvermeidung bei Nachlieferung 7. Arzneimittelabgabe bei Rabattverträgen 8. Rückgabe von Arzneimitteln 9. PKA füllt im HV auf 10. Strategien bei Preisdiskussionen 11. Stammkunde – Rabatte – Kundenkarte 12. Kommunikation mit einem unentschlossenen Kunden 13. Worst case: Abgabe eines falschen Arzneimittels Gesamtlaufzeit: ca. 70 Minuten]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469057</guid><pubDate>Sun, 01 Jul 2018 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130831/9783769271317.mp3" length="1478284" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469057 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Konfliktgespräche in der Apotheke: Fach-Hörbuch Author: Karin Diesner Narrator: Karin Diesner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 9...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469057" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469057</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Konfliktgespräche in der Apotheke: Fach-Hörbuch Author: Karin Diesner Narrator: Karin Diesner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 9 minutes Release date: July  1, 2018 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Konflikte meistern mit Fingerspitzengefühl. Hören Sie, wie Sie auch schwierige Kunden in der Apotheke erfolgreich beraten können! Typische Konfliktsituationen und Fallstricke in der Apotheke werden analysiert und Verbesserungen aufgezeigt: Mit drei Grundregeln kritische Situationen erfolgreich meistern Konfliktpotenziale frühzeitig erkennen und vermeiden Sicher und kompetent: Ob am Telefon oder im HV Diskussionen mit schwierigen Kunden? Für Sie ab jetzt kein Problem mehr! Hörprobe (7 Min.)Sie hören Ausschnitte aus den Grundregeln der Kommunikation (Track 1), Konfliktvermeidung bei Nachlieferung (Track 6) und Arzneimittelabgabe bei Rabattverträgen (Track 7). Lernen + Punkten - sammeln Sie einen Fortbildungspunkt!Sie möchten online 'Punkte sammeln'? Hier geht es direkt zum Lernen und Punkten   Inhalt 1. Grundregeln der Kommunikation 2. Verschreibungspflichtiges Arzneimittel ohne Rezept 3. Analyse des Gesprächs mit Prof. Bräunig 4. Telefonat mit einer Arztpraxis 5. Ein Arzneimittel ist nicht lieferbar 6. Konfliktvermeidung bei Nachlieferung 7. Arzneimittelabgabe bei Rabattverträgen 8. Rückgabe von Arzneimitteln 9. PKA füllt im HV auf 10. Strategien bei Preisdiskussionen 11. Stammkunde – Rabatte – Kundenkarte 12. Kommunikation mit einem unentschlossenen Kunden 13. Worst case: Abgabe eines falschen Arzneimittels Gesamtlaufzeit: ca. 70 Minuten]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/5f3df8a3f3c80111b95e55eca2fa3fae.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Convencer y persuadir ¡Es fácil! by Marcos álvarez Orozco</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-convencer-y-persuadir-es-facil-by-marcos-alvarez-orozco--65130768</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494329" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494329</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Convencer y persuadir ¡Es fácil! Author: Marcos álvarez Orozco Narrator: Carles Sianes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 21 minutes Release date: April  2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Convencer y persuadir ¡Es fácil! es un libro práctico y útil, con las mejores estrategias para transmitir tus ideas de forma que los demás las perciban positivamente y obtengas su apoyo inmediato. Una persona persuasiva, además de hablar bien, consigue que los demás hagan lo que ella quiere porque ellos quieran hacerlo. Utilizando las técnicas de este manual podrás mejorar tus relaciones personales y conectar con las personas desde el primer momento, conseguir que tus mensajes destaquen por encima de los demás e incrementar tu carisma y tu poder de influencia en tu entorno personal y profesional. Objetivos - Exponer las ideas de forma que sean irresistibles. - Incrementar resultados en procesos de negociación y ventas. - Lograr la cooperación de jefes, compañeros, clientes y proveedores. - Mejorar las relaciones personales y profesionales. - Conectar de manera inmediata y generar confianza. - Dominar el arte de la comunicación a través del lenguaje verbal y no verbal. - Conquistar las mentes de tus interlocutores en la vida y los negocios. Grabado en español ibérico (España).]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494329</guid><pubDate>Mon, 02 Apr 2018 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130768/9789177784920.mp3" length="1478199" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494329 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Convencer y persuadir ¡Es fácil! Author: Marcos álvarez Orozco Narrator: Carles Sianes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 21...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494329" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494329</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Convencer y persuadir ¡Es fácil! Author: Marcos álvarez Orozco Narrator: Carles Sianes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 21 minutes Release date: April  2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Convencer y persuadir ¡Es fácil! es un libro práctico y útil, con las mejores estrategias para transmitir tus ideas de forma que los demás las perciban positivamente y obtengas su apoyo inmediato. Una persona persuasiva, además de hablar bien, consigue que los demás hagan lo que ella quiere porque ellos quieran hacerlo. Utilizando las técnicas de este manual podrás mejorar tus relaciones personales y conectar con las personas desde el primer momento, conseguir que tus mensajes destaquen por encima de los demás e incrementar tu carisma y tu poder de influencia en tu entorno personal y profesional. Objetivos - Exponer las ideas de forma que sean irresistibles. - Incrementar resultados en procesos de negociación y ventas. - Lograr la cooperación de jefes, compañeros, clientes y proveedores. - Mejorar las relaciones personales y profesionales. - Conectar de manera inmediata y generar confianza. - Dominar el arte de la comunicación a través del lenguaje verbal y no verbal. - Conquistar las mentes de tus interlocutores en la vida y los negocios. Grabado en español ibérico (España).]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/7f2af6abeeb729a6a647d9e441693b2b.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Auftrittsangst besiegen: Mit mehr Selbstbewusstsein vor Menschen sprechen: Redeangst / Lampenfieber / Nervosität vor dem Auftritt</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-auftrittsangst-besiegen-mit-mehr-selbstbewusstsein-vor-menschen-sprechen-redeangst-lampenfieber-nervositat-vor-dem-auftritt--65130791</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475429" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475429</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Auftrittsangst besiegen: Mit mehr Selbstbewusstsein vor Menschen sprechen: Redeangst / Lampenfieber / Nervosität vor dem Auftritt Author: Patrick Lynen Narrator: Patrick Lynen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 45 minutes Release date: March  8, 2018 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Vielen Menschen fällt es schwer, vor Publikum zu sprechen oder eine Präsentation zu halten: Und so geraten sie immer wieder in Stresssituationen. Kurz vor dem Auftritt oder einem Vorstellungsgespräch wird der Hals trocken, die Hände werden feucht und der Kopf wirkt leer. Mit diesem Hörbuch verfügen Sie über ein leicht anwendbares und hoch wirksames Instrument zur Reduzierung Ihrer Auftrittsangst. Sie profitieren von zahlreichen Tricks und Kniffen der Bühnenprofis.  Mit Teil 1 erhalten Sie zahlreiche bewährte Tipps für ruhiges Reden und Atmen, tiefes und sachliches Sprechen sowie das Ausstrahlen von Souveränität.  Teil 2 hält Instrumente zur Reduktion ihres Stresspegels bereit:  - Atemübungen aus dem wissenschaftlich anerkannten Bereich des autogenen Trainings. - Hochwirksame Affirmationen: Sie zählen zu den wirkungsvollsten psychologischen Werkzeugen überhaupt. Laut oder leise wiederholt ausgesprochen dienen sie dazu, gedankliche Blockaden zu lösen, festgefahrene und hindernde Gedankenstrukturen zu entfernen und durch neue, positive Gedankenmuster zu ersetzen. - Isochronische Töne: Der deutsche Physiker Heinrich Wilhelm Dove fand heraus, dass niederfrequente Töne (variierend zwischen 10,2 und 17,2 Hertz) unser Gehirn in einen tiefenentspannten Zustand versetzen können. Wenn wir ihnen lauschen, stimulieren wir mit einer bestimmten Frequenz unsere Gehirnwellen und reduzieren darüber innere Unruhe. Sound hat eine Wirkungsmacht, die man mit keinem anderen Sinneseindruck vergleichen kann. Psychoanalytiker und Sozialpsychologen zeigen, dass Nichts auf uns Menschen einen so großen Einfluss hat, wie das, was wir hören.  Beste Ergebnisse erzielen Sie bei Nutzung direkt vor dem gesellschaftlichen Ereignis. Im Idealfall hören Sie die Tracks in Teil 2 mit kleinen oder großen Kopfhörern (!) an einem ruhigen, angenehmen Ort, wo Sie frei von Ablenkung sind und sich für eine Weile entspannen können. Auf diese Weise bringen Ihre Gehirnwellen zur Ruhe und besiegen nachhaltig Ihre Auftrittsangst.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475429</guid><pubDate>Thu, 08 Mar 2018 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130791/4057664367099.mp3" length="1478264" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475429 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Auftrittsangst besiegen: Mit mehr Selbstbewusstsein vor Menschen sprechen: Redeangst / Lampenfieber / Nervosität vor dem Auftritt Author:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475429" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475429</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Auftrittsangst besiegen: Mit mehr Selbstbewusstsein vor Menschen sprechen: Redeangst / Lampenfieber / Nervosität vor dem Auftritt Author: Patrick Lynen Narrator: Patrick Lynen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 45 minutes Release date: March  8, 2018 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Vielen Menschen fällt es schwer, vor Publikum zu sprechen oder eine Präsentation zu halten: Und so geraten sie immer wieder in Stresssituationen. Kurz vor dem Auftritt oder einem Vorstellungsgespräch wird der Hals trocken, die Hände werden feucht und der Kopf wirkt leer. Mit diesem Hörbuch verfügen Sie über ein leicht anwendbares und hoch wirksames Instrument zur Reduzierung Ihrer Auftrittsangst. Sie profitieren von zahlreichen Tricks und Kniffen der Bühnenprofis.  Mit Teil 1 erhalten Sie zahlreiche bewährte Tipps für ruhiges Reden und Atmen, tiefes und sachliches Sprechen sowie das Ausstrahlen von Souveränität.  Teil 2 hält Instrumente zur Reduktion ihres Stresspegels bereit:  - Atemübungen aus dem wissenschaftlich anerkannten Bereich des autogenen Trainings. - Hochwirksame Affirmationen: Sie zählen zu den wirkungsvollsten psychologischen Werkzeugen überhaupt. Laut oder leise wiederholt ausgesprochen dienen sie dazu, gedankliche Blockaden zu lösen, festgefahrene und hindernde Gedankenstrukturen zu entfernen und durch neue, positive Gedankenmuster zu ersetzen. - Isochronische Töne: Der deutsche Physiker Heinrich Wilhelm Dove fand heraus, dass niederfrequente Töne (variierend zwischen 10,2 und 17,2 Hertz) unser Gehirn in einen tiefenentspannten Zustand versetzen können. Wenn wir ihnen lauschen, stimulieren wir mit einer bestimmten Frequenz unsere Gehirnwellen und reduzieren darüber innere Unruhe. Sound hat eine Wirkungsmacht, die man mit keinem anderen Sinneseindruck vergleichen kann. Psychoanalytiker und Sozialpsychologen zeigen, dass Nichts auf uns Menschen einen so großen Einfluss hat, wie das, was wir hören.  Beste Ergebnisse erzielen Sie bei Nutzung direkt vor dem gesellschaftlichen Ereignis. Im Idealfall hören Sie die Tracks in Teil 2 mit kleinen oder großen Kopfhörern (!) an einem ruhigen, angenehmen Ort, wo Sie frei von Ablenkung sind und sich für eine Weile entspannen können. Auf diese Weise bringen Ihre Gehirnwellen zur Ruhe und besiegen nachhaltig Ihre Auftrittsangst.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/5bb327175e2cf78cb10ea538d51b05c4.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[French] - Comment réussir une négociation by Bruce Patton, William Ury, Roger Fisher</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/french-comment-reussir-une-negociation-by-bruce-patton-william-ury-roger-fisher--65130747</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/530911" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/530911</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [French] - Comment réussir une négociation Author: Bruce Patton, William Ury, Roger Fisher Narrator: Guila Clara Kessous Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 52 minutes Release date: November  5, 2017 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Quel que soit le domaine – famille, travail, relations internationales –, et que nous en soyons conscients ou non, nous devons négocier. Or, trop souvent encore, les différents sont 'réglés' à l'issue d'une épreuve de force. Résultat, en instaurant un vainqueur et un vaincu, on crée des risques de nouveaux conflits : l'actualité nous en apporte tous les jours des exemples criants. Rédigé par des spécialistes américains de la négociation et de la médiation, ce livre audio expose, concrètement, des stratégies éprouvées pour apprendre à négocier et parvenir à un accord satisfaisant pour les deux parties. Avec plus de cinq millions d'exemplaires vendus dans le monde depuis sa première parution – aux États-Unis en 1981, en France en 1982 – le succès de ce livre ne se dément pas. Cette nouvelle édition revue est complétée par des réponses détaillées aux dix questions le plus souvent posées, comme : la manière de négocier fait-elle réellement la différence face à une partie adverse plus puissante ? Que faire si les personnes elles-mêmes constituent le problème ? Comment adapter son approche en fonction de la personnalité, du sexe, de l'environnement culturel de l'autre partie ? etc.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/530911</guid><pubDate>Sun, 05 Nov 2017 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130747/9781894986533.mp3" length="1478354" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/530911 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [French] - Comment réussir une négociation Author: Bruce Patton, William Ury, Roger Fisher Narrator: Guila Clara Kessous Format: Abridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/530911" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/530911</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [French] - Comment réussir une négociation Author: Bruce Patton, William Ury, Roger Fisher Narrator: Guila Clara Kessous Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 52 minutes Release date: November  5, 2017 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Quel que soit le domaine – famille, travail, relations internationales –, et que nous en soyons conscients ou non, nous devons négocier. Or, trop souvent encore, les différents sont 'réglés' à l'issue d'une épreuve de force. Résultat, en instaurant un vainqueur et un vaincu, on crée des risques de nouveaux conflits : l'actualité nous en apporte tous les jours des exemples criants. Rédigé par des spécialistes américains de la négociation et de la médiation, ce livre audio expose, concrètement, des stratégies éprouvées pour apprendre à négocier et parvenir à un accord satisfaisant pour les deux parties. Avec plus de cinq millions d'exemplaires vendus dans le monde depuis sa première parution – aux États-Unis en 1981, en France en 1982 – le succès de ce livre ne se dément pas. Cette nouvelle édition revue est complétée par des réponses détaillées aux dix questions le plus souvent posées, comme : la manière de négocier fait-elle réellement la différence face à une partie adverse plus puissante ? Que faire si les personnes elles-mêmes constituent le problème ? Comment adapter son approche en fonction de la personnalité, du sexe, de l'environnement culturel de l'autre partie ? etc.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/7d0f727395181e08da04ca8749bb2d51.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Ihr könnt mich mal!: Vom Kurzfilmer in Burscheid zum meistgehassten Regisseur Amerikas by Uwe Boll</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-ihr-konnt-mich-mal-vom-kurzfilmer-in-burscheid-zum-meistgehassten-regisseur-amerikas-by-uwe-boll--65130786</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472965" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472965</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Ihr könnt mich mal!: Vom Kurzfilmer in Burscheid zum meistgehassten Regisseur Amerikas Series: #4 of Tatort-Schreibtisch Author: Uwe Boll Narrator: Uwe Boll Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 56 minutes Release date: August 25, 2017 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Er ist Amerikas meistgehasster Regisseur: Über 30 Filme produzierte der Deutsche Uwe Boll im Laufe seiner Karriere, die meisten davon schrieb und inszenierte er selbst. Er ist einer der produktivsten, aber auch einer der umstrittensten Autoren und Regisseure, die jenseits des Atlantiks Karriere gemacht haben. Er machte das Genre der Videospiel-Verfilmung populär, legte vier der erfolgreichsten Filmfonds auf, bekam die Goldene Himbeere für sein Lebenswerk. Seine Filme sind Gewaltorgien und überschreiten Grenzen, nicht erst seit Postal, seiner Farce über die Attentate von 9/11. Seine Fans lieben seine Arbeit, seine Kritiker verachten ihn. Hassmails und Morddrohungen füllen sein E-Mail-Postfach. Jetzt, nach 30 Jahren im Filmgeschäft, blickt Uwe Boll zurück. Ohne Rücksicht auf sich und auf andere. Uwe Boll redet Klartext. Seine Botschaft an den Filmnachwuchs: Kämpfen lohnt sich! Die packende Autobiographie von Uwe Boll, gelesen von ihm selbst! Als Bonustrack - exklusiv für dieses Hörbuch - hat der Drehbuchautor und Filmwissenschaftler Markus Stromiedel ein sowohl fachkundiges als auch kritisches Gespräch mit Uwe Boll über sein Leben und Wirken als Regisseur geführt. In 100 spannenden Minuten beantwortet Uwe Boll Fragen, die ihm so noch nicht gestellt worden sind. Das Buch ist Teil der Reihe Tatort Schreibtisch - Profis schreiben für Profis.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472965</guid><pubDate>Fri, 25 Aug 2017 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130786/9783946312529.mp3" length="1478236" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472965 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Ihr könnt mich mal!: Vom Kurzfilmer in Burscheid zum meistgehassten Regisseur Amerikas Series: #4 of Tatort-Schreibtisch Author: Uwe Boll...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472965" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472965</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Ihr könnt mich mal!: Vom Kurzfilmer in Burscheid zum meistgehassten Regisseur Amerikas Series: #4 of Tatort-Schreibtisch Author: Uwe Boll Narrator: Uwe Boll Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 56 minutes Release date: August 25, 2017 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Er ist Amerikas meistgehasster Regisseur: Über 30 Filme produzierte der Deutsche Uwe Boll im Laufe seiner Karriere, die meisten davon schrieb und inszenierte er selbst. Er ist einer der produktivsten, aber auch einer der umstrittensten Autoren und Regisseure, die jenseits des Atlantiks Karriere gemacht haben. Er machte das Genre der Videospiel-Verfilmung populär, legte vier der erfolgreichsten Filmfonds auf, bekam die Goldene Himbeere für sein Lebenswerk. Seine Filme sind Gewaltorgien und überschreiten Grenzen, nicht erst seit Postal, seiner Farce über die Attentate von 9/11. Seine Fans lieben seine Arbeit, seine Kritiker verachten ihn. Hassmails und Morddrohungen füllen sein E-Mail-Postfach. Jetzt, nach 30 Jahren im Filmgeschäft, blickt Uwe Boll zurück. Ohne Rücksicht auf sich und auf andere. Uwe Boll redet Klartext. Seine Botschaft an den Filmnachwuchs: Kämpfen lohnt sich! Die packende Autobiographie von Uwe Boll, gelesen von ihm selbst! Als Bonustrack - exklusiv für dieses Hörbuch - hat der Drehbuchautor und Filmwissenschaftler Markus Stromiedel ein sowohl fachkundiges als auch kritisches Gespräch mit Uwe Boll über sein Leben und Wirken als Regisseur geführt. In 100 spannenden Minuten beantwortet Uwe Boll Fragen, die ihm so noch nicht gestellt worden sind. Das Buch ist Teil der Reihe Tatort Schreibtisch - Profis schreiben für Profis.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/c76ee8f0e1e0ce67812aef3ce624ba94.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Genussvoll netzwerken - beruflich und privat, Teil 2 by Yvonne Kania</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-genussvoll-netzwerken-beruflich-und-privat-teil-2-by-yvonne-kania--65130795</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469693" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469693</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Genussvoll netzwerken - beruflich und privat, Teil 2 Series: #2 of Genussvoll netzwerken - beruflich und privat Author: Yvonne Kania Narrator: Andreas Gregori Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 16 minutes Release date: January 17, 2017 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  In diesem Hörbuch sprechen neben der Autorin 4 weitere Persönlichkeiten aus der Generation X bzw. der Generation Y über das Thema 'Netzwerken'. Befragt werden sie nach der Bedeutung des Netzwerkens in ihrem (Berufs)Leben und nach ihren unterschiedlichen Zugängen zum Netzwerken.  Die interviewten Personen kommen aus den Bereichen Design Management für Innovation, internationales IT-Management, Fotografie- und Filmproduktion und Informatik, aus der Automobilbranche, der Produkt-/Serviceentwicklung (Design Thinking), der systemischen Beratung und dem Entrepreneurship. Das Thema 'Netzwerken' wird u. a. unter dem Aspekt des Berufsstatus (angestellt/selbständig), des Geschlechts, des Alters und der Branche beleuchtet. Kapitel 1: Begrüßung und Einleitung Kapitel 2: Interview mit Mandana Büttner Kapitel 3: Interview mit Eva Maria Scheid Kapitel 4: Interview mit Nina Zimmermann Kapitel 5: Interview mit Christian Beinke Kapitel 6: Zusammenfassung]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469693</guid><pubDate>Tue, 17 Jan 2017 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130795/9783959633451.mp3" length="1478334" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469693 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Genussvoll netzwerken - beruflich und privat, Teil 2 Series: #2 of Genussvoll netzwerken - beruflich und privat Author: Yvonne Kania...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469693" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469693</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Genussvoll netzwerken - beruflich und privat, Teil 2 Series: #2 of Genussvoll netzwerken - beruflich und privat Author: Yvonne Kania Narrator: Andreas Gregori Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 16 minutes Release date: January 17, 2017 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  In diesem Hörbuch sprechen neben der Autorin 4 weitere Persönlichkeiten aus der Generation X bzw. der Generation Y über das Thema 'Netzwerken'. Befragt werden sie nach der Bedeutung des Netzwerkens in ihrem (Berufs)Leben und nach ihren unterschiedlichen Zugängen zum Netzwerken.  Die interviewten Personen kommen aus den Bereichen Design Management für Innovation, internationales IT-Management, Fotografie- und Filmproduktion und Informatik, aus der Automobilbranche, der Produkt-/Serviceentwicklung (Design Thinking), der systemischen Beratung und dem Entrepreneurship. Das Thema 'Netzwerken' wird u. a. unter dem Aspekt des Berufsstatus (angestellt/selbständig), des Geschlechts, des Alters und der Branche beleuchtet. Kapitel 1: Begrüßung und Einleitung Kapitel 2: Interview mit Mandana Büttner Kapitel 3: Interview mit Eva Maria Scheid Kapitel 4: Interview mit Nina Zimmermann Kapitel 5: Interview mit Christian Beinke Kapitel 6: Zusammenfassung]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/1ff000799c3441d5afc98251012da8fc.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - FAQ Rhetorik Coaching: 62 beliebte Expertentipps: Kleinigkeiten, die wirken! by Thomas Schlayer</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-faq-rhetorik-coaching-62-beliebte-expertentipps-kleinigkeiten-die-wirken-by-thomas-schlayer--65130824</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470091" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470091</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - FAQ Rhetorik Coaching: 62 beliebte Expertentipps: Kleinigkeiten, die wirken! Author: Thomas Schlayer Narrator: Ralph Wagner Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 48 minutes Release date: September 29, 2016 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Rede-Denk-Experte Thomas Schlayer beantwortet in diesem Ratgeber 62 häufig gestellte Fragen rund um die tägliche Kommunikation:  Wie kann ich besser auf andere wirken? Wie kann ich mich sicherer fühlen? Welche Gedanken brauche ich, wenn ich Ängste abbauen möchte? Welche Feinheiten in meiner Sprache oder im Auftreten lassen mich 'besser' rüberkommen? In diesem Hörbuch finden Sie motivierende Antworten. Hunderte Seminarteilnehmer haben mitgemacht. Hören Sie Empfehlungen aus über 20 Jahren Coaching- und Berufserfahrung. Die Fortbildungsinsel hat es sich zur Aufgabe gemacht, Menschen einfach, schnell und günstig zu helfen! Empfehlung: Ein sehr empfehlenswertes Hörbuch für Menschen, die mit Kleinigkeiten mehr erreichen möchten. Von Füllwörtern bis Präsentationstipps, von täglichen Denkfallen bis hin zur verbesserten Mitarbeiterführung!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470091</guid><pubDate>Thu, 29 Sep 2016 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130824/9783944968636.mp3" length="1478336" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470091 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - FAQ Rhetorik Coaching: 62 beliebte Expertentipps: Kleinigkeiten, die wirken! Author: Thomas Schlayer Narrator: Ralph Wagner Format: Abridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470091" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470091</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - FAQ Rhetorik Coaching: 62 beliebte Expertentipps: Kleinigkeiten, die wirken! Author: Thomas Schlayer Narrator: Ralph Wagner Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 48 minutes Release date: September 29, 2016 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Rede-Denk-Experte Thomas Schlayer beantwortet in diesem Ratgeber 62 häufig gestellte Fragen rund um die tägliche Kommunikation:  Wie kann ich besser auf andere wirken? Wie kann ich mich sicherer fühlen? Welche Gedanken brauche ich, wenn ich Ängste abbauen möchte? Welche Feinheiten in meiner Sprache oder im Auftreten lassen mich 'besser' rüberkommen? In diesem Hörbuch finden Sie motivierende Antworten. Hunderte Seminarteilnehmer haben mitgemacht. Hören Sie Empfehlungen aus über 20 Jahren Coaching- und Berufserfahrung. Die Fortbildungsinsel hat es sich zur Aufgabe gemacht, Menschen einfach, schnell und günstig zu helfen! Empfehlung: Ein sehr empfehlenswertes Hörbuch für Menschen, die mit Kleinigkeiten mehr erreichen möchten. Von Füllwörtern bis Präsentationstipps, von täglichen Denkfallen bis hin zur verbesserten Mitarbeiterführung!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f367e739a940de91ccf17b621c108bc8.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Genussvoll netzwerken - beruflich und privat by Yvonne Kania</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-genussvoll-netzwerken-beruflich-und-privat-by-yvonne-kania--65130838</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469469" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469469</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Genussvoll netzwerken - beruflich und privat Series: #1 of Genussvoll netzwerken - beruflich und privat Author: Yvonne Kania Narrator: Andreas Gregori Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 3 minutes Release date: August 22, 2016 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Das Hörbuch handelt vom genussvollen beruflichen und privaten Netzwerken. Es werden Unterschiede des Netzwerkens zwischen Männern und Frauen thematisiert. Mit der beigefügten Visualisierungsreise und dem PDF mit Übungen werden Methoden angeboten, wie insbesondere Frauen ihre Stärken und Potenziale weiter erfolgreich zum Netzwerken einsetzen bzw. stärken können. Die Inhalte des Hörbuchs richten sich u. a. an Menschen, die neue, konstruktive Umgangsweisen bzw. Handlungsstrategien bezüglich des Netzwerkens entdecken und entwickeln möchten. Kapitel 1: Wer ist Yvonne Kania Kapitel 2: Was bedeutet netzwerken für mich Kapitel 3: Unterschiede beim Netzwerken Kapitel 4: Wie netzwerke ich richtig Kapitel 5: Visualisierungsreise 'Genussvoll netzwerken - beruflich und privat']]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469469</guid><pubDate>Mon, 22 Aug 2016 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130838/9783959632836.mp3" length="1478318" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469469 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Genussvoll netzwerken - beruflich und privat Series: #1 of Genussvoll netzwerken - beruflich und privat Author: Yvonne Kania Narrator:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469469" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469469</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Genussvoll netzwerken - beruflich und privat Series: #1 of Genussvoll netzwerken - beruflich und privat Author: Yvonne Kania Narrator: Andreas Gregori Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 3 minutes Release date: August 22, 2016 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Das Hörbuch handelt vom genussvollen beruflichen und privaten Netzwerken. Es werden Unterschiede des Netzwerkens zwischen Männern und Frauen thematisiert. Mit der beigefügten Visualisierungsreise und dem PDF mit Übungen werden Methoden angeboten, wie insbesondere Frauen ihre Stärken und Potenziale weiter erfolgreich zum Netzwerken einsetzen bzw. stärken können. Die Inhalte des Hörbuchs richten sich u. a. an Menschen, die neue, konstruktive Umgangsweisen bzw. Handlungsstrategien bezüglich des Netzwerkens entdecken und entwickeln möchten. Kapitel 1: Wer ist Yvonne Kania Kapitel 2: Was bedeutet netzwerken für mich Kapitel 3: Unterschiede beim Netzwerken Kapitel 4: Wie netzwerke ich richtig Kapitel 5: Visualisierungsreise 'Genussvoll netzwerken - beruflich und privat']]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/bfc495c9defa721dfead4794565c8cba.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - 30 Minuten Gewaltfreie Kommunikation by Nayoma Viktoria De Haen, Torsten Hardieß</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-30-minuten-gewaltfreie-kommunikation-by-nayoma-viktoria-de-haen-torsten-hardiess--65130832</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469485" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469485</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - 30 Minuten Gewaltfreie Kommunikation Author: Nayoma Viktoria De Haen, Torsten Hardieß Narrator: Sonngard Dressler, Gilles Karolyi, Gordon Piedesack Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 3 minutes Release date: March  1, 2016 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Wie lassen sich innere und äußere Konflikte so austragen, dass sie nicht verschärft, sondern nachhaltig befriedet werden? Wie können wir offen und kraftvoll unseren Standpunkt vertreten und gleichzeitig für eine konstruktive zwischenmenschliche Atmosphäre sorgen? Dieser Ratgeber zeigt Ihnen die grundlegenden Schritte, um aufrichtig, empathisch und lebendig zu kommunizieren, eine Konfliktkompetenz zu entwickeln, die auf Offenheit und Wertschätzung beruht, und zu tragfähigen Lösungen für alle Beteiligten zu finden.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469485</guid><pubDate>Tue, 01 Mar 2016 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130832/9783956233838.mp3" length="1478504" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469485 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - 30 Minuten Gewaltfreie Kommunikation Author: Nayoma Viktoria De Haen, Torsten Hardieß Narrator: Sonngard Dressler, Gilles Karolyi, Gordon...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469485" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469485</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - 30 Minuten Gewaltfreie Kommunikation Author: Nayoma Viktoria De Haen, Torsten Hardieß Narrator: Sonngard Dressler, Gilles Karolyi, Gordon Piedesack Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 3 minutes Release date: March  1, 2016 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Wie lassen sich innere und äußere Konflikte so austragen, dass sie nicht verschärft, sondern nachhaltig befriedet werden? Wie können wir offen und kraftvoll unseren Standpunkt vertreten und gleichzeitig für eine konstruktive zwischenmenschliche Atmosphäre sorgen? Dieser Ratgeber zeigt Ihnen die grundlegenden Schritte, um aufrichtig, empathisch und lebendig zu kommunizieren, eine Konfliktkompetenz zu entwickeln, die auf Offenheit und Wertschätzung beruht, und zu tragfähigen Lösungen für alle Beteiligten zu finden.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/101cbc8cfc537598f1b4aa9eba768360.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Kommunikation: … und was Sie darüber wissen sollten, um sich das Leben leichter zu machen by Peter Brandl</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-kommunikation-und-was-sie-daruber-wissen-sollten-um-sich-das-leben-leichter-zu-machen-by-peter-brandl--65130829</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/478249" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/478249</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Kommunikation: … und was Sie darüber wissen sollten, um sich das Leben leichter zu machen Author: Peter Brandl Narrator: Sussanne Grawe, Gilles Karolyi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 51 minutes Release date: March  1, 2016 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Für die meisten Menschen ist Kommunikation so etwas wie eine Eh-da-Kompetenz. Darum muss man sich nicht kümmern, die ist eh da! Und in den meisten Situationen stimmt das auch. Wir alle sind Kommunikationsprofis und in mindestens 99 Prozent aller Situationen ist unsere Kommunikation auch erfolgreich.  Aber bei diesem letzten Prozent, da geraten wir in Konflikte, da haben wir Streit, da verlieren wir den Kunden oder Geschäftspartner. In der Fliegerei passieren bei diesem letzten einen Prozent die Katastrophen. Damit es nicht zwangsläufig dazu kommt, könnte ein kleines bisschen Training vielleicht nicht schaden. Peter Brandl hat in diesem Hörbuch die wichtigsten Inhalte seiner Kommunikationsseminare zusammengefasst und präsentiert sie höchst unterhaltsam, mit Übungen und knackig auf den Punkt gebracht. Ob wir im Vertrieb tätig sind, beruflich verhandeln müssen oder in privaten Gesprächen effektiver sein möchten: Mit diesem Hörbuch macht es Spaß, zu rekapitulieren, wie Kommunikation funktioniert beziehungsweise was wir tun können, um das, was wir wollen, leichter zu bekommen.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/478249</guid><pubDate>Tue, 01 Mar 2016 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130829/9783956233814.mp3" length="1477731" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/478249 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Kommunikation: … und was Sie darüber wissen sollten, um sich das Leben leichter zu machen Author: Peter Brandl Narrator: Sussanne Grawe,...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/478249" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/478249</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Kommunikation: … und was Sie darüber wissen sollten, um sich das Leben leichter zu machen Author: Peter Brandl Narrator: Sussanne Grawe, Gilles Karolyi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 51 minutes Release date: March  1, 2016 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Für die meisten Menschen ist Kommunikation so etwas wie eine Eh-da-Kompetenz. Darum muss man sich nicht kümmern, die ist eh da! Und in den meisten Situationen stimmt das auch. Wir alle sind Kommunikationsprofis und in mindestens 99 Prozent aller Situationen ist unsere Kommunikation auch erfolgreich.  Aber bei diesem letzten Prozent, da geraten wir in Konflikte, da haben wir Streit, da verlieren wir den Kunden oder Geschäftspartner. In der Fliegerei passieren bei diesem letzten einen Prozent die Katastrophen. Damit es nicht zwangsläufig dazu kommt, könnte ein kleines bisschen Training vielleicht nicht schaden. Peter Brandl hat in diesem Hörbuch die wichtigsten Inhalte seiner Kommunikationsseminare zusammengefasst und präsentiert sie höchst unterhaltsam, mit Übungen und knackig auf den Punkt gebracht. Ob wir im Vertrieb tätig sind, beruflich verhandeln müssen oder in privaten Gesprächen effektiver sein möchten: Mit diesem Hörbuch macht es Spaß, zu rekapitulieren, wie Kommunikation funktioniert beziehungsweise was wir tun können, um das, was wir wollen, leichter zu bekommen.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>ber</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/2bee9692cb46e7362e7b17081a4c3cd4.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Präsentieren - kompakt in 11 Minuten: Erreichen Sie mehr durch simple Kleinigkeiten! by Thomas Schlayer</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-prasentieren-kompakt-in-11-minuten-erreichen-sie-mehr-durch-simple-kleinigkeiten-by-thomas-schlayer--65130872</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467792" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467792</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Präsentieren - kompakt in 11 Minuten: Erreichen Sie mehr durch simple Kleinigkeiten! Author: Thomas Schlayer Narrator: Ralph Wagner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 13, 2014 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Sie möchten einfach besser, anregender oder beeindruckender präsentieren als Ihre Kollegen? Für Sie ist das Thema 'Vortragen' relativ neu und Sie suchen nach Tipps für eine richtig gute Präsentation? Was unterscheidet einen Vortrag mit Beamer von einer Präsentation ganz ohne Medium? Dieses kompakte Hörbuch von Rede-Denk-Experte Thomas Schlayer erklärt Ihnen die wichtigsten Grundlagen rund um das Thema 'Präsentieren'. Erfahren Sie in rund einer halben Stunde (Hörbuch-Version), wie Sie so präsentieren können, dass andere Ihnen wirklich gerne zuhören! Hören Sie Empfehlungen, die viele Hundert Seminarteilnehmer als 'sehr gut' beurteilt haben. Ein weiteres Hörbuch unserer beliebten 11-Minuten-Reihe (Laufzeit als Hörbuch rund eine halbe Stunde) nach dem Motto - Mehr erreichen durch Kleinigkeiten: - Was zeichnet eine Präsentation aus, die andere wirklich beeindruckt? - Wie können Sie mit feinen Unterschieden besser als andere wirken? - Welche Details sind wichtig, wenn Sie auch ohne Beamer vortragen? - Konkrete Tipps, Tricks und weiterführende Anregungen. Hintergrund zu dieser Hörbuch-Version: Die '11-Minuten-eBooks' der Fortbildungsinsel sind kompakte Mini-Ratgeber. Ziel ist es, Neulingen und Interessierten erste Grundlagen zu vermitteln und motivierende Denkanstöße zu geben. Diese Mini-Bücher verfolgen auf vielfachen Wunsch den Ansatz 'weniger ist mehr' und versorgen Sie schnell und einfach mit Tipps und Tricks! Die '11-Minuten-Reihe' der Fortbildungsinsel hat bereits mehrfache Bestseller-Auszeichnungen erhalten! Empfehlung: Für Einsteiger, kurze Laufzeit, mit Seminarteilnehmern entwickelt.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467792</guid><pubDate>Thu, 13 Nov 2014 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130872/9783944968599.mp3" length="1478364" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467792 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Präsentieren - kompakt in 11 Minuten: Erreichen Sie mehr durch simple Kleinigkeiten! Author: Thomas Schlayer Narrator: Ralph Wagner Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467792" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467792</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Präsentieren - kompakt in 11 Minuten: Erreichen Sie mehr durch simple Kleinigkeiten! Author: Thomas Schlayer Narrator: Ralph Wagner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 13, 2014 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Sie möchten einfach besser, anregender oder beeindruckender präsentieren als Ihre Kollegen? Für Sie ist das Thema 'Vortragen' relativ neu und Sie suchen nach Tipps für eine richtig gute Präsentation? Was unterscheidet einen Vortrag mit Beamer von einer Präsentation ganz ohne Medium? Dieses kompakte Hörbuch von Rede-Denk-Experte Thomas Schlayer erklärt Ihnen die wichtigsten Grundlagen rund um das Thema 'Präsentieren'. Erfahren Sie in rund einer halben Stunde (Hörbuch-Version), wie Sie so präsentieren können, dass andere Ihnen wirklich gerne zuhören! Hören Sie Empfehlungen, die viele Hundert Seminarteilnehmer als 'sehr gut' beurteilt haben. Ein weiteres Hörbuch unserer beliebten 11-Minuten-Reihe (Laufzeit als Hörbuch rund eine halbe Stunde) nach dem Motto - Mehr erreichen durch Kleinigkeiten: - Was zeichnet eine Präsentation aus, die andere wirklich beeindruckt? - Wie können Sie mit feinen Unterschieden besser als andere wirken? - Welche Details sind wichtig, wenn Sie auch ohne Beamer vortragen? - Konkrete Tipps, Tricks und weiterführende Anregungen. Hintergrund zu dieser Hörbuch-Version: Die '11-Minuten-eBooks' der Fortbildungsinsel sind kompakte Mini-Ratgeber. Ziel ist es, Neulingen und Interessierten erste Grundlagen zu vermitteln und motivierende Denkanstöße zu geben. Diese Mini-Bücher verfolgen auf vielfachen Wunsch den Ansatz 'weniger ist mehr' und versorgen Sie schnell und einfach mit Tipps und Tricks! Die '11-Minuten-Reihe' der Fortbildungsinsel hat bereits mehrfache Bestseller-Auszeichnungen erhalten! Empfehlung: Für Einsteiger, kurze Laufzeit, mit Seminarteilnehmern entwickelt.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ead97c4c8d4e9e1077a017976fcf0878.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Selbstsicherheit - kompakt in 11 Minuten: Erreichen Sie mehr durch simple Kleinigkeiten! by Thomas Schlayer</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-selbstsicherheit-kompakt-in-11-minuten-erreichen-sie-mehr-durch-simple-kleinigkeiten-by-thomas-schlayer--65130868</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467850" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467850</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Selbstsicherheit - kompakt in 11 Minuten: Erreichen Sie mehr durch simple Kleinigkeiten! Author: Thomas Schlayer Narrator: Ralph Wagner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 32 minutes Release date: November 13, 2014 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Sie möchten gerne selbstsicherer werden? Eine Rede, ein wichtiger Vortrag oder ein schwieriges Gespräch machen Ihnen eher Angst? Dann denken Sie um! Rede-Denk-Experte und Kleinigkeitencoach Thomas Schlayer erklärt, wie Sie schnell mehr Selbstsicherheit aufbauen können!  Erfahren Sie in wenigen Minuten, welche einfachen Schritte für den Aufbau von mehr Sicherheit nötig sind. Hören Sie weiterführende Tipps rund um die tägliche Kommunikation und holen Sie mehr aus sich heraus! Ein weiterer Ratgeber aus der '11-Minuten-Reihe'  (Laufzeit als Hörbuch rund eine halbe Stunde) zum kleinen Preis: - Wie kann ich Angst in Sicherheit verwandeln? - Welche Schritte sind nötig, um schnell stärker zu wirken? - Welche Details lassen Profis besonders souverän wirken? - Themenmix: Wissen, Denken, Wille, Handeln, Konsequenz. - Weiterführende Tipps und Beispiele. Hintergrund zu dieser Hörbuch-Version: Die '11-Minuten-eBooks' der Fortbildungsinsel sind kompakte Mini-Ratgeber. Ziel ist es, Neulingen und Interessierten erste Grundlagen zu vermitteln und motivierende Denkanstöße zu geben. Diese Mini-Bücher verfolgen auf vielfachen Wunsch den Ansatz 'weniger ist mehr' und versorgen Sie schnell und einfach mit Tipps und Tricks! Die '11-Minuten-Reihe' der Fortbildungsinsel hat bereits mehrfache Bestseller-Auszeichnungen erhalten! Empfehlung: Für Einsteiger, kurze Laufzeit, mit Seminarteilnehmern entwickelt.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467850</guid><pubDate>Thu, 13 Nov 2014 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130868/9783944968568.mp3" length="1478372" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467850 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Selbstsicherheit - kompakt in 11 Minuten: Erreichen Sie mehr durch simple Kleinigkeiten! Author: Thomas Schlayer Narrator: Ralph Wagner...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467850" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467850</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Selbstsicherheit - kompakt in 11 Minuten: Erreichen Sie mehr durch simple Kleinigkeiten! Author: Thomas Schlayer Narrator: Ralph Wagner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 32 minutes Release date: November 13, 2014 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Sie möchten gerne selbstsicherer werden? Eine Rede, ein wichtiger Vortrag oder ein schwieriges Gespräch machen Ihnen eher Angst? Dann denken Sie um! Rede-Denk-Experte und Kleinigkeitencoach Thomas Schlayer erklärt, wie Sie schnell mehr Selbstsicherheit aufbauen können!  Erfahren Sie in wenigen Minuten, welche einfachen Schritte für den Aufbau von mehr Sicherheit nötig sind. Hören Sie weiterführende Tipps rund um die tägliche Kommunikation und holen Sie mehr aus sich heraus! Ein weiterer Ratgeber aus der '11-Minuten-Reihe'  (Laufzeit als Hörbuch rund eine halbe Stunde) zum kleinen Preis: - Wie kann ich Angst in Sicherheit verwandeln? - Welche Schritte sind nötig, um schnell stärker zu wirken? - Welche Details lassen Profis besonders souverän wirken? - Themenmix: Wissen, Denken, Wille, Handeln, Konsequenz. - Weiterführende Tipps und Beispiele. Hintergrund zu dieser Hörbuch-Version: Die '11-Minuten-eBooks' der Fortbildungsinsel sind kompakte Mini-Ratgeber. Ziel ist es, Neulingen und Interessierten erste Grundlagen zu vermitteln und motivierende Denkanstöße zu geben. Diese Mini-Bücher verfolgen auf vielfachen Wunsch den Ansatz 'weniger ist mehr' und versorgen Sie schnell und einfach mit Tipps und Tricks! Die '11-Minuten-Reihe' der Fortbildungsinsel hat bereits mehrfache Bestseller-Auszeichnungen erhalten! Empfehlung: Für Einsteiger, kurze Laufzeit, mit Seminarteilnehmern entwickelt.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/7c7d3f154410a491998782cbbc9e0982.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Besser wirken - kompakt in 11 Minuten: Erreichen Sie mehr durch simple Kleinigkeiten! by Thomas Schlayer</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-besser-wirken-kompakt-in-11-minuten-erreichen-sie-mehr-durch-simple-kleinigkeiten-by-thomas-schlayer--65130859</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467953" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467953</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Besser wirken - kompakt in 11 Minuten: Erreichen Sie mehr durch simple Kleinigkeiten! Author: Thomas Schlayer Narrator: Ralph Wagner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 35 minutes Release date: November 13, 2014 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Eine positive Ausstrahlung ist enormer Verstärker im menschlichen Miteinander. Wer sympathisch wirkt, erreicht Freunde, Kollegen und Kunden viel einfacher und nachhaltiger. Aber wie kann ich mein Wirken auf andere besser kontrollieren? Rede-Denk-Experte und Kleinigkeitencoach Thomas Schlayer erklärt Ihnen in diesem Mini-Hörbuch, wie Sie mit leicht umsetzbaren Strategien mehr erreichen können. Erfahren Sie, welche Formen der Ausstrahlung es gibt und wie Sie Ihr Wirken auf andere sofort verbessern können. Ein weiterer günstiger Ratgeber aus der '11-Minuten-Reihe' (Laufzeit als Hörbuch rund eine halbe Stunde), der Ihnen das Wichtigste zu diesem Thema erklärt: - Welche Ebenen der Ausstrahlung gibt es? - Wie kann ich deutlich positiver wirken? - Welchen Einfluss haben innere Werte auf mein Image? - Weiterführende Tipps und Anregungen. Hintergrund zu dieser Hörbuch-Version: Die '11-Minuten-eBooks' der Fortbildungsinsel sind kompakte Mini-Ratgeber. Ziel ist es, Neulingen und Interessierten erste Grundlagen zu vermitteln und motivierende Denkanstöße zu geben. Diese Mini-Bücher verfolgen auf vielfachen Wunsch den Ansatz 'weniger ist mehr' und versorgen Sie schnell und einfach mit Tipps und Tricks! Die '11-Minuten-Reihe' der Fortbildungsinsel hat bereits mehrfache Bestseller-Auszeichnungen erhalten! Empfehlung: Für Einsteiger, kurze Laufzeit, mit Seminarteilnehmern entwickelt.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467953</guid><pubDate>Thu, 13 Nov 2014 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130859/9783944968544.mp3" length="1478366" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467953 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Besser wirken - kompakt in 11 Minuten: Erreichen Sie mehr durch simple Kleinigkeiten! Author: Thomas Schlayer Narrator: Ralph Wagner Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467953" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467953</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Besser wirken - kompakt in 11 Minuten: Erreichen Sie mehr durch simple Kleinigkeiten! Author: Thomas Schlayer Narrator: Ralph Wagner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 35 minutes Release date: November 13, 2014 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Eine positive Ausstrahlung ist enormer Verstärker im menschlichen Miteinander. Wer sympathisch wirkt, erreicht Freunde, Kollegen und Kunden viel einfacher und nachhaltiger. Aber wie kann ich mein Wirken auf andere besser kontrollieren? Rede-Denk-Experte und Kleinigkeitencoach Thomas Schlayer erklärt Ihnen in diesem Mini-Hörbuch, wie Sie mit leicht umsetzbaren Strategien mehr erreichen können. Erfahren Sie, welche Formen der Ausstrahlung es gibt und wie Sie Ihr Wirken auf andere sofort verbessern können. Ein weiterer günstiger Ratgeber aus der '11-Minuten-Reihe' (Laufzeit als Hörbuch rund eine halbe Stunde), der Ihnen das Wichtigste zu diesem Thema erklärt: - Welche Ebenen der Ausstrahlung gibt es? - Wie kann ich deutlich positiver wirken? - Welchen Einfluss haben innere Werte auf mein Image? - Weiterführende Tipps und Anregungen. Hintergrund zu dieser Hörbuch-Version: Die '11-Minuten-eBooks' der Fortbildungsinsel sind kompakte Mini-Ratgeber. Ziel ist es, Neulingen und Interessierten erste Grundlagen zu vermitteln und motivierende Denkanstöße zu geben. Diese Mini-Bücher verfolgen auf vielfachen Wunsch den Ansatz 'weniger ist mehr' und versorgen Sie schnell und einfach mit Tipps und Tricks! Die '11-Minuten-Reihe' der Fortbildungsinsel hat bereits mehrfache Bestseller-Auszeichnungen erhalten! Empfehlung: Für Einsteiger, kurze Laufzeit, mit Seminarteilnehmern entwickelt.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/e834c21a5d2106341f023efada8c82c4.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Small-Talk - kompakt in 11 Minuten: Erreichen Sie mehr durch simple Kleinigkeiten! by Thomas Schlayer</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-small-talk-kompakt-in-11-minuten-erreichen-sie-mehr-durch-simple-kleinigkeiten-by-thomas-schlayer--65130850</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468272" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468272</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Small-Talk - kompakt in 11 Minuten: Erreichen Sie mehr durch simple Kleinigkeiten! Author: Thomas Schlayer Narrator: Ralph Wagner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 26 minutes Release date: November 13, 2014 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Der spontane Small-Talk mit anderen fällt Ihnen schwer? Sie wissen nicht, was Sie sagen sollen? Sie würden solche Momente gerne vermeiden, weil Sie sich unsicher fühlen? Für Sie ist dieses Thema Neuland? Dann ist dieses kompakte Hörbuch genau das Richtige für Sie! Rede-Denk-Experte und Kleinigkeitencoach Thomas Schlayer erklärt, wie Sie über Nacht in der Lage sind, bessere Gespräche zu führen! Auf Sie wartet eine simple und leicht umsetzbare Small-Talk-Anleitung! Erfahren Sie in rund einer halben Stunde (Hörbuch-Version) alles, was Sie wissen müssen: Einfach, alltagstauglich und effektiv. Entscheiden Sie sich für kompaktes Wissen zum kleinen Preis: - Was ist Small-Talk und wie funktioniert er? - Was machen die meisten Menschen falsch? - Wie kann ich schnell besser smalltalken? - Weiterführende Tipps und Anregungen. Hintergrund zu dieser Hörbuch-Version: Die '11-Minuten-eBooks' der Fortbildungsinsel sind kompakte Mini-Ratgeber. Ziel ist es, Neulingen und Interessierten erste Grundlagen zu vermitteln und motivierende Denkanstöße zu geben. Diese Mini-Bücher verfolgen auf vielfachen Wunsch den Ansatz 'weniger ist mehr' und versorgen Sie schnell und einfach mit Tipps und Tricks! Die '11-Minuten-Reihe' der Fortbildungsinsel hat bereits mehrfache Bestseller-Auszeichnungen erhalten! Empfehlung: Für Einsteiger, kurze Laufzeit, mit Seminarteilnehmern entwickelt.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468272</guid><pubDate>Thu, 13 Nov 2014 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130850/9783944968605.mp3" length="1478360" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468272 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Small-Talk - kompakt in 11 Minuten: Erreichen Sie mehr durch simple Kleinigkeiten! Author: Thomas Schlayer Narrator: Ralph Wagner Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468272" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468272</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Small-Talk - kompakt in 11 Minuten: Erreichen Sie mehr durch simple Kleinigkeiten! Author: Thomas Schlayer Narrator: Ralph Wagner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 26 minutes Release date: November 13, 2014 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Der spontane Small-Talk mit anderen fällt Ihnen schwer? Sie wissen nicht, was Sie sagen sollen? Sie würden solche Momente gerne vermeiden, weil Sie sich unsicher fühlen? Für Sie ist dieses Thema Neuland? Dann ist dieses kompakte Hörbuch genau das Richtige für Sie! Rede-Denk-Experte und Kleinigkeitencoach Thomas Schlayer erklärt, wie Sie über Nacht in der Lage sind, bessere Gespräche zu führen! Auf Sie wartet eine simple und leicht umsetzbare Small-Talk-Anleitung! Erfahren Sie in rund einer halben Stunde (Hörbuch-Version) alles, was Sie wissen müssen: Einfach, alltagstauglich und effektiv. Entscheiden Sie sich für kompaktes Wissen zum kleinen Preis: - Was ist Small-Talk und wie funktioniert er? - Was machen die meisten Menschen falsch? - Wie kann ich schnell besser smalltalken? - Weiterführende Tipps und Anregungen. Hintergrund zu dieser Hörbuch-Version: Die '11-Minuten-eBooks' der Fortbildungsinsel sind kompakte Mini-Ratgeber. Ziel ist es, Neulingen und Interessierten erste Grundlagen zu vermitteln und motivierende Denkanstöße zu geben. Diese Mini-Bücher verfolgen auf vielfachen Wunsch den Ansatz 'weniger ist mehr' und versorgen Sie schnell und einfach mit Tipps und Tricks! Die '11-Minuten-Reihe' der Fortbildungsinsel hat bereits mehrfache Bestseller-Auszeichnungen erhalten! Empfehlung: Für Einsteiger, kurze Laufzeit, mit Seminarteilnehmern entwickelt.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/773047b71dffae423af4b50aba559829.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Rhetorik-Signale - kompakt in 11 Minuten: Erreichen Sie mehr durch simple Kleinigkeiten! by Thomas Schlayer</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-rhetorik-signale-kompakt-in-11-minuten-erreichen-sie-mehr-durch-simple-kleinigkeiten-by-thomas-schlayer--65130847</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467958" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467958</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Rhetorik-Signale - kompakt in 11 Minuten: Erreichen Sie mehr durch simple Kleinigkeiten! Author: Thomas Schlayer Narrator: Ralph Wagner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 36 minutes Release date: November 13, 2014 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Welche Worte benutzen Profis? Was sollte ich nicht sagen, wenn ich souverän wirken möchte? Wie stehe ich sicher und frei vor Publikum? Ist das Lächeln wirklich so wichtig? Rede-Denk-Experte und Kleinigkeitencoach Thomas Schlayer erklärt, welche Signale der Kommunikation für bzw. gegen Sie arbeiten!  Hören Sie in wenigen Minuten, wie Sie professionell wirken werden. Auf Sie warten 36 Kriterien der Rhetorik, die Sie einfach und effektiv im Alltag umsetzen können. Erfahren Sie außerdem, warum die Art und Weise, wie Sie kommunizieren erst einmal wichtiger ist, als der Inhalt. Ein kompakter Ratgeber aus der '11-Minuten-Reihe' (Laufzeit als Hörbuch rund eine halbe Stunde) zum günstigen Preis: - Was sind verbale Signale der Kommunikation (hörbarer Bereich)? - Was sind nonverbale Signale der Kommunikation (sichtbarer Bereich)? - Welche Wirkung hat die emotionale Ebene beim Reden? - Konkrete Tipps, Tricks und weiterführende Anregungen. Hintergrund zu dieser Hörbuch-Version: Die '11-Minuten-eBooks' der Fortbildungsinsel sind kompakte Mini-Ratgeber. Ziel ist es, Neulingen und Interessierten erste Grundlagen zu vermitteln und motivierende Denkanstöße zu geben. Diese Mini-Bücher verfolgen auf vielfachen Wunsch den Ansatz 'weniger ist mehr' und versorgen Sie schnell und einfach mit Tipps und Tricks! Die '11-Minuten-Reihe' der Fortbildungsinsel hat bereits mehrfache Bestseller-Auszeichnungen erhalten! Empfehlung: Für Einsteiger, kurze Laufzeit, mit Seminarteilnehmern entwickelt.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467958</guid><pubDate>Thu, 13 Nov 2014 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130847/9783944968537.mp3" length="1478372" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467958 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Rhetorik-Signale - kompakt in 11 Minuten: Erreichen Sie mehr durch simple Kleinigkeiten! Author: Thomas Schlayer Narrator: Ralph Wagner...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467958" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467958</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Rhetorik-Signale - kompakt in 11 Minuten: Erreichen Sie mehr durch simple Kleinigkeiten! Author: Thomas Schlayer Narrator: Ralph Wagner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 36 minutes Release date: November 13, 2014 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Welche Worte benutzen Profis? Was sollte ich nicht sagen, wenn ich souverän wirken möchte? Wie stehe ich sicher und frei vor Publikum? Ist das Lächeln wirklich so wichtig? Rede-Denk-Experte und Kleinigkeitencoach Thomas Schlayer erklärt, welche Signale der Kommunikation für bzw. gegen Sie arbeiten!  Hören Sie in wenigen Minuten, wie Sie professionell wirken werden. Auf Sie warten 36 Kriterien der Rhetorik, die Sie einfach und effektiv im Alltag umsetzen können. Erfahren Sie außerdem, warum die Art und Weise, wie Sie kommunizieren erst einmal wichtiger ist, als der Inhalt. Ein kompakter Ratgeber aus der '11-Minuten-Reihe' (Laufzeit als Hörbuch rund eine halbe Stunde) zum günstigen Preis: - Was sind verbale Signale der Kommunikation (hörbarer Bereich)? - Was sind nonverbale Signale der Kommunikation (sichtbarer Bereich)? - Welche Wirkung hat die emotionale Ebene beim Reden? - Konkrete Tipps, Tricks und weiterführende Anregungen. Hintergrund zu dieser Hörbuch-Version: Die '11-Minuten-eBooks' der Fortbildungsinsel sind kompakte Mini-Ratgeber. Ziel ist es, Neulingen und Interessierten erste Grundlagen zu vermitteln und motivierende Denkanstöße zu geben. Diese Mini-Bücher verfolgen auf vielfachen Wunsch den Ansatz 'weniger ist mehr' und versorgen Sie schnell und einfach mit Tipps und Tricks! Die '11-Minuten-Reihe' der Fortbildungsinsel hat bereits mehrfache Bestseller-Auszeichnungen erhalten! Empfehlung: Für Einsteiger, kurze Laufzeit, mit Seminarteilnehmern entwickelt.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/8c36af3428269e37193c1e8193770892.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Schlagfertigkeit - kompakt in 11 Minuten: Erreichen Sie mehr durch simple Kleinigkeiten! by Thomas Schlayer</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-schlagfertigkeit-kompakt-in-11-minuten-erreichen-sie-mehr-durch-simple-kleinigkeiten-by-thomas-schlayer--65130844</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468196" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468196</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Schlagfertigkeit - kompakt in 11 Minuten: Erreichen Sie mehr durch simple Kleinigkeiten! Author: Thomas Schlayer Narrator: Ralph Wagner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 25 minutes Release date: November 13, 2014 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Souveränität und Kommunikationsstärke sind keine Gabe oder ein seltenes Talent - mehr Schlagfertigkeit liegt nur wenige Hörminuten entfernt! Rede-Denk-Experte und Kleinigkeitencoach Thomas Schlayer wird Ihnen zeigen, dass auch Sie künftig in der Lage sein werden, einfach mehr zu schaffen.  Schluss mit Unsicherheiten, Sie brauchen keine teuren Seminare oder unbezahlbare Supertrainer. Sie sollten nur die Tricks kennen, die den Unterschied machen. Ihre neue Schlagkraft wird nicht nur Sie begeistern: Es ist Zeit, auch Freunde und Kollegen zu faszinieren. Entscheiden Sie sich für kompaktes Wissen zum kleinen Preis: - Wie kann ich ohne Talent schlagfertig werden? - Wie funktioniert schlagfertige Kommunikation? - Wie kann ich meine Souveränität ausbauen? - Weiterführende Tipps und Beispiele. Hintergrund zu dieser Hörbuch-Version: Die '11-Minuten-eBooks' der Fortbildungsinsel sind kompakte Mini-Ratgeber. Ziel ist es, Neulingen und Interessierten erste Grundlagen zu vermitteln und motivierende Denkanstöße zu geben. Diese Mini-Bücher verfolgen auf vielfachen Wunsch den Ansatz 'weniger ist mehr' und versorgen Sie schnell und einfach mit Tipps und Tricks! Die '11-Minuten-Reihe' der Fortbildungsinsel hat bereits mehrfache Bestseller-Auszeichnungen erhalten! Empfehlung: Für Einsteiger, kurze Laufzeit, mit Seminarteilnehmern entwickelt.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468196</guid><pubDate>Thu, 13 Nov 2014 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130844/9783944968551.mp3" length="1478372" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468196 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Schlagfertigkeit - kompakt in 11 Minuten: Erreichen Sie mehr durch simple Kleinigkeiten! Author: Thomas Schlayer Narrator: Ralph Wagner...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468196" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468196</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Schlagfertigkeit - kompakt in 11 Minuten: Erreichen Sie mehr durch simple Kleinigkeiten! Author: Thomas Schlayer Narrator: Ralph Wagner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 25 minutes Release date: November 13, 2014 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Souveränität und Kommunikationsstärke sind keine Gabe oder ein seltenes Talent - mehr Schlagfertigkeit liegt nur wenige Hörminuten entfernt! Rede-Denk-Experte und Kleinigkeitencoach Thomas Schlayer wird Ihnen zeigen, dass auch Sie künftig in der Lage sein werden, einfach mehr zu schaffen.  Schluss mit Unsicherheiten, Sie brauchen keine teuren Seminare oder unbezahlbare Supertrainer. Sie sollten nur die Tricks kennen, die den Unterschied machen. Ihre neue Schlagkraft wird nicht nur Sie begeistern: Es ist Zeit, auch Freunde und Kollegen zu faszinieren. Entscheiden Sie sich für kompaktes Wissen zum kleinen Preis: - Wie kann ich ohne Talent schlagfertig werden? - Wie funktioniert schlagfertige Kommunikation? - Wie kann ich meine Souveränität ausbauen? - Weiterführende Tipps und Beispiele. Hintergrund zu dieser Hörbuch-Version: Die '11-Minuten-eBooks' der Fortbildungsinsel sind kompakte Mini-Ratgeber. Ziel ist es, Neulingen und Interessierten erste Grundlagen zu vermitteln und motivierende Denkanstöße zu geben. Diese Mini-Bücher verfolgen auf vielfachen Wunsch den Ansatz 'weniger ist mehr' und versorgen Sie schnell und einfach mit Tipps und Tricks! Die '11-Minuten-Reihe' der Fortbildungsinsel hat bereits mehrfache Bestseller-Auszeichnungen erhalten! Empfehlung: Für Einsteiger, kurze Laufzeit, mit Seminarteilnehmern entwickelt.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/7a1da2863a02197120ee0666c7ddb00e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Rhetorik 4in1 Teil 2: Mehr erreichen durch Kleinigkeiten (Besser wirken, Optimale Kritik, Präsentieren, 77 x Motivation) by Thoma</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-rhetorik-4in1-teil-2-mehr-erreichen-durch-kleinigkeiten-besser-wirken-optimale-kritik-prasentieren-77-x-motivation-by-thoma--65130842</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473264" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473264</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Rhetorik 4in1 Teil 2: Mehr erreichen durch Kleinigkeiten (Besser wirken, Optimale Kritik, Präsentieren, 77 x Motivation) Author: Thomas Schlayer Narrator: Ralph Wagner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 9 minutes Release date: November 13, 2014 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Wie kann ich schnell und einfach meine Ausstrahlung verbessern? Wie formuliere ich Kritik so, dass Sie auch gerne gehört wird? Welche Details machen eine Präsentation einfach besser? Nach welchen Regeln leben Profis, die motivierter durchs Leben gehen? Rede-Denk-Experte und Kleinigkeitencoach Thomas Schlayer bietet Ihnen mit Teil 2 der Reihe 'Rhetorik 4in1' einfache Anleitungen für mehr Sicherheit und Souveränität rund um die tägliche Kommunikation. Besser denken? Besser reden? Besser leben!  Der zweite Teil unserer '4in1-Hörbuch-Reihe' (Laufzeit rund 2 Stunden) beinhaltet folgende Titel unserer beliebten '11-Minuten-Reihe' zum Sonderpreis: Besser wirken, Optimale Kritik, Präsentieren und 77 x Motivation. Freuen Sie sich wieder auf kompakte Tipps, Tricks und einfache Strategien für Ihren Alltag. Gemäß dem Motto der Fortbildungsinsel - Mehr Erfolg durch Kleinigkeiten: - Besser wirken: Optimieren Sie Ihre Wirkung auf andere Menschen! - Optimale Kritik: So formulieren Sie kritische Worte konstruktiver! - Präsentieren: Dutzende Tipps für Ihren vorbildlichen Vortrag! - 77 x Motivation: Zeit für mehr Glück, Kraft und Lebensfreude! Hintergrund zu dieser Hörbuch-Version: Die '11-Minuten-eBooks' der Fortbildungsinsel sind kompakte Mini-Ratgeber. Ziel ist es, Neulingen und Interessierten erste Grundlagen zu vermitteln und motivierende Denkanstöße zu geben. Diese Mini-Bücher verfolgen auf vielfachen Wunsch den Ansatz 'weniger ist mehr' und versorgen Sie schnell und einfach mit Tipps und Tricks! Die '11-Minuten-Reihe' der Fortbildungsinsel hat bereits mehrfache Bestseller-Auszeichnungen erhalten! Empfehlung: Für Einsteiger, kompakte Laufzeit, mit Seminarteilnehmern entwickelt.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473264</guid><pubDate>Thu, 13 Nov 2014 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130842/9783944968629.mp3" length="1478334" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473264 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Rhetorik 4in1 Teil 2: Mehr erreichen durch Kleinigkeiten (Besser wirken, Optimale Kritik, Präsentieren, 77 x Motivation) Author: Thomas...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473264" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473264</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Rhetorik 4in1 Teil 2: Mehr erreichen durch Kleinigkeiten (Besser wirken, Optimale Kritik, Präsentieren, 77 x Motivation) Author: Thomas Schlayer Narrator: Ralph Wagner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 9 minutes Release date: November 13, 2014 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Wie kann ich schnell und einfach meine Ausstrahlung verbessern? Wie formuliere ich Kritik so, dass Sie auch gerne gehört wird? Welche Details machen eine Präsentation einfach besser? Nach welchen Regeln leben Profis, die motivierter durchs Leben gehen? Rede-Denk-Experte und Kleinigkeitencoach Thomas Schlayer bietet Ihnen mit Teil 2 der Reihe 'Rhetorik 4in1' einfache Anleitungen für mehr Sicherheit und Souveränität rund um die tägliche Kommunikation. Besser denken? Besser reden? Besser leben!  Der zweite Teil unserer '4in1-Hörbuch-Reihe' (Laufzeit rund 2 Stunden) beinhaltet folgende Titel unserer beliebten '11-Minuten-Reihe' zum Sonderpreis: Besser wirken, Optimale Kritik, Präsentieren und 77 x Motivation. Freuen Sie sich wieder auf kompakte Tipps, Tricks und einfache Strategien für Ihren Alltag. Gemäß dem Motto der Fortbildungsinsel - Mehr Erfolg durch Kleinigkeiten: - Besser wirken: Optimieren Sie Ihre Wirkung auf andere Menschen! - Optimale Kritik: So formulieren Sie kritische Worte konstruktiver! - Präsentieren: Dutzende Tipps für Ihren vorbildlichen Vortrag! - 77 x Motivation: Zeit für mehr Glück, Kraft und Lebensfreude! Hintergrund zu dieser Hörbuch-Version: Die '11-Minuten-eBooks' der Fortbildungsinsel sind kompakte Mini-Ratgeber. Ziel ist es, Neulingen und Interessierten erste Grundlagen zu vermitteln und motivierende Denkanstöße zu geben. Diese Mini-Bücher verfolgen auf vielfachen Wunsch den Ansatz 'weniger ist mehr' und versorgen Sie schnell und einfach mit Tipps und Tricks! Die '11-Minuten-Reihe' der Fortbildungsinsel hat bereits mehrfache Bestseller-Auszeichnungen erhalten! Empfehlung: Für Einsteiger, kompakte Laufzeit, mit Seminarteilnehmern entwickelt.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/67369820ccfc232b752fc8e80084dda2.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Rhetorik 4in1: Mehr erreichen durch Kleinigkeiten (Rhetorik-Signale, Schlagfertigkeit, Small-Talk, Selbstsicherheit) by Thomas Sc</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-rhetorik-4in1-mehr-erreichen-durch-kleinigkeiten-rhetorik-signale-schlagfertigkeit-small-talk-selbstsicherheit-by-thomas-sc--65130812</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472750" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472750</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Rhetorik 4in1: Mehr erreichen durch Kleinigkeiten (Rhetorik-Signale, Schlagfertigkeit, Small-Talk, Selbstsicherheit) Author: Thomas Schlayer Narrator: Ralph Wagner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 55 minutes Release date: November 13, 2014 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Welche Details lassen Menschen kommunikationsstark und souverän wirken? Wie kann ich mich im Alltag schlagfertiger zeigen? Was sind typische Fehler beim Small-Talken? Was sind die Bestandteile eines selbstsicheren Auftretens? Rede-Denk-Experte und Kleinigkeitencoach Thomas Schlayer liefert Ihnen in diesem Hörbuch kurze und motivierende Antworten rund um die tägliche Kommunikation!  Dieses '4in1-Hörbuch' (Laufzeit rund 2 Stunden) beinhaltet folgende Bestseller unserer '11-Minuten-Reihe' zum Sonderpreis: Rhetorik-Signale, Schlagfertigkeit, Small-Talk und Selbstsicherheit. Freuen Sie sich auf beliebte Tipps, Tricks und einfache Strategien für Ihren Alltag. Gemäß dem Motto der Fortbildungsinsel - Mehr Erfolg durch Kleinigkeiten: - Rhetorik-Signale: Verbale und nonverbale Tipps und Tricks. - Schlagfertigkeit: Eine einfache Anleitung für souveränes Wirken. - Small-Talk: Strategien für das spontane Gespräch mit anderen. - Selbstsicherheit: Motivierende Impulse für mehr Selbstbewusstsein. Hintergrund zu dieser Hörbuch-Version: Die '11-Minuten-eBooks' der Fortbildungsinsel sind kompakte Mini-Ratgeber. Ziel ist es, Neulingen und Interessierten erste Grundlagen zu vermitteln und motivierende Denkanstöße zu geben. Diese Mini-Bücher verfolgen auf vielfachen Wunsch den Ansatz 'weniger ist mehr' und versorgen Sie schnell und einfach mit Tipps und Tricks! Die '11-Minuten-Reihe' der Fortbildungsinsel hat bereits mehrfache Bestseller-Auszeichnungen erhalten! Empfehlung: Für Einsteiger, kompakte Laufzeit, mit Seminarteilnehmern entwickelt.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472750</guid><pubDate>Thu, 13 Nov 2014 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130812/9783944968612.mp3" length="1478320" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472750 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Rhetorik 4in1: Mehr erreichen durch Kleinigkeiten (Rhetorik-Signale, Schlagfertigkeit, Small-Talk, Selbstsicherheit) Author: Thomas Schlayer...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472750" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472750</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Rhetorik 4in1: Mehr erreichen durch Kleinigkeiten (Rhetorik-Signale, Schlagfertigkeit, Small-Talk, Selbstsicherheit) Author: Thomas Schlayer Narrator: Ralph Wagner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 55 minutes Release date: November 13, 2014 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Welche Details lassen Menschen kommunikationsstark und souverän wirken? Wie kann ich mich im Alltag schlagfertiger zeigen? Was sind typische Fehler beim Small-Talken? Was sind die Bestandteile eines selbstsicheren Auftretens? Rede-Denk-Experte und Kleinigkeitencoach Thomas Schlayer liefert Ihnen in diesem Hörbuch kurze und motivierende Antworten rund um die tägliche Kommunikation!  Dieses '4in1-Hörbuch' (Laufzeit rund 2 Stunden) beinhaltet folgende Bestseller unserer '11-Minuten-Reihe' zum Sonderpreis: Rhetorik-Signale, Schlagfertigkeit, Small-Talk und Selbstsicherheit. Freuen Sie sich auf beliebte Tipps, Tricks und einfache Strategien für Ihren Alltag. Gemäß dem Motto der Fortbildungsinsel - Mehr Erfolg durch Kleinigkeiten: - Rhetorik-Signale: Verbale und nonverbale Tipps und Tricks. - Schlagfertigkeit: Eine einfache Anleitung für souveränes Wirken. - Small-Talk: Strategien für das spontane Gespräch mit anderen. - Selbstsicherheit: Motivierende Impulse für mehr Selbstbewusstsein. Hintergrund zu dieser Hörbuch-Version: Die '11-Minuten-eBooks' der Fortbildungsinsel sind kompakte Mini-Ratgeber. Ziel ist es, Neulingen und Interessierten erste Grundlagen zu vermitteln und motivierende Denkanstöße zu geben. Diese Mini-Bücher verfolgen auf vielfachen Wunsch den Ansatz 'weniger ist mehr' und versorgen Sie schnell und einfach mit Tipps und Tricks! Die '11-Minuten-Reihe' der Fortbildungsinsel hat bereits mehrfache Bestseller-Auszeichnungen erhalten! Empfehlung: Für Einsteiger, kompakte Laufzeit, mit Seminarteilnehmern entwickelt.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/e2a44e7b0888631aa56b86285a8b6e52.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Optimale Kritik - kompakt in 11 Minuten: Erreichen Sie mehr durch simple Kleinigkeiten! by Thomas Schlayer</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-optimale-kritik-kompakt-in-11-minuten-erreichen-sie-mehr-durch-simple-kleinigkeiten-by-thomas-schlayer--65130801</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467825" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467825</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Optimale Kritik - kompakt in 11 Minuten: Erreichen Sie mehr durch simple Kleinigkeiten! Author: Thomas Schlayer Narrator: Ralph Wagner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 32 minutes Release date: November 13, 2014 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Warum sollte meine Kritik an anderen auf keinen Fall mit Lob beginnen? Wie ist Kritik aufgebaut, die besser ankommt? Welche Fehler machen 9 von 10 Menschen, die es gut meinen und kritische Worte an Freunde oder Kollegen richten? Dieses Mini-Hörbuch von Rede-Denk-Experte Thomas Schlayer erklärt Ihnen die wichtigsten Grundlagen rund um das umstrittene Thema 'Kritik'. Hören Sie in wenigen Minuten, wie optimale Kritik aufgebaut ist. Freuen Sie sich auf weiterführende Tipps zu diesem Thema, viele konkrete Beispiele und alltagstaugliche Tricks! Ein weiterer Ratgeber unserer günstigen 11-Minuten-Reihe (Laufzeit als Hörbuch rund eine halbe Stunde) nach dem Motto - Mehr erreichen durch Kleinigkeiten: - Warum ist Kritik in unserer Gesellschaft eher negativ besetzt? - Wie sieht Kritik aus, die Freunde und Mitarbeiter gerne annehmen? - Welche Details machen bei der Kritik einen großen Unterschied? - Konkrete Tipps, Tricks und weiterführende Anregungen. Hintergrund zu dieser Hörbuch-Version: Die '11-Minuten-eBooks' der Fortbildungsinsel sind kompakte Mini-Ratgeber. Ziel ist es, Neulingen und Interessierten erste Grundlagen zu vermitteln und motivierende Denkanstöße zu geben. Diese Mini-Bücher verfolgen auf vielfachen Wunsch den Ansatz 'weniger ist mehr' und versorgen Sie schnell und einfach mit Tipps und Tricks! Die '11-Minuten-Reihe' der Fortbildungsinsel hat bereits mehrfache Bestseller-Auszeichnungen erhalten! Empfehlung: Für Einsteiger, kurze Laufzeit, mit Seminarteilnehmern entwickelt.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467825</guid><pubDate>Thu, 13 Nov 2014 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130801/9783944968575.mp3" length="1478370" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467825 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Optimale Kritik - kompakt in 11 Minuten: Erreichen Sie mehr durch simple Kleinigkeiten! Author: Thomas Schlayer Narrator: Ralph Wagner...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467825" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467825</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Optimale Kritik - kompakt in 11 Minuten: Erreichen Sie mehr durch simple Kleinigkeiten! Author: Thomas Schlayer Narrator: Ralph Wagner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 32 minutes Release date: November 13, 2014 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Warum sollte meine Kritik an anderen auf keinen Fall mit Lob beginnen? Wie ist Kritik aufgebaut, die besser ankommt? Welche Fehler machen 9 von 10 Menschen, die es gut meinen und kritische Worte an Freunde oder Kollegen richten? Dieses Mini-Hörbuch von Rede-Denk-Experte Thomas Schlayer erklärt Ihnen die wichtigsten Grundlagen rund um das umstrittene Thema 'Kritik'. Hören Sie in wenigen Minuten, wie optimale Kritik aufgebaut ist. Freuen Sie sich auf weiterführende Tipps zu diesem Thema, viele konkrete Beispiele und alltagstaugliche Tricks! Ein weiterer Ratgeber unserer günstigen 11-Minuten-Reihe (Laufzeit als Hörbuch rund eine halbe Stunde) nach dem Motto - Mehr erreichen durch Kleinigkeiten: - Warum ist Kritik in unserer Gesellschaft eher negativ besetzt? - Wie sieht Kritik aus, die Freunde und Mitarbeiter gerne annehmen? - Welche Details machen bei der Kritik einen großen Unterschied? - Konkrete Tipps, Tricks und weiterführende Anregungen. Hintergrund zu dieser Hörbuch-Version: Die '11-Minuten-eBooks' der Fortbildungsinsel sind kompakte Mini-Ratgeber. Ziel ist es, Neulingen und Interessierten erste Grundlagen zu vermitteln und motivierende Denkanstöße zu geben. Diese Mini-Bücher verfolgen auf vielfachen Wunsch den Ansatz 'weniger ist mehr' und versorgen Sie schnell und einfach mit Tipps und Tricks! Die '11-Minuten-Reihe' der Fortbildungsinsel hat bereits mehrfache Bestseller-Auszeichnungen erhalten! Empfehlung: Für Einsteiger, kurze Laufzeit, mit Seminarteilnehmern entwickelt.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/49c2a983564cf11b558c7bf9c9797ac9.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - 77 x Motivation - kompakt in 11 Minuten: Erreichen Sie mehr durch simple Kleinigkeiten! by Thomas Schlayer</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-77-x-motivation-kompakt-in-11-minuten-erreichen-sie-mehr-durch-simple-kleinigkeiten-by-thomas-schlayer--65130800</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467954" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467954</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - 77 x Motivation - kompakt in 11 Minuten: Erreichen Sie mehr durch simple Kleinigkeiten! Author: Thomas Schlayer Narrator: Ralph Wagner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 36 minutes Release date: November 13, 2014 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Welchen motivierenden Regeln folgen erfolgreiche Menschen? Mit welchen Ideen kann ich einfach mehr aus meinem Alltag herausholen? Was ist das, was mehr Erfolg im Leben ausmacht? Dieses Mini-Hörbuch bringt zum Thema 'Motivation' das auf den Punkt, was viele Menschen zwar irgendwo irgendwie schon einmal gehört haben aber häufig leider nicht umsetzen. Rede-Denk-Experte und Kleinigkeitencoach Thomas Schlayer hat mit seinen Seminarteilnehmern ein kleines Hörbuch geschaffen, das Menschen kompakt und komprimiert an das erinnert, auf was es ankommt - Hören Sie 77 motivierende Erfolgsregeln und 33 weitere Tipps und Tricks rund um das Thema 'besser reden'. In wenigen Minuten erfahren Sie in diesem Hörbuch entscheidende Kleinigkeiten, die schon vielen Menschen zum Durchbruch geholfen haben: - Wie kann ich mein Denken so verändern, dass mehr Erfolg in mein Leben kommt? - Was sind die Tipps und Tricks, die beneidenswerte Persönlichkeiten umsetzen? - Wie kann ich motiviert und mit wenig Aufwand schnell mehr erreichen? - Konkrete Tipps, Tricks und weiterführende Anregungen. Hintergrund zu dieser Hörbuch-Version: Die '11-Minuten-eBooks' der Fortbildungsinsel sind kompakte Mini-Ratgeber. Ziel ist es, Neulingen und Interessierten erste Grundlagen zu vermitteln und motivierende Denkanstöße zu geben. Diese Mini-Bücher verfolgen auf vielfachen Wunsch den Ansatz 'weniger ist mehr' und versorgen Sie schnell und einfach mit Tipps und Tricks! Die '11-Minuten-Reihe' der Fortbildungsinsel hat bereits mehrfache Bestseller-Auszeichnungen erhalten! Empfehlung: Für Einsteiger, kurze Laufzeit, mit Seminarteilnehmern entwickelt.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467954</guid><pubDate>Thu, 13 Nov 2014 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130800/9783944968582.mp3" length="1478370" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467954 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - 77 x Motivation - kompakt in 11 Minuten: Erreichen Sie mehr durch simple Kleinigkeiten! Author: Thomas Schlayer Narrator: Ralph Wagner...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467954" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467954</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - 77 x Motivation - kompakt in 11 Minuten: Erreichen Sie mehr durch simple Kleinigkeiten! Author: Thomas Schlayer Narrator: Ralph Wagner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 36 minutes Release date: November 13, 2014 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Welchen motivierenden Regeln folgen erfolgreiche Menschen? Mit welchen Ideen kann ich einfach mehr aus meinem Alltag herausholen? Was ist das, was mehr Erfolg im Leben ausmacht? Dieses Mini-Hörbuch bringt zum Thema 'Motivation' das auf den Punkt, was viele Menschen zwar irgendwo irgendwie schon einmal gehört haben aber häufig leider nicht umsetzen. Rede-Denk-Experte und Kleinigkeitencoach Thomas Schlayer hat mit seinen Seminarteilnehmern ein kleines Hörbuch geschaffen, das Menschen kompakt und komprimiert an das erinnert, auf was es ankommt - Hören Sie 77 motivierende Erfolgsregeln und 33 weitere Tipps und Tricks rund um das Thema 'besser reden'. In wenigen Minuten erfahren Sie in diesem Hörbuch entscheidende Kleinigkeiten, die schon vielen Menschen zum Durchbruch geholfen haben: - Wie kann ich mein Denken so verändern, dass mehr Erfolg in mein Leben kommt? - Was sind die Tipps und Tricks, die beneidenswerte Persönlichkeiten umsetzen? - Wie kann ich motiviert und mit wenig Aufwand schnell mehr erreichen? - Konkrete Tipps, Tricks und weiterführende Anregungen. Hintergrund zu dieser Hörbuch-Version: Die '11-Minuten-eBooks' der Fortbildungsinsel sind kompakte Mini-Ratgeber. Ziel ist es, Neulingen und Interessierten erste Grundlagen zu vermitteln und motivierende Denkanstöße zu geben. Diese Mini-Bücher verfolgen auf vielfachen Wunsch den Ansatz 'weniger ist mehr' und versorgen Sie schnell und einfach mit Tipps und Tricks! Die '11-Minuten-Reihe' der Fortbildungsinsel hat bereits mehrfache Bestseller-Auszeichnungen erhalten! Empfehlung: Für Einsteiger, kurze Laufzeit, mit Seminarteilnehmern entwickelt.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ee71c172304f7e3131f0f22f57a8c01c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - 30 Minuten Präsentieren by Peter Mohr</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-30-minuten-prasentieren-by-peter-mohr--65130815</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469371" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469371</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - 30 Minuten Präsentieren Author: Peter Mohr Narrator: Gisa Bergmann, Gilles Karolyi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 1 minute Release date: September  1, 2014 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Gute Ideen, Produkte oder Dienstleistungen haben viele. Aber nur wenige verstehen es, diese auch überzeugend zu präsentieren. Dieses Hörbuch ist ein Ratgeber für Ihre tägliche Präsentationspraxis mit sofort umsetzbaren Tipps und Strategien. Sie erfahren, wie Sie souverän und wirkungsvoll auftreten, Ihrer Präsentation eine überzeugende Dramaturgie geben, Präsentationsmedien sicher und professionell einsetzen und kritischen Einwänden aus dem Publikum souverän begegnen.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469371</guid><pubDate>Mon, 01 Sep 2014 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130815/9783956231445.mp3" length="1478300" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469371 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - 30 Minuten Präsentieren Author: Peter Mohr Narrator: Gisa Bergmann, Gilles Karolyi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 1 minute...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469371" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469371</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - 30 Minuten Präsentieren Author: Peter Mohr Narrator: Gisa Bergmann, Gilles Karolyi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 1 minute Release date: September  1, 2014 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Gute Ideen, Produkte oder Dienstleistungen haben viele. Aber nur wenige verstehen es, diese auch überzeugend zu präsentieren. Dieses Hörbuch ist ein Ratgeber für Ihre tägliche Präsentationspraxis mit sofort umsetzbaren Tipps und Strategien. Sie erfahren, wie Sie souverän und wirkungsvoll auftreten, Ihrer Präsentation eine überzeugende Dramaturgie geben, Präsentationsmedien sicher und professionell einsetzen und kritischen Einwänden aus dem Publikum souverän begegnen.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/babd0d8c79f02b8c1dcb646aff249154.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - 30 Minuten Besprechungen by Hartmut Laufer</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-30-minuten-besprechungen-by-hartmut-laufer--65130799</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468849" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468849</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - 30 Minuten Besprechungen Author: Hartmut Laufer Narrator: Gabi Franke, Gilles Karolyi, Gordon Piedesack Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 8 minutes Release date: February 10, 2014 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Sitzen Sie auch häufig in Besprechungen? Finden Sie, dass diese Zeit sinnvoll genutzt ist und dass Ihre Meetings gute Ergebnisse bringen? Oder haben Sie oft das Gefühl, dass Sie Ihre Zeit anderweitig produktiver hätten nutzen können? Das muss nicht sein! Dieses Hörbuch zeigt Ihnen, wann Besprechungen wirklich sinnvoll sind, wie Sie Problemlösungsideen entwickeln, Besprechungen zielbewusst organisieren und leiten und Wege zur optimalen Entscheidung finden.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468849</guid><pubDate>Mon, 10 Feb 2014 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130799/9783956230684.mp3" length="1478342" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468849 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - 30 Minuten Besprechungen Author: Hartmut Laufer Narrator: Gabi Franke, Gilles Karolyi, Gordon Piedesack Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468849" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468849</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - 30 Minuten Besprechungen Author: Hartmut Laufer Narrator: Gabi Franke, Gilles Karolyi, Gordon Piedesack Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 8 minutes Release date: February 10, 2014 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Sitzen Sie auch häufig in Besprechungen? Finden Sie, dass diese Zeit sinnvoll genutzt ist und dass Ihre Meetings gute Ergebnisse bringen? Oder haben Sie oft das Gefühl, dass Sie Ihre Zeit anderweitig produktiver hätten nutzen können? Das muss nicht sein! Dieses Hörbuch zeigt Ihnen, wann Besprechungen wirklich sinnvoll sind, wie Sie Problemlösungsideen entwickeln, Besprechungen zielbewusst organisieren und leiten und Wege zur optimalen Entscheidung finden.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/31b96bb17799c1f411b67fd2db6f177c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Die mentale Insel: Motivation, Kraft und Glück durch Kleinigkeiten! by Thomas Schlayer</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-die-mentale-insel-motivation-kraft-und-gluck-durch-kleinigkeiten-by-thomas-schlayer--65130843</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468561" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468561</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die mentale Insel: Motivation, Kraft und Glück durch Kleinigkeiten! Author: Thomas Schlayer Narrator: Thomas Schlayer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 45 minutes Release date: October 16, 2013 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Sie fühlen sich überfordert? Der Alltag erscheint Ihnen oft als demotivierendes Hamsterrad? Tägliches Glück, Motivation und gute Laune fallen Ihnen schwer? Dann hören Sie die außergewöhnliche Geschichte von Michael, der kurz vor einem Burn-Out in den Urlaub fliegt. Dort lernt er einen Mann kennen, der mit seiner 'mentalen Insel' sein Leben verändert. Einfache, bildhafte Vergleiche und simple Tipps schaffen die Wende in seinem Leben. Freuen auch Sie sich auf Impulse, die jeden Tag leichter machen. Es ist Zeit, wieder mit Spaß und Kraft den Moment zu genießen! Ein motivierendes Hörbuch der Fortbildungsinsel mit dem Anspruch, Ihnen zu zeigen, was durch besseres Denken möglich ist. Ihr Leben ist zu kurz, um sich mit nervigen Chefs, Geldsorgen oder schlechten Perspektiven herumzuärgern. Michael ist jetzt glücklich und auch Sie sind nur wenige Schritte von einem besseren Leben entfernt. Ein kleines Buch mit großer Wirkung: - Wie kann ich erkennen, was mich unglücklich macht? - Was ist eine 'mentale Insel' und wie nutze ich sie? - Welche Gedanken geben mir Kraft und motivieren mich? - Konkrete Tipps, Tricks und weiterführende Anregungen.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468561</guid><pubDate>Wed, 16 Oct 2013 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130843/9783944968506.mp3" length="1478258" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468561 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die mentale Insel: Motivation, Kraft und Glück durch Kleinigkeiten! Author: Thomas Schlayer Narrator: Thomas Schlayer Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468561" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468561</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die mentale Insel: Motivation, Kraft und Glück durch Kleinigkeiten! Author: Thomas Schlayer Narrator: Thomas Schlayer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 45 minutes Release date: October 16, 2013 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Sie fühlen sich überfordert? Der Alltag erscheint Ihnen oft als demotivierendes Hamsterrad? Tägliches Glück, Motivation und gute Laune fallen Ihnen schwer? Dann hören Sie die außergewöhnliche Geschichte von Michael, der kurz vor einem Burn-Out in den Urlaub fliegt. Dort lernt er einen Mann kennen, der mit seiner 'mentalen Insel' sein Leben verändert. Einfache, bildhafte Vergleiche und simple Tipps schaffen die Wende in seinem Leben. Freuen auch Sie sich auf Impulse, die jeden Tag leichter machen. Es ist Zeit, wieder mit Spaß und Kraft den Moment zu genießen! Ein motivierendes Hörbuch der Fortbildungsinsel mit dem Anspruch, Ihnen zu zeigen, was durch besseres Denken möglich ist. Ihr Leben ist zu kurz, um sich mit nervigen Chefs, Geldsorgen oder schlechten Perspektiven herumzuärgern. Michael ist jetzt glücklich und auch Sie sind nur wenige Schritte von einem besseren Leben entfernt. Ein kleines Buch mit großer Wirkung: - Wie kann ich erkennen, was mich unglücklich macht? - Was ist eine 'mentale Insel' und wie nutze ich sie? - Welche Gedanken geben mir Kraft und motivieren mich? - Konkrete Tipps, Tricks und weiterführende Anregungen.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>ck</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/77ca5c463fc3e94e1c53cb8ad1a624c0.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Business Knigge Brasilien: Express-Wissen by Tobias Koch</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-business-knigge-brasilien-express-wissen-by-tobias-koch--65130828</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469363" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469363</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Business Knigge Brasilien: Express-Wissen Author: Tobias Koch Narrator: Thomas Gazheli-Holzapfel, Eggolf Von Lerchenfeld Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 1 minute Release date: October 12, 2011 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Vom Schuldnerland zum Objekt globaler Investorenbegierde und wieder zurück: das moderne brasilianische Selbstbewusstsein. Grundlegende landestypische Verhaltensregeln aus der Geschäftswelt, vermittelt im Dialog professioneller Sprecher. Express-Wissen für die Besonderheiten interkultureller Kompetenz und Kommunikation im beruflichen Kontakt mit Brasilien, gegliedert nach den Bereichen: Brasilien allgemein, Überblick Wirtschaft, Begrüßungen, Büroalltag, Dresscode, Administration, Marketing, Vertrieb, Verhandlungen, Key-Account, Geschäftsessen, Einladungen. Treffen Sie erstmalig brasilianische Geschäftspartner oder Kollegen, verreisen Sie beruflich nach Brasilien oder haben demnächst Ihre ersten Kontakte mit Brasilien, dann sind diese 62 Minuten Praxis-Training eine hervorragende Investition in Ihren internationalen Erfolg.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469363</guid><pubDate>Wed, 12 Oct 2011 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130828/9783937545288.mp3" length="1478374" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469363 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Business Knigge Brasilien: Express-Wissen Author: Tobias Koch Narrator: Thomas Gazheli-Holzapfel, Eggolf Von Lerchenfeld Format: Abridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469363" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469363</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Business Knigge Brasilien: Express-Wissen Author: Tobias Koch Narrator: Thomas Gazheli-Holzapfel, Eggolf Von Lerchenfeld Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 1 minute Release date: October 12, 2011 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Vom Schuldnerland zum Objekt globaler Investorenbegierde und wieder zurück: das moderne brasilianische Selbstbewusstsein. Grundlegende landestypische Verhaltensregeln aus der Geschäftswelt, vermittelt im Dialog professioneller Sprecher. Express-Wissen für die Besonderheiten interkultureller Kompetenz und Kommunikation im beruflichen Kontakt mit Brasilien, gegliedert nach den Bereichen: Brasilien allgemein, Überblick Wirtschaft, Begrüßungen, Büroalltag, Dresscode, Administration, Marketing, Vertrieb, Verhandlungen, Key-Account, Geschäftsessen, Einladungen. Treffen Sie erstmalig brasilianische Geschäftspartner oder Kollegen, verreisen Sie beruflich nach Brasilien oder haben demnächst Ihre ersten Kontakte mit Brasilien, dann sind diese 62 Minuten Praxis-Training eine hervorragende Investition in Ihren internationalen Erfolg.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f157aa5cdac649d2a007ad1bba1503f0.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Business Knigge Ost-Europa: Express-Wissen: Polen, Ungarn, Tschechien, Slowakei, Bulgarien, Rumänien by Tobias Koch</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-business-knigge-ost-europa-express-wissen-polen-ungarn-tschechien-slowakei-bulgarien-rumanien-by-tobias-koch--65130835</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468770" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468770</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Business Knigge Ost-Europa: Express-Wissen: Polen, Ungarn, Tschechien, Slowakei, Bulgarien, Rumänien Author: Tobias Koch Narrator: Eggolf Von Lerchenfeld Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 56 minutes Release date: October 15, 2008 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  'Ich wünsche dir einen breiten Weg und ganz wenig Steine nur.' Interkulturelles Verständnis ist besonders in Ost-Europa erfolgsentscheidend. Die kulturell vielfältigen Regionen spielen hinsichtlich wachsender Absatz- und Produktionsmärkte eine bedeutende Rolle im Investitionsbereich. Als Einkaufsmarkt ist Ost-Europa für viele Länder von hoher Attraktivität. Sämtliche hier behandelten Staaten sind Mitglieder der europäischen Gemeinschaft. Folglich werden wirtschaftliche Kooperationen auch mit dem deutschsprachigen Wirtschaftsraum zukünftig noch zunehmen.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468770</guid><pubDate>Wed, 15 Oct 2008 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130835/9783937545332.mp3" length="1478324" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468770 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Business Knigge Ost-Europa: Express-Wissen: Polen, Ungarn, Tschechien, Slowakei, Bulgarien, Rumänien Author: Tobias Koch Narrator: Eggolf...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468770" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468770</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Business Knigge Ost-Europa: Express-Wissen: Polen, Ungarn, Tschechien, Slowakei, Bulgarien, Rumänien Author: Tobias Koch Narrator: Eggolf Von Lerchenfeld Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 56 minutes Release date: October 15, 2008 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  'Ich wünsche dir einen breiten Weg und ganz wenig Steine nur.' Interkulturelles Verständnis ist besonders in Ost-Europa erfolgsentscheidend. Die kulturell vielfältigen Regionen spielen hinsichtlich wachsender Absatz- und Produktionsmärkte eine bedeutende Rolle im Investitionsbereich. Als Einkaufsmarkt ist Ost-Europa für viele Länder von hoher Attraktivität. Sämtliche hier behandelten Staaten sind Mitglieder der europäischen Gemeinschaft. Folglich werden wirtschaftliche Kooperationen auch mit dem deutschsprachigen Wirtschaftsraum zukünftig noch zunehmen.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/0185bcbe337eb3d850b6f64b2c099d5e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Medienpolitik im digitalen Zeitalter: Vorlesung von Prof. Dr. Wolf-Dieter Ring by Wolf-Dieter Ring</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-medienpolitik-im-digitalen-zeitalter-vorlesung-von-prof-dr-wolf-dieter-ring-by-wolf-dieter-ring--65130848</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471986" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471986</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Medienpolitik im digitalen Zeitalter: Vorlesung von Prof. Dr. Wolf-Dieter Ring Author: Wolf-Dieter Ring Narrator: Wolf-Dieter Ring Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 55 minutes Release date: January  3, 2008 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  WAS MACHT MEDIENPOLITIK? Medienpolitik setzt den Ordnungsrahmen für die Medien. Sie muss in einer demokratischen Gesellschaft so angelegt sein, dass die Medien wichtige Funktionen wie Information und Sozialisation für die Gesellschaft erfüllen bzw. erfüllen können. MEHR ANGEBOTE DURCH DIGITALISIERUNG Digitalisierung ist zunächst nur die Umwandlung von Sprache, Musik oder Bildern in die binären Signale 'Null' und 'Eins'. Für den Medienkonsumenten liegt der Unterschied zwischen analog und digital vor allem darin, dass er durch die Digitalisierung ein vielfaches Mehr an Medienangeboten empfangen kann. KONVERGENZ DER ÜBERTRAGUNGSWEGE Erst die Digitalisierung schafft eine Konvergenz der Übertragungswege für Medieninhalte. Durch die Konvergenz löst sich die bisher bestehende klare Konturierung der elektronischen Medien in Hörfunk, Fernsehen und Internet immer mehr auf. HERAUSFORDERUNG FÜR DIE MEDIENPOLITIK Der Konvergenz der Technik und der Inhalte muss eine Konvergenz des Rechts folgen. Die bisherige sektorale Regulierung wird dabei abgelöst durch technikneutrale und zukunftsoffene Rahmenbedingungen für elektronische Medien, die Meinungsvielfalt und Jugendschutz garantieren.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471986</guid><pubDate>Thu, 03 Jan 2008 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130848/4056198025529.mp3" length="1477685" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471986 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Medienpolitik im digitalen Zeitalter: Vorlesung von Prof. Dr. Wolf-Dieter Ring Author: Wolf-Dieter Ring Narrator: Wolf-Dieter Ring Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471986" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471986</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Medienpolitik im digitalen Zeitalter: Vorlesung von Prof. Dr. Wolf-Dieter Ring Author: Wolf-Dieter Ring Narrator: Wolf-Dieter Ring Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 55 minutes Release date: January  3, 2008 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  WAS MACHT MEDIENPOLITIK? Medienpolitik setzt den Ordnungsrahmen für die Medien. Sie muss in einer demokratischen Gesellschaft so angelegt sein, dass die Medien wichtige Funktionen wie Information und Sozialisation für die Gesellschaft erfüllen bzw. erfüllen können. MEHR ANGEBOTE DURCH DIGITALISIERUNG Digitalisierung ist zunächst nur die Umwandlung von Sprache, Musik oder Bildern in die binären Signale 'Null' und 'Eins'. Für den Medienkonsumenten liegt der Unterschied zwischen analog und digital vor allem darin, dass er durch die Digitalisierung ein vielfaches Mehr an Medienangeboten empfangen kann. KONVERGENZ DER ÜBERTRAGUNGSWEGE Erst die Digitalisierung schafft eine Konvergenz der Übertragungswege für Medieninhalte. Durch die Konvergenz löst sich die bisher bestehende klare Konturierung der elektronischen Medien in Hörfunk, Fernsehen und Internet immer mehr auf. HERAUSFORDERUNG FÜR DIE MEDIENPOLITIK Der Konvergenz der Technik und der Inhalte muss eine Konvergenz des Rechts folgen. Die bisherige sektorale Regulierung wird dabei abgelöst durch technikneutrale und zukunftsoffene Rahmenbedingungen für elektronische Medien, die Meinungsvielfalt und Jugendschutz garantieren.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ec6f932884ae2579bd38b73bef0764d7.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Business Knigge Indien: Express-Wissen by Tobias Koch</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-business-knigge-indien-express-wissen-by-tobias-koch--65130857</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468112" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468112</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Business Knigge Indien: Express-Wissen Author: Tobias Koch Narrator: Thomas Gazheli-Holzapfel, Eggolf Von Lerchenfeld Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 46 minutes Release date: October  1, 2007 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Grundlegende landestypische Verhaltensregeln aus der indischen Geschäftswelt, gegliedert nach Arbeitsbereichen und -situationen. Praktischer Ratgeber für die Besonderheiten interkultureller Kompetenz und Kommunikation im internationalen Geschäft mit Indien, von Profi-Sprechern einfach und effektiv dargestellt, Gliederung nach folgenden Bereichen: Gesellschaftliche und geschäftliche Grundlagen, Begrüßungen, Büroalltag, Administration, Verhandlungen, Vertrieb, Marketing, Key-Account, Geschäftsessen und private Einladungen.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468112</guid><pubDate>Mon, 01 Oct 2007 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130857/9783937545394.mp3" length="1478368" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468112 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Business Knigge Indien: Express-Wissen Author: Tobias Koch Narrator: Thomas Gazheli-Holzapfel, Eggolf Von Lerchenfeld Format: Abridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468112" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468112</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Business Knigge Indien: Express-Wissen Author: Tobias Koch Narrator: Thomas Gazheli-Holzapfel, Eggolf Von Lerchenfeld Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 46 minutes Release date: October  1, 2007 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Grundlegende landestypische Verhaltensregeln aus der indischen Geschäftswelt, gegliedert nach Arbeitsbereichen und -situationen. Praktischer Ratgeber für die Besonderheiten interkultureller Kompetenz und Kommunikation im internationalen Geschäft mit Indien, von Profi-Sprechern einfach und effektiv dargestellt, Gliederung nach folgenden Bereichen: Gesellschaftliche und geschäftliche Grundlagen, Begrüßungen, Büroalltag, Administration, Verhandlungen, Vertrieb, Marketing, Key-Account, Geschäftsessen und private Einladungen.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/15620f6c8005de0100f99170abbbd079.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Business Knigge Dubai/Vereinigte Arabische Emirate: Express-Wissen: Abu Dhabi, Adschman, Dubai, Fudschaira, Ra's al-Chaima, Schar</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-business-knigge-dubai-vereinigte-arabische-emirate-express-wissen-abu-dhabi-adschman-dubai-fudschaira-ra-s-al-chaima-schar--65130853</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468674" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468674</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Business Knigge Dubai/Vereinigte Arabische Emirate: Express-Wissen: Abu Dhabi, Adschman, Dubai, Fudschaira, Ra's al-Chaima, Schardscha, Umm al-Qaiwain Author: Gabriele Scheuring, Christian Baumeister Narrator: Thomas Gazheli-Holzapfel, Eggolf Von Lerchenfeld Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 53 minutes Release date: October  1, 2007 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  'Der Fremde ist blind, auch wenn er Augen hat.' Das scheinbar bekannte Erscheinungsbild arabischer Metropolen ist trügerisch. Lassen Sie sich nicht verleiten, sonst geht es Ihnen wie dem deutschen Geschäftsmann, der bei der Vertragsunterzeichnung erklärte, er freue sich darauf in Zukunft Geschäfte am Persischen Golf zu betreiben und verwundert zusehen musste, wie die arabische Delegation umgehend den Raum verließ. Er hatte die arabische Seite ungewollt beleidigt, denn aus Sicht eines Emiratis handelt es sich um den Arabischen Golf. Bedenken Sie: Hinter den glitzernden Fassaden steckt die Tradition von tausenden von Jahren. Der globale Marktplatz Dubai bietet vielfältige Geschäftsmöglichkeiten, doch die Konkurrenz ist groß und Verhandlungen werden hart geführt. Doch wer mit Geduld, interkultureller Kompetenz und dem richtigen Verständnis agiert, der wird am Ende belohnt.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468674</guid><pubDate>Mon, 01 Oct 2007 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130853/9783937545363.mp3" length="1478482" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468674 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Business Knigge Dubai/Vereinigte Arabische Emirate: Express-Wissen: Abu Dhabi, Adschman, Dubai, Fudschaira, Ra's al-Chaima, Schardscha, Umm...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468674" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468674</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Business Knigge Dubai/Vereinigte Arabische Emirate: Express-Wissen: Abu Dhabi, Adschman, Dubai, Fudschaira, Ra's al-Chaima, Schardscha, Umm al-Qaiwain Author: Gabriele Scheuring, Christian Baumeister Narrator: Thomas Gazheli-Holzapfel, Eggolf Von Lerchenfeld Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 53 minutes Release date: October  1, 2007 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  'Der Fremde ist blind, auch wenn er Augen hat.' Das scheinbar bekannte Erscheinungsbild arabischer Metropolen ist trügerisch. Lassen Sie sich nicht verleiten, sonst geht es Ihnen wie dem deutschen Geschäftsmann, der bei der Vertragsunterzeichnung erklärte, er freue sich darauf in Zukunft Geschäfte am Persischen Golf zu betreiben und verwundert zusehen musste, wie die arabische Delegation umgehend den Raum verließ. Er hatte die arabische Seite ungewollt beleidigt, denn aus Sicht eines Emiratis handelt es sich um den Arabischen Golf. Bedenken Sie: Hinter den glitzernden Fassaden steckt die Tradition von tausenden von Jahren. Der globale Marktplatz Dubai bietet vielfältige Geschäftsmöglichkeiten, doch die Konkurrenz ist groß und Verhandlungen werden hart geführt. Doch wer mit Geduld, interkultureller Kompetenz und dem richtigen Verständnis agiert, der wird am Ende belohnt.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/55963c44c8cd4fd3c7dad53ad94fae7e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Business Knigge Russland: Express-Wissen by Tobias Koch</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-business-knigge-russland-express-wissen-by-tobias-koch--65130840</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468400" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468400</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Business Knigge Russland: Express-Wissen Author: Tobias Koch Narrator: Thomas Gazheli-Holzapfel, Eggolf Von Lerchenfeld Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 44 minutes Release date: October  1, 2007 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Express-Wissen Russland: Grundlegende landestypische Verhaltensregeln aus der russischen Geschäftswelt, gegliedert nach Arbeitsbereichen und -situationen. Praktischer Ratgeber für die Besonderheiten interkultureller Kompetenz und Kommunikation im internationalen Geschäft mit Russland, von professionellen Sprecher einfach und effektiv dargestellt, gegliedert nach folgenden Bereichen: Gesellschaftliche und geschäftliche Grundlagen, Anrede und Begrüßung, im Büro allgemein, Administration, Vertrieb, Verhandlungen, Marketing, Key-Account, Geschäftsessen, privat]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468400</guid><pubDate>Mon, 01 Oct 2007 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130840/9783937545349.mp3" length="1478372" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468400 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Business Knigge Russland: Express-Wissen Author: Tobias Koch Narrator: Thomas Gazheli-Holzapfel, Eggolf Von Lerchenfeld Format: Abridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468400" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468400</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Business Knigge Russland: Express-Wissen Author: Tobias Koch Narrator: Thomas Gazheli-Holzapfel, Eggolf Von Lerchenfeld Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 44 minutes Release date: October  1, 2007 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Express-Wissen Russland: Grundlegende landestypische Verhaltensregeln aus der russischen Geschäftswelt, gegliedert nach Arbeitsbereichen und -situationen. Praktischer Ratgeber für die Besonderheiten interkultureller Kompetenz und Kommunikation im internationalen Geschäft mit Russland, von professionellen Sprecher einfach und effektiv dargestellt, gegliedert nach folgenden Bereichen: Gesellschaftliche und geschäftliche Grundlagen, Anrede und Begrüßung, im Büro allgemein, Administration, Vertrieb, Verhandlungen, Marketing, Key-Account, Geschäftsessen, privat]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/069bbf992e734d837ff2768ecb351a86.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Business Knigge Baltikum: Estland - Lettland - Litauen: Express-Wissen by Tobias Koch</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-business-knigge-baltikum-estland-lettland-litauen-express-wissen-by-tobias-koch--65130817</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468339" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468339</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Business Knigge Baltikum: Estland - Lettland - Litauen: Express-Wissen Author: Tobias Koch Narrator: Thomas Gazheli-Holzapfel, Eggolf Von Lerchenfeld Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 43 minutes Release date: October  1, 2007 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Behandelt werden ausschließlich Bereiche interkultureller Kommunikation im Geschäftsleben, die von westeuropäischen Geschäfts-Standards und westeuropäischer Etikette abweichen. Somit wird - auch in Kürze - eine hilfreiche Vorbereitung für erste Geschäftskontakte mit diesen drei Ländern geboten. Grundlegende landestypische Verhaltensregeln der baltischen Geschäftswelt, gegliedert nach den Ländern Estland, Lettland und Litauen sowie nach deren Arbeitsbereichen und -situationen, einfach vermittelt von professionellen Sprechern. Praxisorientiertes Express-Wissen für geschäftliche Grundlagen, Anrede und Begrüßung, Geschäftsalltag, Administration, Marketing, Vertrieb, Verhandlungen, Key-Account und Kundenbetreuung, Geschäftsessen und Dresscodes.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468339</guid><pubDate>Mon, 01 Oct 2007 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130817/9783937545356.mp3" length="1478372" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468339 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Business Knigge Baltikum: Estland - Lettland - Litauen: Express-Wissen Author: Tobias Koch Narrator: Thomas Gazheli-Holzapfel, Eggolf Von...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468339" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468339</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Business Knigge Baltikum: Estland - Lettland - Litauen: Express-Wissen Author: Tobias Koch Narrator: Thomas Gazheli-Holzapfel, Eggolf Von Lerchenfeld Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 43 minutes Release date: October  1, 2007 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Behandelt werden ausschließlich Bereiche interkultureller Kommunikation im Geschäftsleben, die von westeuropäischen Geschäfts-Standards und westeuropäischer Etikette abweichen. Somit wird - auch in Kürze - eine hilfreiche Vorbereitung für erste Geschäftskontakte mit diesen drei Ländern geboten. Grundlegende landestypische Verhaltensregeln der baltischen Geschäftswelt, gegliedert nach den Ländern Estland, Lettland und Litauen sowie nach deren Arbeitsbereichen und -situationen, einfach vermittelt von professionellen Sprechern. Praxisorientiertes Express-Wissen für geschäftliche Grundlagen, Anrede und Begrüßung, Geschäftsalltag, Administration, Marketing, Vertrieb, Verhandlungen, Key-Account und Kundenbetreuung, Geschäftsessen und Dresscodes.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/6603ac86c4e18b778eb88ca3d8ed60d3.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Business Knigge China: Express-Wissen by Tobias Koch</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-business-knigge-china-express-wissen-by-tobias-koch--65130816</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468974" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468974</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Business Knigge China: Express-Wissen Author: Tobias Koch Narrator: Thomas Gazheli-Holzapfel, Eggolf Von Lerchenfeld Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 58 minutes Release date: October 19, 2006 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Grundlegende landestypische Verhaltensregeln der chinesischen Geschäftswelt, gegliedert nach Arbeitsbereichen und -situationen, einfach vermittelt von professionellen Sprechern. Express-Wissen für die Besonderheiten interkultureller Kompetenz und Kommunikation im internationalen Geschäftskontakt mit China, gegliedert nach folgenden Arbeitsbereichen: geschäftliche Grundlagen, Anrede und Begrüßung, Büro- und Geschäftsalltag, Administration, Marketing, Vertrieb, Verhandlungen, Key-Account und Kundenbetreuung, Geschäftsessen und Dresscodes, beim Geschäftspartner privat. Treffen Sie erstmalig chinesische Geschäftspartner oder Kollegen, verreisen Sie beruflich nach China oder haben demnächst Ihre ersten Kontakte mit China, dann sind diese 58 Minuten Praxis-Training eine hervorragende Investition in Ihren internationalen Erfolg.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468974</guid><pubDate>Thu, 19 Oct 2006 02:29:39 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130816/9783937545400.mp3" length="1478366" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Rusty  McClure</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468974 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Business Knigge China: Express-Wissen Author: Tobias Koch Narrator: Thomas Gazheli-Holzapfel, Eggolf Von Lerchenfeld Format: Abridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468974" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468974</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Business Knigge China: Express-Wissen Author: Tobias Koch Narrator: Thomas Gazheli-Holzapfel, Eggolf Von Lerchenfeld Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 58 minutes Release date: October 19, 2006 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary:  Grundlegende landestypische Verhaltensregeln der chinesischen Geschäftswelt, gegliedert nach Arbeitsbereichen und -situationen, einfach vermittelt von professionellen Sprechern. Express-Wissen für die Besonderheiten interkultureller Kompetenz und Kommunikation im internationalen Geschäftskontakt mit China, gegliedert nach folgenden Arbeitsbereichen: geschäftliche Grundlagen, Anrede und Begrüßung, Büro- und Geschäftsalltag, Administration, Marketing, Vertrieb, Verhandlungen, Key-Account und Kundenbetreuung, Geschäftsessen und Dresscodes, beim Geschäftspartner privat. Treffen Sie erstmalig chinesische Geschäftspartner oder Kollegen, verreisen Sie beruflich nach China oder haben demnächst Ihre ersten Kontakte mit China, dann sind diese 58 Minuten Praxis-Training eine hervorragende Investition in Ihren internationalen Erfolg.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/27e6d9ae322646283c8185ab15d39b6b.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item></channel></rss>
